Jump to content

Allen1

Senior members
  • Posts

    1,030
  • Joined

  • Last visited

Posts posted by Allen1

  1. This comes in two parts, hopefully one right after the other. So here is Part One -

     

     

    Episode 7 – Mardi Gras

     

    Part One of Two

     

     

     

    The storage bunker yields new surprises and an answer to a mystery, in a canvas bag. Mardi Gras approaches. The Sea Snake sails for New Orleans. Members of the Dirty Deeds team try to blend in with the boat load of revelers bound for the Big Easy. Sam is not the only one with a mission. Paris and Natty’s foray into the city causes nothing but heartache. A dead contact brings a run-in with the law. Questioning leads to unintended revalations. Certain members of the team are asked never to return to the Crescent City.

     

    Back in Florida the Rattlesnakes MC suffers a major setback.

     

     

    Background

     

    Sam Fisher, retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, has finally been ‘officially’ released from prison after serving his sentence for extortion due to a botched operation in the Atlantic City part of the Burn Notice Campaign. Part of his (unofficial) deal for pleading guilty at the time was that he would receive his government pensions on his release from prison, but the government isn’t able to honor that part of the agreement. He is informed by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, Deputy Director for Clandestine Services at the C.I.A., that his pensions could be restored if he assists in a very black operation on United States soil.

     

    President Whindam has decided to bring the four southern states known collectively as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’ to heel. Sam, accompanied by his fiancée Rianna Prescott, will be sent to Santa Rosa County in the Florida panhandle near the Pensacola COG to the Petersen Point Resort, a seedy old tourist destination that will serve as a ‘safe house’ for operations to bring down the state government of Alabama. He will also be tasked with the occasional mission himself. To help him, a ‘Dirty Deeds’ group has been assembled whose covers are as employees of the hotel. Only Sam knows this is a government sanctioned operation.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Laugherty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Laugherty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who is serve as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci: This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    Owen ‘Crank’ Wolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion to protect his friends and his daughter from the fallout of a botched operation. He is now just a security officer for the Petersen Point Resort and still Team Leader for the ‘Dirty Deeds’ group.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Andrea Hutton is a hot twenty one year old senior, who is determined to claw her to the top and a marketing/PR prospective intern from Jacksonville State University.

     

    Arthur Greenburg (the Geek) is one of the two prospective interns from Florida Atlantic University.

     

    Brainerd Johnson is the brother of local crime lord A.C. Johnson and a member of the Florida State legislature. He is corrupt as the day is long. He, his second wife, Carol, and four children live in Tallahassee and Escambia County. His first wife and child were killed in a plane crash after that wife left him

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also asst. hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman is her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Danny Johnson (17) is the center on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team and one of those self-entitled little pricks who tangled with Beebe at the party in Episode 2.

     

    Deputy Marshal ClaytonClayJohnson is the older son of the late Terrance Johnson and nephew of ‘ACJohnson, the crime lord of Escambia County. His younger brother is RolandRonnieJohnson a suspected drug dealer who runs a crew in Santa Rosa County. The marshal is in NO way a member of his uncle’s organization and would love to put him away.

     

    Eustis (‘Useless’) Saint Claire is an old black man who runs the water and sewer system at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Greg Winters (the Face) is one of the two prospective interns from Florida Atlantic University.

     

    Frank Michaels is the senior NCIS agent at the Pensacola COG.

     

    Freddy Timmons is a rotund little man in his forties, who stutters a bit and seems almost comically nervous. He is a town constable.

     

    Hadley Walters III is a 15 year old student and forward on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team. He is an arrogant self-entitled little prick, who tried to attack Lilly Tran (Episode 2) and who Ricco suspects is one of the Golf Course vandals.

     

    Henrique: A former Favela drug lord (nicknamed the King Snake) and leader of the Red Command who took a government amnesty offer and got out of the drug business. Henrique used to belong to a Brazilian pop group manufactured by a record company. When his voice changed he was fired and thrown back into the favela where he rose to the top of the local gang. The man now runs a media company which works with Disney. He and Ricco Torres grew up together with Ricco being the younger ‘brother’ (nicknamed Cobrinha – Little Snake).

     

    HenryHankTremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths MC.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving of Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Karl Petersen is the treasurer of the Visigoths MC and owner of Petersen’s Garage.

     

    Mai Saint Claire is the mother of Paris and wife of the late Delmar Saint Claire. This granddaughter of Tran Xuan Giap is a junkie and prostitute.

     

    Mr. Zeitsev is the code name for Sam Fisher’s contact on this secret, black project. He is the government’s ‘Mr. Johnson’.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dates Steve Zelinsky, a prospect of the Visigoths and speaks little English.

     

    ObadiahObieTerhune is an Afro-American male about 51 years old and is the maintenance chief at the Petersen Point Resort. Actually, he is the entire maintenance department which should number at least ten.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Rat is a nomad ‘Dog Soldier’ (nomad enforcer) with a particular hatred for drug dealers. He is working with Ricco Torres to end the drug dealing out of the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    Stuart Wilson is a nomad representing the Wilson Family in their dealings with Ricco and the Petersen Point Hotel. He and Ricco have come to like and respect each other.

     

    Ty Saint Claire is Paris’s cousin and the smoking hot guitar player of Velvet Blue. He is a bald (he shaves it) ebony skinned teenager.

     

     

     

    The Action

     

    Monday, February 18, 2047:

     

    At the weekly staff meeting, Brandon reports that the security system is fully operational and online. Crank announces that business at the Blue Moon Revue is slowly building. He anticipates an upsurge once their post Mardi Gras advertising kicks in. Carrie Anne reports a small increase in room occupancy. Both attribute the up-turn to the lifting of the COG’s ban.

     

    Ricco notifies the department heads that he has hired three interns who will soon be joining the staff. Lest they fear he plans to flood the hotel with cheap student labor, the general manager also announces a new round of hiring to bring up staffing numbers throughout the hotel.

     

    Henrique’s location team wraps up and departs for Havana, Cuba. The police release all crime scenes except Peg Leg’s house. Ricco attends Sheriff Mason’s President’s Day Cookout. While there, he is introduced to Marshal Clay Johnson. The two men get to talking. It becomes clear Clay isn’t involved in his family’s illicit activities. In fact, he might be their worst enemy. Ricco also meets the county prosecutors.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, February 19, 2047:

     

    With Mardi Gras fast approaching Charlie and Beebe head into Pensacola to do some shopping. The two buy rapid detox for Charlie, showers in a can (for many), nano-cleaners, glow paint, a few armor saver drinks and costumes for Mardi Gras.

     

    Sam travels into town, on his own, to make a few purchases before his shift. Like Charlie, he ‘invests’ in a rapid detox, but his primary reason for going to Pensacola, is to visit the police supply store. Given the uproar caused by brandishing his Big Government’s in Blackwater, Sam has decided to invest in a less ‘conspicuous’ pair of side arms. He drops a small fortune on two

    Armalite .44s with an integral smartgun link, speed holsters for both handguns and a box of 12mm DP ammunition.

     

    Wanting to be prepared, for an extended fire fight, he also picks up four extra ammo clips. The store only has standard 8 round magazines in stock. Extended clips that hold 12 can be special ordered, but it will take several days to arrive. Just to be on the safe side, Sam has the clerk order 8.

     

    Back on patrol at the resort, the Sam spots Alina Lanikova running out the backdoor of the Blue Moon Revue. The dancer jumps in her car and peels out of the back lot, heading in the direction of the resort. Pulling a U-turn, he calls it in to the security office. Dispatch notifies him that federal agents are at the dancer’s bungalow. Pressing down on the accelerator, Sam tells the dispatcher to inform Brandon.

     

    Alina is already out of her car and moving towards her house, by the time Sam pulls up. NCIS agent Frank Michaels is sitting on the porch with Natty. Michaels notes her approach and holds up a knife (Natty’s mono-knife). The dancer stops short. She looks at the knife and then at her daughter.

     

    As Sam approaches, he calls out to Agent Michaels, “Do you have a warrant?”

     

    “I don’t need a warrant if I’ve been invited; and Natalie here invited me.” He turns to the girl. “You did invite me, right?”

     

    Natty, doesn’t look at the agent. Her eyes remains fixed on her mother. She nervously nods.

     

    Spinning the knife in his hands, Michaels follows the girl’s gaze. “Are you throwing me out, Alina?”

     

    “No,” the dancer responds quietly.

     

    During this exchange, Sam has continued to advance on the porch. Unsure of the big man’s intentions, Agent Michaels puts him in his place. “So, we’re all good her. Maybe you should…stand down. This is a Federal investigation after all.”

     

    Sam pauses. The timely arrival of his superior dispels any thoughts of a confrontation. Agent Michaels nods to Brandon, before turning his attention back to Natty. He continues to spin the mono-blade as he talks to the girl. The nuances of what he says are lost on the security officers. He is speaking to her in Italian.

     

    The tone is comforting and Natty listens intently; occasionally nodding. Handing the knife back to the surprised teenager, Agent Michaels places a reassuring hand on her shoulder. He spares her a few more words, before looking to her mother.

     

    “Your daughter is basically a good kid. You’ve raised her well.”

     

    Patting Natty’s shoulder, he gives her a smile and stands to leave. Michaels pays Alina a parting compliment as he passes her on the steps. “You’ve done a good job training her, lieutenant.”

     

    The dancer gives an involuntary flinch at these last words. They seem to cut her deep. Agent Michaels doesn’t look back. He continues towards a dark sedan, where his partner waits. While walking past Sam and Brandon the NCIS agent nods, “Gentlemen”.

     

    As the car pulls away, Alina issues a curt command to her daughter. The girl jumps up and disappears into the house. Both security officers are left with many questions. They may not have understood most of what Michaels said to Natty, but both recognized the word morte; death. Then there is the fact that the agent addressed Alina as lieutenant, and her reaction. The dancer doesn’t seem to be in the mood to provide answers. Ignoring the men standing on her lawn, she turns to go inside.

     

    Sam calls after her. “Alina, we should have coffee sometime?”

     

    Glancing back, she replies dryly, “I don’t date people I work with.”

     

    The ex-operative tries to correct her false impression of his intentions by stating, “I have a girlfriend.”

     

    Alina ignores his attempts to explain. He has her attention and in an uncharacteristic moment of candor, with anger flashing in her eyes, she tells him exactly how she feels. “I don’t like the fact you acted as a translator for the police when they tried to interrogate my daughter.” The dancer looks poised to say more, but stops herself, turns and goes inside.

     

    Brandon and Sam return to the security office. The security chief authorizes the purchase of Czech +3 language chips for the security team. He also pulls Alina’s employment records. Her application lists her employment from 2034 to 2046 as serving in the Czech Army. There are no details of what she did while in the service. Brandon and Sam agree that the mother and daughter bear watching.

     

    Natty arrives at the security office within the hour and sits down at the main computer console. Sam considers asking her about what just happened, but realizes that the girl’s language comprehension is directly proportional to her desire to talk to him. One look in her eyes and he knows she’s not his biggest fan. The teenager plugs into the system and goes limp. Five minutes later she comes around, packs up her deck and walks out without a word.

     

    As afternoon drifts toward evening, two large vessels pull into the marina and tie up at the dock. Crews from both crafts move into position to take on cargo. Sam spies the ships being loaded while patrolling past the marina. Security was never informed of any cargo transfer. A personal distrust of the Thelas nomads makes him suspicious. He turns the patrol car back towards the entrance to the marina, but is stopped at the gate by nomad dog soldiers.

     

    They are polite but firm. The nomads refuse to move aside or open the gate. Convinced that the Thelas are up to something, Sam tries to exert his authority. “I’m hotel security. You don’t have the right to keep me out. The marina is hotel property.”

     

    The Dog Soldier’s tone remains friendly. “You should really talk to Ricco. He knows what’s going on.”

     

    Outnumbered and most likely outgunned, Sam returns to his car and drives back to the security office. A call to the general manager does little to calm his suspicions.

     

    “There is nothing going on at the marina. Everything is just fine.”

     

    Ricco’s assurances are unsatisfactory. The ex-C.I.A. operative knows he’s being left out of the loop and doesn’t like it. He notifies Brandon of the activity at the marina. They attempt to focus in on the dock with the main security camera mounted on the hotel roof. The camera no longer tracks to cover the marina. In fact, none of the cameras are positioned to record the four 105mm howitzers being loaded. Neither security officer is pleased. Both instantly remember Natty accessing the system earlier that afternoon.

     

    As the artillery pieces are being transferred, Ricco meets with their new owners to wrap up the sale. Stuart Wilson, Charlie, Beebe sit in on the meeting as does the fixer who negotiated the deal. The price is $1,000,000.00 in cash, which the buyers hand over in a large valise. Ricco opens the suitcase to check the contents. Counting it now would be bad form, so he simply nods and offers his hand to seal the deal. Business concluded, the nomads return to their ships for the voyage back to the Iron Archipelago.

     

    Ricco reaches into the bag and counts out $100,000, which he slides over to the fixer, with his thanks. The man looks from the stack bills to the general manager and smiles, “Been a pleasure.”

     

    After Ricco departs with the rest of the money, the four nomads burst into laughter. Charlie and Stuart were the ones who actually brokered the deal. The ‘fixer’ is just a mutual friend they brought in to ‘handle’ the negotiations. Each takes $30,000 for their troubles. Charlie tosses Beebe the remaining $10,000; her cut for their little enterprise.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, February 20, 2047:

     

    The Sea Snake is booked solid for its voyage to New Orleans, and Mardi Gras. As a favor to his friend, Charlie finds a spot aboard for Sam and Rianna. The crew sets up a private sleeping area for the couple on the ship’s ‘flying bridge’.

     

    The Storage bunker at the marina keeps turning up new surprises. A call from Stuart Wilson brings Ricco back to the basement of the structure. Charlie and Beebe are on hand as always. Stuart directs the general manager towards a corner of the large room. “After we cleared away the palettes and debris, we came across another set of steel doors set in the floor. They were sealed with plastic like the blast doors leading into this room.”

     

    Ricco sighs, “OK, let’s open it up.

     

    Inside the doors is a staircase leading down. How far is impossible to tell. The beams of their flashlights reflect off of pooled water three feet below the entrance. Stuart calls down a crew with work lights, hoping the higher candle power will penetrate further into the gloom. The increase in ambient light reveals a large object further down the steps. Pulling it to the surface proves difficult. It has been weighted to keep it submerged.

     

    Seeing the oversized canvas bag, to Beebe, it’s a no-brainer; weighted sack in a flooded and buried tunnel; definitely a body. With everything else that they’ve found in the bunker, Ricco decides to be cautious. The general manager calls in Sam to check for explosives. It takes a while for the ex-CIA operative, to actually get around to checking out the bag.

     

    Sam is bullshit. How could they not have told him about the sub-level of the storage bunker? Now he is sure that the nomads are up to something. His feelings of betrayal are only increased by Beebe presence. “Why didn’t you tell me?” the ex-operative demands of his friend.

     

    Charlie’s reply is deadpan. “Need to know”

     

    Sam demands to know what they found, but the gun smith keeps a tight lip. The other nomads appear to be getting restless. Ricco refocuses the security officer’s attention on the task at hand “Sam, the bag.”

     

    There are no obvious trip wires or booby traps. A chem-sniffer returns a negative result for explosive residue. The security officer carefully unzips the bag. Inside is a human skeleton. Ricco contacts Sheriff Mason. With the general manager’s approval, Sam notifies the rest of the security staff.

     

    While waiting for the sheriff to arrive, they turn their attention back to the stairs. The sub-structure extends below the water table. It is also lower than the river flowing by outside. Stuart is fairly certain the flooding is not coming from the Blackwater. “Water tends to seek its own level. If this were coming from the river, the room we’re standing in would have been flooded too.”

     

    Testing the water backs up his theory. Though stagnant, the salinity and PH is well below that of the Blackwater River. Ricco remembers Eustis Saint Claire going on about the age and fragility of the resort’s water and sewer system during one of the department meetings. It doesn’t smell like sewage, but may be from a broken water main. Best to call in an expert to be sure.

     

    Since he is on the grounds, the water and sewer manager arrives before the Sheriff. Eustis glances at the bag of bones on the way by, but makes no comment. All it takes is a quick peek down the steps. “Oh, I bet this is part of the old fort.”

     

    “What fort?” Sam asks, wondering if this is something else that Ricco forgot to mention. The general manager is as surprised as anyone. He listens intently as Eustis answers, the security officer’s question.

     

    “Just before the Second World War the government built a series of coastal defense forts to guard important bases. My grandfather told me when I was little that there was one around here that supported two sixteen inch naval guns guarding the eastern approaches to Pensacola. The guns were housed under an artificial hill about 2 miles from here on Angus Young’s Farm. You can see it from the top of the hotel, but it’s all overgrown now.”

     

    The thought of tunnels running under the resort is intriguing. Ricco has a ton of question, but sticks to problem at hand. “Why is it filled with water?”

     

    “Well when they closed the fort down after the war, some kid was fooling around in there; fell and broke his neck. They filled up all the lower levels with water so no one else would get hurt. The area around here contained barracks and stuff, or so I heard. They were all connected by a system of tunnels so aircraft couldn’t interfere with the operation and movements of the fort’s defenders. Most of the buildings have been torn down. I guess this is one that hasn’t.”

     

    It seems the Eustis isn’t the only one knows about the old fort. Sheriff Mason shares some tidbits of info, after taking their statements. The group is forced to move across the room, while techs process the scene. Divers are on the way to check for additional bodies and physical evidence under the water.

     

    What they find is a large empty room, opening up on a tunnel running roughly east to west. The water is murky and there is debris in the tunnel that would make it dangerous to navigate. Having found no other bodies, they return to the steps. The police take the corpse and thank Ricco for his assistance.

     

    Marcus muses, “I hope this is a case we already have on file. I’d hate to have another unsolved murder down here.” Knowing the extent of the file Ricco readily agrees. The sheriff nods towards the stairs, becoming serious, “You are going to seal this back up, right?”

     

    The general manager’s tone is matter of fact, “Of course.”

     

    As Sheriff Mason climbs the stairs to the ground level, Stuart whispers to Ricco, “Are you really going to seal this back up?”

     

    “Hell no, let’s get some pumps down here and see what we have!”

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, February 21, 2047:

     

    The Sea Snake leaves Blackwater in the early morning. With the Blue Moon closed for the week of Mardis Gras, Alina and the rest of the dancers have lined up private gigs in New Orleans. Paris and Natty tag along. Officially they will be there to help out with the costumes, but the girls make plans to sneak away and meet up with Beebe.

     

    Ricco would like to go and see how the festival compares with Carnival back home, but he is swamped with work. Betty Lu & Crank are similarly too busy to make the trip. Sam takes Brandon along to back him up at the meet. He also brings Rianna, because if he went to Mardi Gras without her, she’d probably kill him.

     

    The captain plots a course that swings wide of Alabama and Mississippi’s territorial waters, down through the Iron Archipelago. With the boat packed with passengers, he chooses safety over speed. Even with the detour, they should arrive in New Orleans by breakfast tomorrow.

     

    Back in Santa Rosa County, Danny Johnson is acquitted of drunk driving. A representative from the hospital reports that the blood alcohol test entered into evidence was not that of Danny Johnson. Due to a clerical error in the lab, samples were mislabeled. His actual test came back clean. Peter testifies that all of the alcohol in the car belonged to him. He refutes the claim that his brother was drinking. The Johnson brothers and Hadley Walters III are convicted of the sole remaining charge of vandalism and fined.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, February 22, 2047:

     

    The Sea Snake pulls into New Orleans in the early morning and docks on the Mississippi. A water shuttle is standing by to pickup the dancers. Unable to secure accommodations at such a late date, Sam and Rianna will be berthing aboard the Sea Snake, along with Charlie, Beebe and many of the Nomads. Brandon was able to secure a room off ship, thanks to Natty’s net skills. He paid the girl $1000 to hack a local hotel and secure him a reservation.

     

    Charlie grabs a ship’s launch to take the security chief to his hotel. Sam and Rianna accompany them, as do Beebe and Jason. The plan is to head into the city as a group, after Brandon checks in and drops off his bags. Jason pulled late watch on the Sea Snake, so he and Beebe want to make the most of their time before he has to head back to the ship.

     

    The security chief graciously offers to let the others take a quick shower and get ready in his room before they head out. Charlie and Beebe change into the ‘costumes’ they bought in Pensacola. It’s a bold departure from how the young nomad normally dresses, but still tame compared to Charlie’s outfit or what most other revelers will be wearing or not wearing during Mardis Gras. Jason is suitably impressed, giving a wolf-whistle to show his approval.

     

    While relaxing in a beer garden, Sam tries to tell to Brandon how to attract girls using beads thrown from parade floats. The security chief is a little dubious, but Sam explains, “People come here to have fun. Sure, they’re worthless trinkets, but they give them an excuse to cut loose and do things they might not ordinarily do.” To illustrate his point, Rianna holds up a set of beads between two fingers and jangles them at her boyfriend.

     

    Sam moves over to give her a surprisingly erotic lap dance. Getting into the act, Beebe twirls a bright neon necklace around her finger and arches her eyebrow, questioning at Jason. What the nomad lacks in grace, he make up for in enthusiasm. Breaking into giggles, she grabs his waist and pulls him backwards into the chair and onto her lap. The two begin to neck, oblivious to the crowd around them.

     

    As if to finish Sam’s thought, Charlie confides to Brandon, “It also helps if they’re really drunk.”

     

    An egg sails through the air and hits the gunsmith high in the shoulder. The others look around to make sure no other projectiles are incoming. Charlie just ignores it. If it were rotten, he may have done something. As it is, he just picks a stray bit of shell out of his beer and goes back to drinking.

     

    Jason tries to stretch it out as long as possible, but eventually has to head back to the Sea Snake. Beebe stays with the group, ‘to keep an eye on Charlie’. The young nomad has made it her self appointed task to watch out for the gunsmith and keep him out of trouble. He’s like a part of her family. She also can’t shake the thought that Sam is going to talk the Charlie into doing something stupid.

     

    The group eventually ends up at Antoine’s. Sam has decided to let Brandon take the lead. He waits outside in the launch with Rianna, while the security chief and two nomads enter and find a table. Scanning the crowd, Brandon spots the garrison cap. Their contact is standing alone at a high top table near the bar. He approaches the man and strikes up a conversation.

     

    The two chat for a couple of minutes. ‘Vasily’ waits expectantly, but Brandon is having trouble working the code word into the conversation. Spotting a tray of food headed to one of the tables, he gets a sudden inspiration, “I can’t wait for my Cajun Shrimp to arrive. I hope it’s not as spicy as that Tajini I got in Morocco”.

     

    Vasily counters with, “I prefer the fish stew from Odessa, but that is also very hot.”

     

    Both men breathe a little easier. Vasily tells him that the ‘package’ will be ready on Monday, February 25 @ 8pm. Brandon should meet him at the dock on the Pearl Street (a water alley) behind the three-story building that fronts St. Charles.

     

    The security chief returns to his own table. He orders a round of drinks, to give their contact time to make his exit. The three leave about ten minutes later and return to the launch. With the meet out of the way, they head out for a wonderful evening of drinking and carousing.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, February 23, 2047:

     

    Beebe is still passed out in her hammock, when Charlie stops by to invite her to breakfast. Rather than wake her, he leaves a note on a post-it stuck to her forehead. The gunsmith heads out with Sam and Rianna to pick up Brandon.

     

    An altercation at the front desk catches the security chief’s attention as he walks through the hotel lobby. A man is berating the front desk clerk over loosing his reservation. Brandon has a sneaking suspicion of what happened to the room. He sails out the door and meets the launch at the wharf fronting the hotel.

     

    The foursome dines at an open air café. Charlie pours tequila into his cereal in place of milk. “Hair of the dog” he explains in answer the strange looks from his friends. By itself the tequila may have been fine. It just doesn’t mix well with the corn flakes. He is only able to get down two or three mouthfuls of the soggy mash, before his stomach revolts.

     

    The nomad pukes up the vile concoction and most of the contents of his stomach. He tries to catch as much as he can in the bowl, but there is too much. The repulsive mess reeks of booze. A healthy gratuity ensures that they aren’t thrown out. Charlie sheepishly orders a new meal.

     

    Beebe wakes to find the note posted on her forehead. It might be funnier if she wasn’t so hung over. There’s nothing she’d like more than to stay in bed, but the constant rocking of the hammock is making her nauseas. Then there is the overwhelming need to pee, which makes getting up an immediate imperative. It’s a sad irony to have a bladder so full it feels ready to explode and being so thirsty you could drink the Mississippi. The young nomad rolls out of the hammock and almost lands face first on the floor. Stumbling down the passageway, her only hope is that the head is vacant.

     

    A hot water shower would be too much to wish for at this late hour. Though not at the blistering temperature she would like, the warm spray is enough to wash away some of the cobwebs. A handful of aspirin and copious amounts of water do the rest. Beebe is nearly back to her old self, by the time she runs into Jason in the passageway. He is a late riser as well, having caught a couple hours of sleep after his watch.

     

    Waiting for Jason to get ready gives her a chance to call Paris and Natty. There is no answer at the number they gave her: Alina must be keeping them busy. Striking out with her girlfriends, she calls Charlie. Jason and Beebe take a water taxi to hook up with the gun smith and his group for another day of partying.

     

    Drinking away the afternoon, the six move along the suspended walkways, taking in the parades and checking out the bars along the way.

     

    “Hey, aren’t you the guy who runs Boss Arms?” The question comes from a Folk Nation nomad coming the other way with his own group of drunken friends.

     

    Always happy to be recognized, the gun smith proudly answers, “Yes, I am.”

     

    “Your guns suck!”

     

    Defending the quality of his weapons becomes secondary as Charlie finds he has to defend himself. The gunsmith jerks backwards, narrowly avoiding a boot to the head from the folk nation nomad’s well executed roundhouse kick. This appears to be a signal, as all hell breaks loose. A female nomads charges Rianna. She deftly grabs her attacker, but the woman’s momentum carries them both off the edge of the walkway and into the water below (great grapple roll, but a botch on the attempted throw).

     

    Sam knocks down one opponent, but a second clocks him in the head, knocking him out. The two nomads pick up the ex-C.I.A. operative and toss him into the drink. Charlie makes a conscious effort to pull his punches. His cyberarms could do some serious damage. He doesn’t want to see a good natured brawl turn into a murder rap. Try as he might, the gunsmith still ends up breaking bones. The left arm of the man who tried to kick him buckles with an audible snap.

     

    The blows of Brandon’s attacker are ineffective. In hopes of bringing the melee to a swift conclusion, the security chief grabs the man and idly tosses him in the canal. A dunking in the polluted waters seems to quench the fire of most combatants. Rianna and her former attacker laugh and joke, as they swim towards a ladder leading back up to the walkway. Sam sees no humor in the situation. He knifes through the water towards the same ladder, determined to return to the fray.

     

    Up above, Jason and Beebe are out numbered three to two. As the men square off, she is left to take on the two women. A lucky kick to the temple takes down one of her opponents evening the odds. The woman lays unmoving on the ground. Beebe is horrified that she may have killed her. She may be tough, but she has never actually taken a life. The young nomad dodges the blows of her remaining attacker, but refuses to strike back. She finally puts up her hands and tries to reason with her opponent.

     

    Charlie’s control is slipping. He accidentally breaks another opponent’s leg. This fight is no longer fun. As the nomad weaponsmith turns to face a new foe, he mutters to himself, “I didn’t want to break anyone’s legs.”

     

    Charlie’s opponent overhears him and stops, “I don’t want you to break my leg either.”

     

    The fighting peters out and is completely finished by the time Sam makes it back up to the walkway. Charlie sets the fractures that he caused. Beebe breaths a sigh of relief when the woman she kicked in the head starts to come round. Those that wound up in the water, smell awful, but most are still too drunk to care.

     

    Beebe jokingly comments, “I hope you’ve all had your tetanus shots.”

     

    The two groups put aside their differences and stagger off together to find a saloon. The rest of the evening is a pleasant blur as they try to drink each other under the table.

     

    Sometime around 8 pm, Jason receives a call from Alina. She asks if he has seen her daughter and Paris. When he tells her he hasn’t, the Czech dancer thanks him, saying they must be out enjoying Mardi Gras. Before hanging up, she asks that if he does hear from them, to please tell Natty to call her.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, February 24, 2047:

     

    Being biomechanical, Brandon suffers limited effects from last night’s marathon of drinking. He rises at an early hour and enjoys breakfast in the hotel’s dining room. Sam and Rianna stick to the ‘flying bridge’ of the Sea Snake. The ex-operative brings his girlfriend breakfast in bed…or sleeping bag in this case, from the ship’s galley. Beebe is in better sorts than the previous morning. She made sure to down some aspirin and drink lots of water before hitting the sack. Jonesing for something sweet, she heads out with Charlie and Jason to hunt down a funnel cake stand. By afternoon they are all back together, cruising the elevated walkways of this new world Venice.

     

    During their wanderings, the group almost blunders into another melee. This is no friendly brawl like yesterday. The heavily cybered combatants are going all out to maim and kill each other. Spectators crowd along the walkways and hang out of windows to watch the carnage. Blood flies. Crumpled bodies lie strewn along the walkway. Some are the bodies of unfortunate spectators who got too close to the action.

     

    There’s no way around, so most of the group doubles back to try another walkway. Charlie and Sam stand behind to watch. Neither notices the Boeing VS-1 police spinner coming in low overhead. The whir of the mini-gun catches them both by surprise. Charlie reacts faster and is able to dive to the ground. He avoids the rain of rubber bullets that descends on the combatants and crowd alike. Sam isn’t as lucky and is clipped by one of the rubber rounds.

     

    The gunner fires staggered bursts to stop the fighting and disperse the crowd. Most take the hint and retreat. Sam and Charlie make their way back to the rest of their party. Three boosters continue to battle through the barrage. Once everyone else is clear, the gunner switches to lethal ammunition. Two warning bursts chew up the walkway near the boosters’ feet, but they continue to brawl. A third burst mows them down, putting an end to the fight. The spinner hovers for another moment, before returning to its patrol.

     

     

    Back in Florida, the Rattlesnakes Panama City Charter is on a camp out ride. Early that evening they are attacked by ‘unknown’ assailants and are massacred to the man. The strike used military precision and there was no real usable forensics left. The authorities feel they know the culprits. Ricco returns to the Cayman Islands to handle some financial transactions. Among his luggage is a large suitcase filled with money.

     

     

    Jason receives another call from Alina. The dancer asks if he wouldn’t mind picking up Paris and Natty. They need a ride back to the hotel. Beebe overhears his side of the conversation and asks “what’s up?”

     

    When he tells her about Alina’s request, she jumps at the chance to see her friends. Charlie lets the two borrow his launch, under the proviso that they don’t forget to come back and pick them up.

     

    The address is in a dangerous section of town. Jason is happy to have a second set of eyes to look out for trouble. He also hopes to have some alone time with Beebe, before they have to head back to the club.

     

    Natty waves to them from a small dock. As the boat approaches, she retreats to a nearby doorway and collects Paris. The girl appears to be in a bad way. Natty hustles her onto the boat and tells Jason “go.” Beebe tries to help make her friend comfortable and ask what happened, but Paris is a basket case. Rivulets of mascara run down puffy cheeks. Her eyes are bloodshot and unfocused. Quiet sobs wrack the girl’s body as she lies on the bottom of the boat.

     

    Beebe tries to keep it together. Her friend is hurting, but there’s no obvious physical injury. She wants to help but doesn’t know what to do. Paris is incapable of telling her what happened. Natty tries to, but can’t seem to find the right words. They are all too quickly at the hotel. Jason pulls the launch up to the back dock. Beebe wants to go with her friends, but Natty stops her. “Better you stay.” The nomad is too emotionally drained to argue.

     

    Jason keeps the launch at the dock till the two girls are safely inside the hotel. Pulling away, he gives voice to his thoughts. “Something bad happened.”

     

    Beebe tries to put a bright face on a bad situation. “Well, at least they’re not hurt.”

     

    “I don’t know…” The nomad realizes he said it aloud only after he catches Beebe staring at him. She doesn’t ask or say anything, but he feels compelled to share what he saw. “Natty had some blood spatter on her.”

     

    Seeing the fear in her eyes, he adds, “I don’t think it was hers.” This doesn’t seem to help.

     

    The pair is subdued when they rejoin the others at a club. Charlie misreads their expressions and yells, “Hey! Hey! It looks like someone got lucky.”

     

    Something inside Beebe gives way. She strikes out hitting the gunsmith in the cyberarm. With tears streaming down her face and string of obscenities flowing from her lips, she continues to pound on his arm. Beebe isn’t angry at Charlie. She’s angry with herself…for being powerless to help her friend. The worry and frustration just boiled over and she needed something to hit.

     

    Hitting his cyberarm won’t hurt Charlie. In fact, it’s her hand that’s starting to ache. She welcomes the pain though. It’s better than the awful feeling in the pit of her stomach. The gunsmith lets her vent her fury without complaint. He may not know what happened, but he seems to understand.

     

    Sam doesn’t. He grabs the girl’s wrist to stop her from hitting his friend. The litany of curses ceases as the young nomad turns on the security guard with hate filled eyes. “LET GO OF MY FUCKING ARM!” she screams at him, her voice ragged and cracking.

     

    “Not till you calm down.” Sam’s attempts to reason with someone who is obviously out of control prove pointless. She repeatedly tries to yank her arm from his grasp all the while screaming hysterically. Charlie finally succeeds in separating them. He orders his buddy a drink, while Jason takes Beebe outside. As the rage leaves her, she breaks down into uncontrollable sobs.

     

    ***

     

     

     

    Next: Part Two of Two B)

     

     

     

     

     

     

  2. This comes in two parts, hopefully one right after the other. So here is Part One -

     

     

    Episode 7 – Mardi Gras

     

    Part One of Two

     

     

     

    The storage bunker yields new surprises and an answer to a mystery, in a canvas bag. Mardi Gras approaches. The Sea Snake sails for New Orleans. Members of the Dirty Deeds team try to blend in with the boat load of revelers bound for the Big Easy. Sam is not the only one with a mission. Paris and Natty’s foray into the city causes nothing but heartache. A dead contact brings a run-in with the law. Questioning leads to unintended revalations. Certain members of the team are asked never to return to the Crescent City.

     

    Back in Florida the Rattlesnakes MC suffers a major setback.

     

     

    Background

     

    Sam Fisher, retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, has finally been ‘officially’ released from prison after serving his sentence for extortion due to a botched operation in the Atlantic City part of the Burn Notice Campaign. Part of his (unofficial) deal for pleading guilty at the time was that he would receive his government pensions on his release from prison, but the government isn’t able to honor that part of the agreement. He is informed by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, Deputy Director for Clandestine Services at the C.I.A., that his pensions could be restored if he assists in a very black operation on United States soil.

     

    President Whindam has decided to bring the four southern states known collectively as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’ to heel. Sam, accompanied by his fiancée Rianna Prescott, will be sent to Santa Rosa County in the Florida panhandle near the Pensacola COG to the Petersen Point Resort, a seedy old tourist destination that will serve as a ‘safe house’ for operations to bring down the state government of Alabama. He will also be tasked with the occasional mission himself. To help him, a ‘Dirty Deeds’ group has been assembled whose covers are as employees of the hotel. Only Sam knows this is a government sanctioned operation.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Laugherty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Laugherty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who is serve as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci: This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    Owen ‘Crank’ Wolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion to protect his friends and his daughter from the fallout of a botched operation. He is now just a security officer for the Petersen Point Resort and still Team Leader for the ‘Dirty Deeds’ group.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Andrea Hutton is a hot twenty one year old senior, who is determined to claw her to the top and a marketing/PR prospective intern from Jacksonville State University.

     

    Arthur Greenburg (the Geek) is one of the two prospective interns from Florida Atlantic University.

     

    Brainerd Johnson is the brother of local crime lord A.C. Johnson and a member of the Florida State legislature. He is corrupt as the day is long. He, his second wife, Carol, and four children live in Tallahassee and Escambia County. His first wife and child were killed in a plane crash after that wife left him

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also asst. hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman is her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Danny Johnson (17) is the center on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team and one of those self-entitled little pricks who tangled with Beebe at the party in Episode 2.

     

    Deputy Marshal ClaytonClayJohnson is the older son of the late Terrance Johnson and nephew of ‘ACJohnson, the crime lord of Escambia County. His younger brother is RolandRonnieJohnson a suspected drug dealer who runs a crew in Santa Rosa County. The marshal is in NO way a member of his uncle’s organization and would love to put him away.

     

    Eustis (‘Useless’) Saint Claire is an old black man who runs the water and sewer system at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Greg Winters (the Face) is one of the two prospective interns from Florida Atlantic University.

     

    Frank Michaels is the senior NCIS agent at the Pensacola COG.

     

    Freddy Timmons is a rotund little man in his forties, who stutters a bit and seems almost comically nervous. He is a town constable.

     

    Hadley Walters III is a 15 year old student and forward on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team. He is an arrogant self-entitled little prick, who tried to attack Lilly Tran (Episode 2) and who Ricco suspects is one of the Golf Course vandals.

     

    Henrique: A former Favela drug lord (nicknamed the King Snake) and leader of the Red Command who took a government amnesty offer and got out of the drug business. Henrique used to belong to a Brazilian pop group manufactured by a record company. When his voice changed he was fired and thrown back into the favela where he rose to the top of the local gang. The man now runs a media company which works with Disney. He and Ricco Torres grew up together with Ricco being the younger ‘brother’ (nicknamed Cobrinha – Little Snake).

     

    HenryHankTremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths MC.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving of Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Karl Petersen is the treasurer of the Visigoths MC and owner of Petersen’s Garage.

     

    Mai Saint Claire is the mother of Paris and wife of the late Delmar Saint Claire. This granddaughter of Tran Xuan Giap is a junkie and prostitute.

     

    Mr. Zeitsev is the code name for Sam Fisher’s contact on this secret, black project. He is the government’s ‘Mr. Johnson’.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dates Steve Zelinsky, a prospect of the Visigoths and speaks little English.

     

    ObadiahObieTerhune is an Afro-American male about 51 years old and is the maintenance chief at the Petersen Point Resort. Actually, he is the entire maintenance department which should number at least ten.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Rat is a nomad ‘Dog Soldier’ (nomad enforcer) with a particular hatred for drug dealers. He is working with Ricco Torres to end the drug dealing out of the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    Stuart Wilson is a nomad representing the Wilson Family in their dealings with Ricco and the Petersen Point Hotel. He and Ricco have come to like and respect each other.

     

    Ty Saint Claire is Paris’s cousin and the smoking hot guitar player of Velvet Blue. He is a bald (he shaves it) ebony skinned teenager.

     

     

     

    The Action

     

    Monday, February 18, 2047:

     

    At the weekly staff meeting, Brandon reports that the security system is fully operational and online. Crank announces that business at the Blue Moon Revue is slowly building. He anticipates an upsurge once their post Mardi Gras advertising kicks in. Carrie Anne reports a small increase in room occupancy. Both attribute the up-turn to the lifting of the COG’s ban.

     

    Ricco notifies the department heads that he has hired three interns who will soon be joining the staff. Lest they fear he plans to flood the hotel with cheap student labor, the general manager also announces a new round of hiring to bring up staffing numbers throughout the hotel.

     

    Henrique’s location team wraps up and departs for Havana, Cuba. The police release all crime scenes except Peg Leg’s house. Ricco attends Sheriff Mason’s President’s Day Cookout. While there, he is introduced to Marshal Clay Johnson. The two men get to talking. It becomes clear Clay isn’t involved in his family’s illicit activities. In fact, he might be their worst enemy. Ricco also meets the county prosecutors.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, February 19, 2047:

     

    With Mardi Gras fast approaching Charlie and Beebe head into Pensacola to do some shopping. The two buy rapid detox for Charlie, showers in a can (for many), nano-cleaners, glow paint, a few armor saver drinks and costumes for Mardi Gras.

     

    Sam travels into town, on his own, to make a few purchases before his shift. Like Charlie, he ‘invests’ in a rapid detox, but his primary reason for going to Pensacola, is to visit the police supply store. Given the uproar caused by brandishing his Big Government’s in Blackwater, Sam has decided to invest in a less ‘conspicuous’ pair of side arms. He drops a small fortune on two

    Armalite .44s with an integral smartgun link, speed holsters for both handguns and a box of 12mm DP ammunition.

     

    Wanting to be prepared, for an extended fire fight, he also picks up four extra ammo clips. The store only has standard 8 round magazines in stock. Extended clips that hold 12 can be special ordered, but it will take several days to arrive. Just to be on the safe side, Sam has the clerk order 8.

     

    Back on patrol at the resort, the Sam spots Alina Lanikova running out the backdoor of the Blue Moon Revue. The dancer jumps in her car and peels out of the back lot, heading in the direction of the resort. Pulling a U-turn, he calls it in to the security office. Dispatch notifies him that federal agents are at the dancer’s bungalow. Pressing down on the accelerator, Sam tells the dispatcher to inform Brandon.

     

    Alina is already out of her car and moving towards her house, by the time Sam pulls up. NCIS agent Frank Michaels is sitting on the porch with Natty. Michaels notes her approach and holds up a knife (Natty’s mono-knife). The dancer stops short. She looks at the knife and then at her daughter.

     

    As Sam approaches, he calls out to Agent Michaels, “Do you have a warrant?”

     

    “I don’t need a warrant if I’ve been invited; and Natalie here invited me.” He turns to the girl. “You did invite me, right?”

     

    Natty, doesn’t look at the agent. Her eyes remains fixed on her mother. She nervously nods.

     

    Spinning the knife in his hands, Michaels follows the girl’s gaze. “Are you throwing me out, Alina?”

     

    “No,” the dancer responds quietly.

     

    During this exchange, Sam has continued to advance on the porch. Unsure of the big man’s intentions, Agent Michaels puts him in his place. “So, we’re all good her. Maybe you should…stand down. This is a Federal investigation after all.”

     

    Sam pauses. The timely arrival of his superior dispels any thoughts of a confrontation. Agent Michaels nods to Brandon, before turning his attention back to Natty. He continues to spin the mono-blade as he talks to the girl. The nuances of what he says are lost on the security officers. He is speaking to her in Italian.

     

    The tone is comforting and Natty listens intently; occasionally nodding. Handing the knife back to the surprised teenager, Agent Michaels places a reassuring hand on her shoulder. He spares her a few more words, before looking to her mother.

     

    “Your daughter is basically a good kid. You’ve raised her well.”

     

    Patting Natty’s shoulder, he gives her a smile and stands to leave. Michaels pays Alina a parting compliment as he passes her on the steps. “You’ve done a good job training her, lieutenant.”

     

    The dancer gives an involuntary flinch at these last words. They seem to cut her deep. Agent Michaels doesn’t look back. He continues towards a dark sedan, where his partner waits. While walking past Sam and Brandon the NCIS agent nods, “Gentlemen”.

     

    As the car pulls away, Alina issues a curt command to her daughter. The girl jumps up and disappears into the house. Both security officers are left with many questions. They may not have understood most of what Michaels said to Natty, but both recognized the word morte; death. Then there is the fact that the agent addressed Alina as lieutenant, and her reaction. The dancer doesn’t seem to be in the mood to provide answers. Ignoring the men standing on her lawn, she turns to go inside.

     

    Sam calls after her. “Alina, we should have coffee sometime?”

     

    Glancing back, she replies dryly, “I don’t date people I work with.”

     

    The ex-operative tries to correct her false impression of his intentions by stating, “I have a girlfriend.”

     

    Alina ignores his attempts to explain. He has her attention and in an uncharacteristic moment of candor, with anger flashing in her eyes, she tells him exactly how she feels. “I don’t like the fact you acted as a translator for the police when they tried to interrogate my daughter.” The dancer looks poised to say more, but stops herself, turns and goes inside.

     

    Brandon and Sam return to the security office. The security chief authorizes the purchase of Czech +3 language chips for the security team. He also pulls Alina’s employment records. Her application lists her employment from 2034 to 2046 as serving in the Czech Army. There are no details of what she did while in the service. Brandon and Sam agree that the mother and daughter bear watching.

     

    Natty arrives at the security office within the hour and sits down at the main computer console. Sam considers asking her about what just happened, but realizes that the girl’s language comprehension is directly proportional to her desire to talk to him. One look in her eyes and he knows she’s not his biggest fan. The teenager plugs into the system and goes limp. Five minutes later she comes around, packs up her deck and walks out without a word.

     

    As afternoon drifts toward evening, two large vessels pull into the marina and tie up at the dock. Crews from both crafts move into position to take on cargo. Sam spies the ships being loaded while patrolling past the marina. Security was never informed of any cargo transfer. A personal distrust of the Thelas nomads makes him suspicious. He turns the patrol car back towards the entrance to the marina, but is stopped at the gate by nomad dog soldiers.

     

    They are polite but firm. The nomads refuse to move aside or open the gate. Convinced that the Thelas are up to something, Sam tries to exert his authority. “I’m hotel security. You don’t have the right to keep me out. The marina is hotel property.”

     

    The Dog Soldier’s tone remains friendly. “You should really talk to Ricco. He knows what’s going on.”

     

    Outnumbered and most likely outgunned, Sam returns to his car and drives back to the security office. A call to the general manager does little to calm his suspicions.

     

    “There is nothing going on at the marina. Everything is just fine.”

     

    Ricco’s assurances are unsatisfactory. The ex-C.I.A. operative knows he’s being left out of the loop and doesn’t like it. He notifies Brandon of the activity at the marina. They attempt to focus in on the dock with the main security camera mounted on the hotel roof. The camera no longer tracks to cover the marina. In fact, none of the cameras are positioned to record the four 105mm howitzers being loaded. Neither security officer is pleased. Both instantly remember Natty accessing the system earlier that afternoon.

     

    As the artillery pieces are being transferred, Ricco meets with their new owners to wrap up the sale. Stuart Wilson, Charlie, Beebe sit in on the meeting as does the fixer who negotiated the deal. The price is $1,000,000.00 in cash, which the buyers hand over in a large valise. Ricco opens the suitcase to check the contents. Counting it now would be bad form, so he simply nods and offers his hand to seal the deal. Business concluded, the nomads return to their ships for the voyage back to the Iron Archipelago.

     

    Ricco reaches into the bag and counts out $100,000, which he slides over to the fixer, with his thanks. The man looks from the stack bills to the general manager and smiles, “Been a pleasure.”

     

    After Ricco departs with the rest of the money, the four nomads burst into laughter. Charlie and Stuart were the ones who actually brokered the deal. The ‘fixer’ is just a mutual friend they brought in to ‘handle’ the negotiations. Each takes $30,000 for their troubles. Charlie tosses Beebe the remaining $10,000; her cut for their little enterprise.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, February 20, 2047:

     

    The Sea Snake is booked solid for its voyage to New Orleans, and Mardi Gras. As a favor to his friend, Charlie finds a spot aboard for Sam and Rianna. The crew sets up a private sleeping area for the couple on the ship’s ‘flying bridge’.

     

    The Storage bunker at the marina keeps turning up new surprises. A call from Stuart Wilson brings Ricco back to the basement of the structure. Charlie and Beebe are on hand as always. Stuart directs the general manager towards a corner of the large room. “After we cleared away the palettes and debris, we came across another set of steel doors set in the floor. They were sealed with plastic like the blast doors leading into this room.”

     

    Ricco sighs, “OK, let’s open it up.

     

    Inside the doors is a staircase leading down. How far is impossible to tell. The beams of their flashlights reflect off of pooled water three feet below the entrance. Stuart calls down a crew with work lights, hoping the higher candle power will penetrate further into the gloom. The increase in ambient light reveals a large object further down the steps. Pulling it to the surface proves difficult. It has been weighted to keep it submerged.

     

    Seeing the oversized canvas bag, to Beebe, it’s a no-brainer; weighted sack in a flooded and buried tunnel; definitely a body. With everything else that they’ve found in the bunker, Ricco decides to be cautious. The general manager calls in Sam to check for explosives. It takes a while for the ex-CIA operative, to actually get around to checking out the bag.

     

    Sam is bullshit. How could they not have told him about the sub-level of the storage bunker? Now he is sure that the nomads are up to something. His feelings of betrayal are only increased by Beebe presence. “Why didn’t you tell me?” the ex-operative demands of his friend.

     

    Charlie’s reply is deadpan. “Need to know”

     

    Sam demands to know what they found, but the gun smith keeps a tight lip. The other nomads appear to be getting restless. Ricco refocuses the security officer’s attention on the task at hand “Sam, the bag.”

     

    There are no obvious trip wires or booby traps. A chem-sniffer returns a negative result for explosive residue. The security officer carefully unzips the bag. Inside is a human skeleton. Ricco contacts Sheriff Mason. With the general manager’s approval, Sam notifies the rest of the security staff.

     

    While waiting for the sheriff to arrive, they turn their attention back to the stairs. The sub-structure extends below the water table. It is also lower than the river flowing by outside. Stuart is fairly certain the flooding is not coming from the Blackwater. “Water tends to seek its own level. If this were coming from the river, the room we’re standing in would have been flooded too.”

     

    Testing the water backs up his theory. Though stagnant, the salinity and PH is well below that of the Blackwater River. Ricco remembers Eustis Saint Claire going on about the age and fragility of the resort’s water and sewer system during one of the department meetings. It doesn’t smell like sewage, but may be from a broken water main. Best to call in an expert to be sure.

     

    Since he is on the grounds, the water and sewer manager arrives before the Sheriff. Eustis glances at the bag of bones on the way by, but makes no comment. All it takes is a quick peek down the steps. “Oh, I bet this is part of the old fort.”

     

    “What fort?” Sam asks, wondering if this is something else that Ricco forgot to mention. The general manager is as surprised as anyone. He listens intently as Eustis answers, the security officer’s question.

     

    “Just before the Second World War the government built a series of coastal defense forts to guard important bases. My grandfather told me when I was little that there was one around here that supported two sixteen inch naval guns guarding the eastern approaches to Pensacola. The guns were housed under an artificial hill about 2 miles from here on Angus Young’s Farm. You can see it from the top of the hotel, but it’s all overgrown now.”

     

    The thought of tunnels running under the resort is intriguing. Ricco has a ton of question, but sticks to problem at hand. “Why is it filled with water?”

     

    “Well when they closed the fort down after the war, some kid was fooling around in there; fell and broke his neck. They filled up all the lower levels with water so no one else would get hurt. The area around here contained barracks and stuff, or so I heard. They were all connected by a system of tunnels so aircraft couldn’t interfere with the operation and movements of the fort’s defenders. Most of the buildings have been torn down. I guess this is one that hasn’t.”

     

    It seems the Eustis isn’t the only one knows about the old fort. Sheriff Mason shares some tidbits of info, after taking their statements. The group is forced to move across the room, while techs process the scene. Divers are on the way to check for additional bodies and physical evidence under the water.

     

    What they find is a large empty room, opening up on a tunnel running roughly east to west. The water is murky and there is debris in the tunnel that would make it dangerous to navigate. Having found no other bodies, they return to the steps. The police take the corpse and thank Ricco for his assistance.

     

    Marcus muses, “I hope this is a case we already have on file. I’d hate to have another unsolved murder down here.” Knowing the extent of the file Ricco readily agrees. The sheriff nods towards the stairs, becoming serious, “You are going to seal this back up, right?”

     

    The general manager’s tone is matter of fact, “Of course.”

     

    As Sheriff Mason climbs the stairs to the ground level, Stuart whispers to Ricco, “Are you really going to seal this back up?”

     

    “Hell no, let’s get some pumps down here and see what we have!”

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, February 21, 2047:

     

    The Sea Snake leaves Blackwater in the early morning. With the Blue Moon closed for the week of Mardis Gras, Alina and the rest of the dancers have lined up private gigs in New Orleans. Paris and Natty tag along. Officially they will be there to help out with the costumes, but the girls make plans to sneak away and meet up with Beebe.

     

    Ricco would like to go and see how the festival compares with Carnival back home, but he is swamped with work. Betty Lu & Crank are similarly too busy to make the trip. Sam takes Brandon along to back him up at the meet. He also brings Rianna, because if he went to Mardi Gras without her, she’d probably kill him.

     

    The captain plots a course that swings wide of Alabama and Mississippi’s territorial waters, down through the Iron Archipelago. With the boat packed with passengers, he chooses safety over speed. Even with the detour, they should arrive in New Orleans by breakfast tomorrow.

     

    Back in Santa Rosa County, Danny Johnson is acquitted of drunk driving. A representative from the hospital reports that the blood alcohol test entered into evidence was not that of Danny Johnson. Due to a clerical error in the lab, samples were mislabeled. His actual test came back clean. Peter testifies that all of the alcohol in the car belonged to him. He refutes the claim that his brother was drinking. The Johnson brothers and Hadley Walters III are convicted of the sole remaining charge of vandalism and fined.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, February 22, 2047:

     

    The Sea Snake pulls into New Orleans in the early morning and docks on the Mississippi. A water shuttle is standing by to pickup the dancers. Unable to secure accommodations at such a late date, Sam and Rianna will be berthing aboard the Sea Snake, along with Charlie, Beebe and many of the Nomads. Brandon was able to secure a room off ship, thanks to Natty’s net skills. He paid the girl $1000 to hack a local hotel and secure him a reservation.

     

    Charlie grabs a ship’s launch to take the security chief to his hotel. Sam and Rianna accompany them, as do Beebe and Jason. The plan is to head into the city as a group, after Brandon checks in and drops off his bags. Jason pulled late watch on the Sea Snake, so he and Beebe want to make the most of their time before he has to head back to the ship.

     

    The security chief graciously offers to let the others take a quick shower and get ready in his room before they head out. Charlie and Beebe change into the ‘costumes’ they bought in Pensacola. It’s a bold departure from how the young nomad normally dresses, but still tame compared to Charlie’s outfit or what most other revelers will be wearing or not wearing during Mardis Gras. Jason is suitably impressed, giving a wolf-whistle to show his approval.

     

    While relaxing in a beer garden, Sam tries to tell to Brandon how to attract girls using beads thrown from parade floats. The security chief is a little dubious, but Sam explains, “People come here to have fun. Sure, they’re worthless trinkets, but they give them an excuse to cut loose and do things they might not ordinarily do.” To illustrate his point, Rianna holds up a set of beads between two fingers and jangles them at her boyfriend.

     

    Sam moves over to give her a surprisingly erotic lap dance. Getting into the act, Beebe twirls a bright neon necklace around her finger and arches her eyebrow, questioning at Jason. What the nomad lacks in grace, he make up for in enthusiasm. Breaking into giggles, she grabs his waist and pulls him backwards into the chair and onto her lap. The two begin to neck, oblivious to the crowd around them.

     

    As if to finish Sam’s thought, Charlie confides to Brandon, “It also helps if they’re really drunk.”

     

    An egg sails through the air and hits the gunsmith high in the shoulder. The others look around to make sure no other projectiles are incoming. Charlie just ignores it. If it were rotten, he may have done something. As it is, he just picks a stray bit of shell out of his beer and goes back to drinking.

     

    Jason tries to stretch it out as long as possible, but eventually has to head back to the Sea Snake. Beebe stays with the group, ‘to keep an eye on Charlie’. The young nomad has made it her self appointed task to watch out for the gunsmith and keep him out of trouble. He’s like a part of her family. She also can’t shake the thought that Sam is going to talk the Charlie into doing something stupid.

     

    The group eventually ends up at Antoine’s. Sam has decided to let Brandon take the lead. He waits outside in the launch with Rianna, while the security chief and two nomads enter and find a table. Scanning the crowd, Brandon spots the garrison cap. Their contact is standing alone at a high top table near the bar. He approaches the man and strikes up a conversation.

     

    The two chat for a couple of minutes. ‘Vasily’ waits expectantly, but Brandon is having trouble working the code word into the conversation. Spotting a tray of food headed to one of the tables, he gets a sudden inspiration, “I can’t wait for my Cajun Shrimp to arrive. I hope it’s not as spicy as that Tajini I got in Morocco”.

     

    Vasily counters with, “I prefer the fish stew from Odessa, but that is also very hot.”

     

    Both men breathe a little easier. Vasily tells him that the ‘package’ will be ready on Monday, February 25 @ 8pm. Brandon should meet him at the dock on the Pearl Street (a water alley) behind the three-story building that fronts St. Charles.

     

    The security chief returns to his own table. He orders a round of drinks, to give their contact time to make his exit. The three leave about ten minutes later and return to the launch. With the meet out of the way, they head out for a wonderful evening of drinking and carousing.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, February 23, 2047:

     

    Beebe is still passed out in her hammock, when Charlie stops by to invite her to breakfast. Rather than wake her, he leaves a note on a post-it stuck to her forehead. The gunsmith heads out with Sam and Rianna to pick up Brandon.

     

    An altercation at the front desk catches the security chief’s attention as he walks through the hotel lobby. A man is berating the front desk clerk over loosing his reservation. Brandon has a sneaking suspicion of what happened to the room. He sails out the door and meets the launch at the wharf fronting the hotel.

     

    The foursome dines at an open air café. Charlie pours tequila into his cereal in place of milk. “Hair of the dog” he explains in answer the strange looks from his friends. By itself the tequila may have been fine. It just doesn’t mix well with the corn flakes. He is only able to get down two or three mouthfuls of the soggy mash, before his stomach revolts.

     

    The nomad pukes up the vile concoction and most of the contents of his stomach. He tries to catch as much as he can in the bowl, but there is too much. The repulsive mess reeks of booze. A healthy gratuity ensures that they aren’t thrown out. Charlie sheepishly orders a new meal.

     

    Beebe wakes to find the note posted on her forehead. It might be funnier if she wasn’t so hung over. There’s nothing she’d like more than to stay in bed, but the constant rocking of the hammock is making her nauseas. Then there is the overwhelming need to pee, which makes getting up an immediate imperative. It’s a sad irony to have a bladder so full it feels ready to explode and being so thirsty you could drink the Mississippi. The young nomad rolls out of the hammock and almost lands face first on the floor. Stumbling down the passageway, her only hope is that the head is vacant.

     

    A hot water shower would be too much to wish for at this late hour. Though not at the blistering temperature she would like, the warm spray is enough to wash away some of the cobwebs. A handful of aspirin and copious amounts of water do the rest. Beebe is nearly back to her old self, by the time she runs into Jason in the passageway. He is a late riser as well, having caught a couple hours of sleep after his watch.

     

    Waiting for Jason to get ready gives her a chance to call Paris and Natty. There is no answer at the number they gave her: Alina must be keeping them busy. Striking out with her girlfriends, she calls Charlie. Jason and Beebe take a water taxi to hook up with the gun smith and his group for another day of partying.

     

    Drinking away the afternoon, the six move along the suspended walkways, taking in the parades and checking out the bars along the way.

     

    “Hey, aren’t you the guy who runs Boss Arms?” The question comes from a Folk Nation nomad coming the other way with his own group of drunken friends.

     

    Always happy to be recognized, the gun smith proudly answers, “Yes, I am.”

     

    “Your guns suck!”

     

    Defending the quality of his weapons becomes secondary as Charlie finds he has to defend himself. The gunsmith jerks backwards, narrowly avoiding a boot to the head from the folk nation nomad’s well executed roundhouse kick. This appears to be a signal, as all hell breaks loose. A female nomads charges Rianna. She deftly grabs her attacker, but the woman’s momentum carries them both off the edge of the walkway and into the water below (great grapple roll, but a botch on the attempted throw).

     

    Sam knocks down one opponent, but a second clocks him in the head, knocking him out. The two nomads pick up the ex-C.I.A. operative and toss him into the drink. Charlie makes a conscious effort to pull his punches. His cyberarms could do some serious damage. He doesn’t want to see a good natured brawl turn into a murder rap. Try as he might, the gunsmith still ends up breaking bones. The left arm of the man who tried to kick him buckles with an audible snap.

     

    The blows of Brandon’s attacker are ineffective. In hopes of bringing the melee to a swift conclusion, the security chief grabs the man and idly tosses him in the canal. A dunking in the polluted waters seems to quench the fire of most combatants. Rianna and her former attacker laugh and joke, as they swim towards a ladder leading back up to the walkway. Sam sees no humor in the situation. He knifes through the water towards the same ladder, determined to return to the fray.

     

    Up above, Jason and Beebe are out numbered three to two. As the men square off, she is left to take on the two women. A lucky kick to the temple takes down one of her opponents evening the odds. The woman lays unmoving on the ground. Beebe is horrified that she may have killed her. She may be tough, but she has never actually taken a life. The young nomad dodges the blows of her remaining attacker, but refuses to strike back. She finally puts up her hands and tries to reason with her opponent.

     

    Charlie’s control is slipping. He accidentally breaks another opponent’s leg. This fight is no longer fun. As the nomad weaponsmith turns to face a new foe, he mutters to himself, “I didn’t want to break anyone’s legs.”

     

    Charlie’s opponent overhears him and stops, “I don’t want you to break my leg either.”

     

    The fighting peters out and is completely finished by the time Sam makes it back up to the walkway. Charlie sets the fractures that he caused. Beebe breaths a sigh of relief when the woman she kicked in the head starts to come round. Those that wound up in the water, smell awful, but most are still too drunk to care.

     

    Beebe jokingly comments, “I hope you’ve all had your tetanus shots.”

     

    The two groups put aside their differences and stagger off together to find a saloon. The rest of the evening is a pleasant blur as they try to drink each other under the table.

     

    Sometime around 8 pm, Jason receives a call from Alina. She asks if he has seen her daughter and Paris. When he tells her he hasn’t, the Czech dancer thanks him, saying they must be out enjoying Mardi Gras. Before hanging up, she asks that if he does hear from them, to please tell Natty to call her.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, February 24, 2047:

     

    Being biomechanical, Brandon suffers limited effects from last night’s marathon of drinking. He rises at an early hour and enjoys breakfast in the hotel’s dining room. Sam and Rianna stick to the ‘flying bridge’ of the Sea Snake. The ex-operative brings his girlfriend breakfast in bed…or sleeping bag in this case, from the ship’s galley. Beebe is in better sorts than the previous morning. She made sure to down some aspirin and drink lots of water before hitting the sack. Jonesing for something sweet, she heads out with Charlie and Jason to hunt down a funnel cake stand. By afternoon they are all back together, cruising the elevated walkways of this new world Venice.

     

    During their wanderings, the group almost blunders into another melee. This is no friendly brawl like yesterday. The heavily cybered combatants are going all out to maim and kill each other. Spectators crowd along the walkways and hang out of windows to watch the carnage. Blood flies. Crumpled bodies lie strewn along the walkway. Some are the bodies of unfortunate spectators who got too close to the action.

     

    There’s no way around, so most of the group doubles back to try another walkway. Charlie and Sam stand behind to watch. Neither notices the Boeing VS-1 police spinner coming in low overhead. The whir of the mini-gun catches them both by surprise. Charlie reacts faster and is able to dive to the ground. He avoids the rain of rubber bullets that descends on the combatants and crowd alike. Sam isn’t as lucky and is clipped by one of the rubber rounds.

     

    The gunner fires staggered bursts to stop the fighting and disperse the crowd. Most take the hint and retreat. Sam and Charlie make their way back to the rest of their party. Three boosters continue to battle through the barrage. Once everyone else is clear, the gunner switches to lethal ammunition. Two warning bursts chew up the walkway near the boosters’ feet, but they continue to brawl. A third burst mows them down, putting an end to the fight. The spinner hovers for another moment, before returning to its patrol.

     

     

    Back in Florida, the Rattlesnakes Panama City Charter is on a camp out ride. Early that evening they are attacked by ‘unknown’ assailants and are massacred to the man. The strike used military precision and there was no real usable forensics left. The authorities feel they know the culprits. Ricco returns to the Cayman Islands to handle some financial transactions. Among his luggage is a large suitcase filled with money.

     

     

    Jason receives another call from Alina. The dancer asks if he wouldn’t mind picking up Paris and Natty. They need a ride back to the hotel. Beebe overhears his side of the conversation and asks “what’s up?”

     

    When he tells her about Alina’s request, she jumps at the chance to see her friends. Charlie lets the two borrow his launch, under the proviso that they don’t forget to come back and pick them up.

     

    The address is in a dangerous section of town. Jason is happy to have a second set of eyes to look out for trouble. He also hopes to have some alone time with Beebe, before they have to head back to the club.

     

    Natty waves to them from a small dock. As the boat approaches, she retreats to a nearby doorway and collects Paris. The girl appears to be in a bad way. Natty hustles her onto the boat and tells Jason “go.” Beebe tries to help make her friend comfortable and ask what happened, but Paris is a basket case. Rivulets of mascara run down puffy cheeks. Her eyes are bloodshot and unfocused. Quiet sobs wrack the girl’s body as she lies on the bottom of the boat.

     

    Beebe tries to keep it together. Her friend is hurting, but there’s no obvious physical injury. She wants to help but doesn’t know what to do. Paris is incapable of telling her what happened. Natty tries to, but can’t seem to find the right words. They are all too quickly at the hotel. Jason pulls the launch up to the back dock. Beebe wants to go with her friends, but Natty stops her. “Better you stay.” The nomad is too emotionally drained to argue.

     

    Jason keeps the launch at the dock till the two girls are safely inside the hotel. Pulling away, he gives voice to his thoughts. “Something bad happened.”

     

    Beebe tries to put a bright face on a bad situation. “Well, at least they’re not hurt.”

     

    “I don’t know…” The nomad realizes he said it aloud only after he catches Beebe staring at him. She doesn’t ask or say anything, but he feels compelled to share what he saw. “Natty had some blood spatter on her.”

     

    Seeing the fear in her eyes, he adds, “I don’t think it was hers.” This doesn’t seem to help.

     

    The pair is subdued when they rejoin the others at a club. Charlie misreads their expressions and yells, “Hey! Hey! It looks like someone got lucky.”

     

    Something inside Beebe gives way. She strikes out hitting the gunsmith in the cyberarm. With tears streaming down her face and string of obscenities flowing from her lips, she continues to pound on his arm. Beebe isn’t angry at Charlie. She’s angry with herself…for being powerless to help her friend. The worry and frustration just boiled over and she needed something to hit.

     

    Hitting his cyberarm won’t hurt Charlie. In fact, it’s her hand that’s starting to ache. She welcomes the pain though. It’s better than the awful feeling in the pit of her stomach. The gunsmith lets her vent her fury without complaint. He may not know what happened, but he seems to understand.

     

    Sam doesn’t. He grabs the girl’s wrist to stop her from hitting his friend. The litany of curses ceases as the young nomad turns on the security guard with hate filled eyes. “LET GO OF MY FUCKING ARM!” she screams at him, her voice ragged and cracking.

     

    “Not till you calm down.” Sam’s attempts to reason with someone who is obviously out of control prove pointless. She repeatedly tries to yank her arm from his grasp all the while screaming hysterically. Charlie finally succeeds in separating them. He orders his buddy a drink, while Jason takes Beebe outside. As the rage leaves her, she breaks down into uncontrollable sobs.

     

    ***

     

     

     

    Next: Part Two of Two B)

     

     

     

  3. And now the Conclusion of -

     

     

     

    Episode 6 – Rattlesnake Strike

     

    Part Two of Two

     

     

    Wednesday, February 13, 2047:

     

    The military sends an official announcement that Operation Wary Wolf; Pensacola COG Winter War Games will run from Wednesday, March 13th to Tuesday, March 19th. As this is a live fire exercise certain areas will be deemed off limits during the ongoing maneuvers. Blackwater is scheduled to be locked down from noon to 7 pm on Monday, March 18th as a safety precaution.

     

    Andrea Hutton, a marketing student from Jacksonville State University, arrives to interview for the public relations internship. She is smart, ambitious and determined to claw her way to the top. The twenty one year old senior is simply gorgeous. What nature didn’t give her, she has achieved through long hours in the gym and by diverting money from her student loans to pay for bio-sculpting. Andrea has taken to heart the lessons of her major; the wrapper is as important as the product. Ricco spends the day showing her around the complex. The general manager is convinced Andrea would be an asset at the hotel.

     

    Alice Timmons calls into work and says she has a doctor’s appointment.

     

    Brandon sits down at the security computer to continue reviewing the security footage of the trailer park. The files are missing. Sam and Crank check as well, but there is nothing in the system. They go to Alice’s office, but are told she won’t be back till tomorrow. The three drive to her home. Alice lives in a trailer park outside of town. Her lot abuts that of her estranged brother, Freddy Timmons. There is no answer at either trailer. Brandon and Crank go into town to get some lunch, leaving Sam to watch for the trailer park manager.

     

    Left to his own devices, Sam decides to snoop around. He walks around Alice’s trailer peering into the windows and checking to see if they are unlocked. Seeing nothing of note, he moves onto Freddy’s, but is caught in the act. Sam comes around the side of the trailer just as the constable is pulling into his driveway.

     

    Like everyone else in town, Freddy knows about Sam’s criminal record and the reason he went to jail: bugging local law enforcement. The ex-operative pleads his innocence, but Constable Timmons is unconvinced. Rather than starting a fight with a member of local law enforcement, Sam allows himself to be disarmed, cuffed and placed in the back of Freddy’s car. With his prisoner secure, the constable drives into town to find Brandon and Crank.

     

    The car stuffy and the cuffs too tight; Sam rankles at the indignity of being left locked in the back seat, while Freddy heads into the restaurant. Worst are the stares of passers-by. He can almost read in their eyes, what they’re thinking. Even with the windows cracked, the interior of the car is stifling.

     

    Sam is a sheet of sweat by the time Brandon and Crank exit with the constable. Freddy lets him out of the car and removes the cuffs. Constable Timmons seems satisfied that the ex-operative wasn’t trying to break into his trailer, but he still gives him a warning. “Don’t be sneaking around people’s houses.” Sam wants to tell the officious little stuffed shirt where to stick his advice, but manages to choke out a subdued “Yes sir.”

     

    Freddy, hands Brandon a bag. “These are your man’s weapons. I’d ask that you wait till you’re out of town to give them back to him.” The security chief gives him a nod. Constable Timmons gives them a wave as he drives off.

     

    Freddy’s car is barely down the street, before Sam demands, “give me my guns’.

     

    “Let’s go back and finish lunch. I’ll give them to you when we get back to the resort.” Brandon tries to be conciliatory, but the larger man won’t be denied. He has suffered enough indignities for one day. Sam bars the way back into the restaurant. He refuses to get out of the way until the security chief hands over his electro-thermaled handguns. Hoping to defuse the situation Brandon holds out the sack. Sam pulls the oversized pistols from the bag, with a smile. He turns them over in his hands to make sure there are no scratches or other damage.

     

    This little display does not go unnoticed. Crank groans as he looks around. People are leaving the street. Two customers that had been walking towards the entrance to the restaurant have turned around and headed the other way. “Put those things away”

     

    Sam returns the pistols to the holsters under his suit coat, but the damage has already been done. When the three try to reenter the eatery, the owner meets them at the door. He hands over their meals all packaged to travel and suggest they might want to eat them somewhere else.

     

    On the tense car ride back to the resort, Brandon fills Sam in on their conversation with Freddy, in the restaurant.

     

    “After we convinced Constable Timmons that you were not trying to bug his house, he informed us that he had overheard his sister talking about taking a few days off. We explained that Ms. Timmons had called in sick. This seemed to surprise him, but when asked about the discrepancy he admitted they hadn’t been close or spoken in years.”

     

    “So what now?”

     

    Miss Laugherty and Mr. Bibbliodoc requested copies of the footage. I will contact Mr. Bibbliodoc to see if we can borrow his copy so that we can start over.”

     

     

    When Natty and Steve arrive to work on the security system, Sam asks the young girl to look at the security computer and find out how the files were erased. Natty plugs into the computer and goes slack. After a few minutes, she pops out and asks in German, “Why did someone opened up a connection to the trailer park office?”

     

    After a quick translation by Sam, Brandon explains he did it, so that Alice could work on the video footage in her own office.

     

    Natty shakes her head, Sam continues to translate for the security chief’s benefit, as the girl explains, “Well someone at her end hooked up to the NET and allowed access outside the system. I’ve traced the intrusion to a local system. Here is the physical location.”

     

    The address on the slip of paper is Alice Timmons’ home address.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, February 14, 2047:

     

    Alice does not show up for work. A search of her office yields a concerning discovery. All records are missing. The petty cash lock box has been cleaned out and the reservations books are nowhere to be found.

     

    Ricco goes by her trailer with Brandon and Sam. There is still no answer. From the look of things, no one has been there since they visited yesterday. The general manager phones Freddy Timmons with his concerns. Ricco doesn’t come out and accuse the constable’s sister of wrong doing. They may be estranged, but blood is still blood. He instead brings up the numerous unsolved disappearances and murders, obliquely implying that something may have happened to Alice.

     

    Freddy check’s the spot where she keeps her spare key, but it is missing. The Blackwater Constable picks the lock and they enter the trailer. All of Alice’s personal belongings are gone. Her computer is on and is erasing her hard drive for the 57th time. Ricco calls the bank where Alice keeps the department’s money. All the accounts have been drained and turned to cash. Alice Timmons is in the wind. The general manager calls Sheriff Mason. It is now a police matter.

     

    Sam is notified by his US bank that the funds (31,000 eb) wired into his account from the Cayman Islands have been seized by the United States Government. A call from the Cayman Islands informs him that his account has been frozen. The ex-operative’s attempts to access his money has made the United States Government aware of his secret account. Sam isn’t sure if they can legally seize funds from accounts in the Caymans, but he knows that there are other ways the government can get at his money.

     

    Henrique’s location team checks into the resort. Paulo, an old friend of Ricco is leading the group. The two catch up over a couple of drinks. Although the members of his team speak impeccable English, Paulo wants to contract a local guide. “Things just go smoother if you have a local with you. They also know all of the interesting spots not on the tourist brochures.

     

    Ricco assures his friend, he’ll find him the best guide possible. Asking around, Ty Saint Clare is the name most often mentioned. The lead guitarist of Velvet Blue is a good choice. He can talk up his band, while showing the Brazilian film crew around.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, February 15, 2047:

     

    Ty proves to be worth his weight in gold. His easy going nature and intimate knowledge of the area make him a hit with the Brazilians.

     

    Charlie let’s Beebe borrow the truck for the weekend. The nomad girl lines the bed of the pickup with a waterproof tarp and arranges for a delivery of ice to Peg Leg’s place for tomorrow. She plans to park the vehicle behind the stage. Right before the show, she’ll fill it with water and the bags of ice. It will serve as a ‘red neck’ swimming pool for the band to cool off between sets!

     

    Another registered letter arrives for Sam from Mr. Zeitsev. The Team has a new mission. It is a simple courier job during Mardi Gras in New Orleans next week. They are to go and contact a man codenamed ‘Vasily’ at Antoine’s, a well-known bar. He will be wearing an old Soviet WWII style garrison cap (reproduction, of course). The Team’s password word is ‘Morocco’ and the countersign is ‘Odessa’. There they are to arrange to pick up an information ‘package’ later on during Mardi Gras. On return to Petersen Point, Sam is to put the ‘package’ in the enclosed mailer and send it on. It is a very simple assignment. Hey, what could go wrong?

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, February 16, 2047:

     

    Ty brings Henrique’s location team to a few places in the back bayous that morning before he and they have to get ready for the ‘Fuck President’s Day Party’ at ‘Peg Leg’ Porter’s Place. Beebe brings over the pickup with her ‘Redneck Pool’ in the bed and parks it backstage near Velvet Blue’s van. With the permission of the aging nomad, she runs a long hose from ‘Peg Leg’s’ house and fills up the back. The film crew gets shots of the band getting ready for the show. They ‘clown around’ for the camera. The youth of the area start to pour onto the field; more than even ‘Peg Leg’s’ expected. He wonders if should have hired more than two members of the ‘Button Down Brigade’ for security. Brandon is on hand to provide security, but only for the Brazilian crew.

     

    As show time approaches Beebe dumps in the ice and tests the waters, it is glacially cold. Hopefully it will warm up a little before the first break. She doesn’t want to send them into shock.

     

    The rave commences, with the band driving the crowd. Velvet Blue does their best show ever. The friendly audience becomes a single undulating mass moving to the beat of the young rockers. Beebe and Jason are down front writhing to the hypnotic rhythmic beat. By the second set, even the Brazilian film crew is affected by music and the scene. Even Brandon feels the siren’s call of the music, but under the deep thrumming beat, he senses a dissonance, causing him to turn around.

     

     

    The music has covered the approach of 15 leather clad, helmeted bikers. They must have come from the highway. As Brandon watches, they rocket down the hill on their motorcycles and crash into the back of the crowd. Seven dismount and wade into the throng of teenagers swing clubs as they go. Four bikes head towards Peg Leg’s house, another four head straight for the stage.

     

    Brandon can see that many of these ‘bikers’ are sporting cyberlimbs. The security officer rounds up his Brazilian film crew and hustles them to the southern tree line and safety. He reports the unfolding attack on his internal radio to the rest of the resort’s security team.

     

    Beebe finally notices something is amiss when the band’s music collapses into chaos. She and Jason turn in time to see the bikers closing on the stage. The nomad girl sweeps the legs out from under one of the attackers. Jason prepares to defend his ‘woman’, but proves to be a one hit ‘speed bump’. With the nomad down, Beebe doesn’t have a chance to continue her attack on the biker she knocked to the ground.

     

    Faced with two armed and armored assailants, she dives under the stage. Up on the hay wagon, Paris balls her fists, ready to take on the first attacker who climbs on stage. As the first biker vaults up she realizes he’s kinda big. Natty steps in to defend her friend. Wielding her bass like a club, she knocks the biker off the elevated platform as she screams, “Run!”

     

    Paris needs no more encouragement. She joins Ty, Sammy and Natty through the curtained backdrop towards their van. The four leather clad attackers are in hot pursuit. As Beebe scrambles under the old hay wagon she hears someone behind her. The nomad girl rolls out of cover and almost runs into the legs of one of the bikers chasing the band. The helmeted man looks down, giving Natty all the distraction she needs.

     

    Leaping from her hiding place, the Czech girl lands on his back, wrenches his head to the side and drives Steve’s birthday gift into the base of his neck. A quick jerk of the monoknife severs his jugular, windpipe and a few nerve bundles. The biker falls over dead. Beebe scrambles out of the way of the falling biker. Gaining her feet, she runs for her pickup. Natty jumps back up on the stage and waits for the nomad girl’s pursuer to stick his head out from under the wagon.

     

    Beebe makes it to her truck, but before she has a chance to start it, a helmeted figure appears at the driver’s side window. She dives across the seat and out the passenger door. Looking back towards the stage and her new attacker, she sees Natty drop on the man that had followed her under the stage. The brown haired girl strike again at the neck, but Beebe can’t spare time to see what happens. The biker is almost on her. From behind the Velvet Blue’s van comes the sound of two 12 gauge shotgun blasts. She runs for the band’s vehicle, gaining some distance from her pursuer.

     

     

    With the location scouts safely at the tree line, Brandon heads back into the wild melee. He uses his martial arts skill to take down one of the first biker attacking the teens. Heath sees a biker stun a youngster and try to pull him up onto back of a bike. The security man recognizes the boy as Todd Petersen, Nancy’s brother. Brandon dashes up before the leather clad biker can speed away and uses his Koppo to knock the biker out. Bringing Todd around, he sends him towards the trees and the film crew.

     

    Sam is on patrol in the resort’s security car when he hears of the attack. Since it is not on hotel property he doesn’t rush over. He does, however, start to head that way. Crank is in the Panhandle Saloon, but it is too noisy inside. He steps out into the parking lot to call the sheriff’s department and report the attack. As the food and beverage manager is talking to the police dispatcher, a car pulls into the parking lot of the Panhandle and drives towards the door. Four leather clad men wearing black ski masks exit the idling sedan. One has a CAWS, another an M-16, the third carries an Uzi and the fourth pulls out a .44 automag!

     

    These new attackers don’t see Crank as they are fixated on the saloon’s front entrance. Wolf drops his phone and yanks out his .454 Arno. With surprise on his side, he fires two shots from the electro thermal handgun at the right arm of the gunman wielding the CAWs. It blows the arm clean off and the first attacker drops. Initiative goes to Crank and he does the same to the man with the M-16, who also goes down. The man with Uzi opens up with half his clip. Many of the bullets hit the car Wolf was standing behind. The few that find their mark are foiled by Owen’s skinweave and armor. Crank’s expensive suit coat is NOT armored and is shredded by the barrage. The .44 barks twice. One round hits the car, but the second strikes Owen in the chest for a point of damage.

     

    Pissed that his suit is now ruined, Crank comes around from behind the car and walks coolly towards the remaining two attackers. His Arno fires twice again, destroying the arm holding the .44 automag. Its wielder falls over backwards and is still. Wolf’s pulls out a speed loader and calmly reloads the empty revolver as he continues advancing on the last gunman. The leather clad man breaks, jumps back into the idling vehicle and slams it into reverse. Owen doesn’t fire on the retreating car. A couple of patrons exit the saloon, but Crank tells them, “Go back inside, please.”

     

    A look at the bloody scene and they comply without complaint. Crank checks the three that are down (and now dead), and then picks up his phone to report this turn of events to the now hysterical dispatcher. The cavalry is on the way!

     

    Back at the party/riot, Beebe turns to face the biker. He comes at her and she tries to sweep him to the ground. Avoiding her attack he swings his club at her head. The nomad is able to dodge; barely. As he comes in for another swing, she kicks him high in the chest. The biker drops his club. Beebe is relieved, till she realizes he was just changing weapons. Drawing a slice and dice he once again advances on the young nomad.

     

    This is a little more than Beebe can handle, so she flees towards the back of Velvet Blue’s van. The nomad dives through the open back door. As her pursuer comes around to the back of the van, he meets Ty’s shotgun. The last thing he sees is the flash from both barrels from six inches away. 12 gauge deer slugs tear through the helmet killing him instantly.

     

    Out in the field Brandon notices that the two bikers he had knocked down are getting up. He is more forceful with the next attacker he takes down. Broken limbs should keep him down till the police arrive. Searching for more attackers, the security chief does not realize that he has inadvertently killed the biker.

     

    A mass of gunfire erupts from Peg Leg’s house. The four attackers run from the building and jump on their bikes. Heath drops another biker who is beating down a teenage boy. From the highway comes the thunderclap of a high powered rifle. The .700 round hits Brandon in his biomechanical leg. It tears off the limb and sends the security chief flying. Sam hears that sound and knows exactly what is; an electro thermal Boss Arms Hammer. Fisher hits the siren and floors it.

     

    By now the leather clad attackers are jumping on their dirt bikes and heading back towards the highway. Heath remains down as he doesn’t want to attract anymore fire from the Hammer. As quickly as it began, the attack is over. Of the fifteen bikers that attacked the crowd, nine escape. Off in the distance, the sounds of multiple sirens can be heard. Every cop car in the county is heading for Peg Leg’s field.

     

    Before the police arrive, Brandon gathers up the remains of his leg, finds something to use as a crutch and hobbles towards the house. Dr. Ricci is notified and is on the way. Beebe makes sure the band is good. Everyone is fine except Natty, who is drenched in blood. The nomad girl tells the bassist to jump into the bed of the pickup and get out of her bloody clothes. The Czech does as ordered, leaping into the frigid water. The improvised pool turns a deep crimson. Once Natty is relatively clean, the young nomad releases the tailgate and dumps the red stained waters onto the ground. Unbeknownst to Beebe or the band, the Brazilian camera crew catches the entire scene.

     

    Beebe looks for Jason. He is waking up with a lump on his head, but is otherwise unhurt. Brandon is taken to the resorts infirmary, before the sheriff’s department arrives. Dr. Ricci moves amongst the crowd treating the wounded. Two of the teens are dead, as is Peg Leg Porter and one of the teens hired to provide security for the party.

     

    Back at the Panhandle, Freddy Timmons arrives before the sheriffs and helps Crank maintain order and the integrity of the crime scene. When the masks are pulled off the three dead attacker’s faces, Wolf recognizes them as three of the Rattlesnake MC members that cold cocked him and tried to grab Nancy Petersen a couple of weeks back. Each one is found with a picture of that waitress in his pocket.

     

    At Peg Leg’s place, every dead biker has a paper with pictures of six kids. Two are Karl Petersen’s other two children, Todd and John. Three are of other children of various members of the Visigoths (only one of the three were at the party) and the last picture is of Natty Lanikova. Ricco arrives and makes sure Henrique’s crew is all right. The crew is ecstatic! They have some great shots, although they tell the police that they don’t.

     

    Ricco and Sam are with Sheriff Mason as they discuss the incident. Mason mentions that his people have interviewed the band, but can’t talk to Natty since she doesn’t understand their questions. Sam sees his chance to make points with the sheriff and offers to translate. Suddenly, Natty can no longer speak German and the security officer is left with egg on his face! The cops tell him to take her home. The trip begins in silence. As they pull away from the scene, Natty suddenly speaks up, asking him to stop the car. Sam complies.

     

    The girl jumps out and runs into the woods. Ten minutes go by. He is almost ready to go to searching for her, when Natty reappears with her instrument case and a small bag. Sliding the bass in the back she climbs into the front passenger seat, with her arms folded over the bag in her lap and eyes staring straight ahead.

     

    “You know, you can trust me,” Sam tells the teenager in German.

     

    The grim faced girl just stares straight ahead. The two continue the ride in silence.

     

    Sam tries again and says, “I just want to help.”

     

    Natty turns to him and snaps, “They always say that, but men never help!”

     

    Fisher is surprised by the venom of her tone. This girl must have serious issues.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, February 17, 2047:

     

    Peg Leg Porter’s is cordoned off. The field and house is an active crime scene. Ricco, Brandon, Crank and Sam encounter a half dozen grim faced Visigoths just outside the perimeter of the police tape. The four are waved through by Sheriff Mason, who is in a heated discussion with Hank Tremont, Sandy Zelinsky and TC James. Crime scene units from State, County and NCIS are in the field taking samples. None of the four have seen this many cops in one place in Florida before.

     

    The Sheriff is trying to convince the MC leaders to let the police handle the situation.

     

    In a dead monotone Hank tells Mason, “Of course, we will do nothing and let you take care of this.” The three bikers stalk away towards the perimeter.

     

    Ricco asks the sheriff how his investigation is going.

     

    “I have two dead citizens (Peg Leg and the ‘Button Down’ boy) and nine dead Rattlesnakes; six here and another three at the Panhandle. We have found this on all the dead bikers.” Mason hands the general manager a piece of paper with six photos. Ricco shows it to the other three. They all recognize the people in the pictures. Three are children of various members of the Visigoths, two are John and Todd Petersen, Randy’s children and the last is Natty Lanikova, girlfriend of the VPs son. The sheriff continues, “The three at the Panhandle all had a photo of Nancy Petersen.”

     

    “We have a gang war here,” Crank observes.

     

    “No shit,” Mason confirms, “And a bit of a mystery. I have three bodies backstage killed by someone who the NCIS people say is a trained Special Forces operative.” The sheriff’s gaze settles on Sam.

     

    “Hey, I was in the patrol car when this went down,” Fisher explains. “You can check the security video.”

     

    “Will I see you, or just a car driving around?” Sheriff Mason asks.

     

    Changing the subject, Crank says, “The Visigoths aren’t going to let this slide.”

     

    “No,” Mason agrees, “they won’t. There’s gonna be a lot of blood before this is over.”

     

    As they talk Sam’s mind goes back to last night; to Natty and the bag she held on so tightly on her lap the entire ride home. The ex-C.I.A. operative keeps this tidbit to himself. Sheriff Mason takes them around the crime scene and brings them up to speed on the investigation.

     

     

    Beebe walks over to Natty’s house that afternoon. She knocks on the door and Alina answers. The mother lets Beebe in and goes to make some lemonade. Natty is sitting on the couch. She is visibly upset. “Are you alright?” Beebe asks.

     

    Natty looks up at her, “I kill three people, no, not all right.”

     

    The nomad girl’s heart goes out to her friend. “You had no choice. You were defending yourself and your friends. There is nothing to feel bad about.”

     

    “No, that not it,” Natty replies. The bassist looks down at the floor for a second before looking up at Beebe. “I liked it.”

     

    Beebe isn’t sure exactly what to say to that. Still, she feels she has to say something. “Well, as long as you don’t get to like it too much.”

     

    “No,” Natty tries to explain. “I not like just the kill, but killing bad people, who try to hurt friends. I like people.”

     

    Growing serious, the young nomad passes along some wisdom give to her by her own mother. “My mother taught me to always tell the truth and if someone is trying to kill you, kill them first.”

     

    This elicits a snort of laughter from Natty, causing Beebe to add, “Yeah, mom’s a bit crazy.”

     

    Alina comes in with the lemonade and the two girls fall silent. The mother speaks, “Natty told me what happened last night.”

     

    “Oh,” Beebe replies. “Well, I can get rid of her clothes from last night.”

     

    “Thanks, but I burned them all this morning,” replies Alina.

     

    There is a knock at the door. It is Paris and Ty. Soon Sammy and Amy show up and the group gets their story straight. The band agrees that it was a big man in a stealth suit that killed all the bikers backstage last night except for the one Ty shot.

     

    Beebe says she can’t lie, but since she was running the other way, it’s understandable why she didn’t see the same thing. If asks, she plans to say she was too busy running for her life to notice anything.

     

    The band gets their story worked out just in time as Sherriff Mason and Sargent Willard Broome of the FDLE show up to interview them. They all stick with their story. It is clear that both policemen are curious, but not enough to make an issue of it; yet. They seem to have an idea who this tall, mysterious stranger could be. B)

     

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 7: Mardi Gras

     

     

     

  4. OK, Again this comes in two parts. So here is Part One

     

     

    Episode 6 – Rattlesnake Strike

     

    Part One of Two

     

     

    While arranging funding for the resort Ricco stumbles across the main local crime family. Three candidates interview for spring internships at the resort. Sam runs afoul of the federal government, while trying to access his hidden funds in the Cayman Islands. The Team discovers a crooked employee. Henrique’s location scouts feel right at home as a gang war erupts at Velvet Blue’s concert.

     

     

    Background

     

    Sam Fisher, retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, has finally been ‘officially’ released from prison after serving his sentence for extortion due to a botched operation in the Atlantic City part of the Burn Notice Campaign. Part of his (unofficial) deal for pleading guilty at the time was that he would receive his government pensions on his release from prison, but the government isn’t able to honor that part of the agreement. He is informed by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, Deputy Director for Clandestine Services at the C.I.A., that his pensions could be restored if he assists in a very black operation on United States soil.

     

    President Whindam has decided to bring the four southern states known collectively as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’ to heel. Sam, accompanied by his fiancée Rianna Prescott, will be sent to Santa Rosa County in the Florida panhandle near the Pensacola COG to the Petersen Point Resort, a seedy old tourist destination that will serve as a ‘safe house’ for operations to bring down the state government of Alabama. He will also be tasked with the occasional mission himself. To help him, a ‘Dirty Deeds’ group has been assembled whose covers are as employees of the hotel. Only Sam knows this is a government sanctioned operation.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Laugherty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Laugherty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who is serve as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci: This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    Owen ‘Crank’ Wolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion to protect his friends and his daughter from the fallout of a botched operation. He is now just a security officer for the Petersen Point Resort and still Team Leader for the ‘Dirty Deeds’ group.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Alice Timmons runs the Trailer Park and the Guest Houses at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Angela Bauer is an older woman whose Snake Nation family was absorbed by others. She settled in Blackwater, lives in the hotel trailer park, and teaches at the school. Angela speaks fluent German and is Natty’s teacher.

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Amy Fry is a young Thelas and sister of Jason Fry. She dates Sammy Trang, the drummer of Velvet Blue.

     

    Andrea Hutton is a hot twenty one year old senior, who is determined to claw her to the top and a marketing/PR prospective intern from Jacksonville State University.

     

    Arthur Greenburg (the Geek) is one of the two prospective interns from Florida Atlantic University.

     

    Carlton Thomas is an old man who has served as magistrate of Blackwater for almost 50 years. His eyesight is going and he has the shakes, but his mind is sharp and he has a steel trap memory.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also asst. hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman is her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Charles Ingersoll is the grandson-in-law of Sophie Petersen, widow of Randy Petersen and heiress to the Petersen Family Trust. He serves as CEO of the Petersen Point Properties Group.

     

    Danny Johnson (17) is the center on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team and one of those self-entitled little pricks who tangled with Beebe at the party in Episode 2.

     

    Deputy Sheriff David James is the Santa Rosa department’s electronic warfare (intercept) expert.

     

    Gary ‘Peg-leg’ Porter is an old pirate (Thelas Nomad), who was thrown out of his pack and went land bound. He has a house just north of state boat ramp where he lets the local teenagers throw wild parties.

     

    Greg Winters (the Face) is one of the two prospective interns from Florida Atlantic University.

     

    Freddy Timmons is a rotund little man in his forties, who stutters a bit and seems almost comically nervous. He is a town constable.

     

    Frederick Harrington is the previous manager of the Petersen Point Resort before the arrival of the Team.

     

    Hadley Walters III is a 15 year old student and forward on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team. He is an arrogant self-entitled little prick, who tried to attack Lilly Tran (Episode 2) and who Ricco suspects is one of the Golf Course vandals.

     

    Henrique: A former Favela drug lord (nicknamed the King Snake) and leader of the Red Command who took a government amnesty offer and got out of the drug business. Henrique used to belong to a Brazilian pop group manufactured by a record company. When his voice changed he was fired and thrown back into the favela where he rose to the top of the local gang. The man now runs a media company which works with Disney. He and Ricco Torres grew up together with Ricco being the younger ‘brother’ (nicknamed Cobrinha – Little Snake).

     

    Henry ‘Hank’ Tremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths MC.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving of Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    John Petersen is the older son of Karl and Anne Petersen.

     

    Johnny ‘Squint’ Tucker, a not overly bright man about 36 years old who is the assistant manager and head bartender for the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Karl Petersen is the Treasurer of the Visigoths MC and owner of the garage and the land around it with the exception of the Café. He is the grandnephew of the owner of the resort and second cousin to the current heir.

     

    Michael Jay Tran is the great nephew of Tran Xuan Giap and an ex-soldier and Philippine policeman. He is hired at the Petersen Point Resort as a new security officer and is made a Blackwater town constable.

     

    Mr. Zeitsev is the code name for Sam Fisher’s contact on this secret, black project. He is the government’s ‘Mr. Johnson’.

     

    Nancy Petersen is a 25 year old cocktail waitress at the Panhandle saloon.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dates Steve Zelinsky, a prospect of the Visigoths and speaks little English.

     

    Obadiah ‘Obie’ Terhune is an Afro-American male about 51 years old and is the maintenance chief at the Petersen Point Resort. Actually, he is the entire maintenance department which should number at least ten.

     

    Paulo is the leader of Henrique’s location scouting team and an old friend of Ricco Torres.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Peter Johnson is the son of Senator Brainerd Johnson and is Danny Johnson’s younger brother.

     

    Rain is a young woman and member of Ronnie Johnson’s drug crew.

     

    Rat is a nomad ‘Dog Soldier’ (nomad enforcer) with a particular hatred for drug dealers. He is working with Ricco Torres to end the drug dealing out of the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Robert Hall Parker: He is the ‘corporate attorney for Cantagalo Investment Group (Ricco’s front company) in the Cayman Islands.

     

    Roland ‘Ronnie’ Johnson is the younger son of the late Terrance Johnson and a member of the Johnson Clan crime family. He sells drugs out of the Panhandle Saloon in Santa Rosa County.

     

    Sammy Trang is the drummer of the band, Velvet Blue and boyfriend of Amy Fry.

     

    Sandomir ‘Sandy’ Zelinsky is the Vice President of the Visigoths MC. He is a tall blonde, green eyed man. Wild and fun loving in his youth, Sandy has matured into a clever and experienced leader. He and Hank are best friends.

     

    Sargent Willard Broome is the senior patrol officer for this area for the FDLE. He is crew-cut wearing no-nonsense trooper who was born and raised in the Pensacola area. This white officer is honest and has no partisan grudges.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    StefanSteveZelinsky is the eighteen year old son of the V.P. ‘SandyZelinsky of the Visigoths MC and has the same good looks and coloration as his father. He is seeing Natty Lanikova.

     

    Stuart Wilson is a nomad leader of the Wilson Clan and helping get the marina up and running at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Tobias Johnson is Gregory Johnson’s only son. His mother died in childbirth and complications may have led to Tobias’ lack of intelligence (4). The young man (17) works as an enforcer for his cousin, Ronnie in his drug dealing operation.

     

    Tolland Casper ‘TC’ James is the sergeant at arms of this chapter of the Visigoths and is a local. He is the first cousin of Bruce James, manager of Angus Young’s farm, but they are not very close. TC is ex-military and has two cyberlegs and a cyberarm. He is borderline cyberpsycho, but absolutely dedicated to the club. The man is an experienced martial artist.

     

    Todd Petersen is the youngest son of Karl Petersen.

     

    Tran Xuan Giap is the elderly patriarch of the Tran family and a town councilman. He is very conservative and old school.

     

    Ty Saint Clare is Paris’s cousin and the smoking hot guitar player of Velvet Blue. He is a bald (he shaves it) ebony skinned teenager.

     

     

     

    The Action

     

    Monday, February 4, 2047:

     

    Ricco surprises everyone at the weekly staff meeting by authorizing the hiring of additional staff. He tells Obie (Turhune) to look for suitable candidates to fill five new positions in the maintenance department; two for full time specialists (techs) and three for general maintenance workers. The maintenance chief is ecstatic and already has several people in mind.

     

    Maintenance is not the only department getting the love. Carrie Anne is asked to find someone for the full time position of Monitor / Dispatcher. With the resort’s security staff spread thin, they need to hire someone to watch the camera feeds. The position is a guaranteed 50 hours a week; 5pm till 3 am Tuesday through Saturday (Sunday Morning). Ricco assures the other department heads, that staffing increases in their areas will be evaluated as business increases.

     

    Bringing the maintenance staff up to minimal levels is a priority especially given the general manager’s next point of business. He has approved repairs on the resort’s pool. Work should begin next week. The department heads leave the meeting guardedly optimistic about the future.

     

    After the meeting Ricco privately asks Carrie Anne to arrange travel for him to the Cayman Islands. He then retires to his office to Research the local Johnson Clan. It doesn’t take long to penetrate their genteel façade. The family is in it deep; graft, corruption, illicit activities and the political clout to get away with it all. As a former police investigator, he’ seen it all before.

     

    IPB Image

     

    Disney Security calls from Orlando with a report on the bug found in the general manager’s office. They were able to trace it back to a supplier in Philadelphia, PA, but as of yet have no details on who bought the device.

     

    Having convinced the Petersen Point School to participate in National Kite Day, this coming Friday, Beebe stops by Ricco’s office to try and win over the general manager. Charlie has already pledged $1000 for supplies. Paris and Natty have offered their help building kites and running activities. All they need now is a place to hold the event. She knows Ricco has been looking for ways to drum up advertising for the Hotel. Hosting Kite Day is a perfect photo op.

     

    Beebe’s excitement is contagious. The lure of free publicity doesn’t hurt either. Ricco agrees to sponsor the event and sweetens the deal by offering to cover the cost of an old fashion southern cookout. The general manager suggests she go talk with the chef now, so that he has time to order the food.

     

    The Wilson Family begins repairs at the marina. Once the cranes and lifts are operational, they begin moving boats out of the storage bunker.

     

    In Santa Rosa County Court, Peter Johnson and Hadley Walters III are charged with vandalism along with Danny Johnson who is also charged with DUI for the ‘accident’.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, February 5, 2047:

     

    Florida Atlantic University contacts Ricco to arrange a site visit for two of its students interested in the resort’s summer internship. The general manager comps their rooms for the weekend.

     

    Florida State University calls later on, to inform him that they have decided not to participate in the proposed internship program.

     

    Now that Ricco knows more about Hadley Walters Jr. and his relationship with the Johnson Family, hiring him to set up a series of shell companies is out of the question. Still he needs to keep his appointment. To not show up, could arouse the man’s suspicions. Instead of going as a client Ricco visits the crooked lawyer in his official capacity as the general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Mr. Walters, I am the new general manager of the Petersen Point Resort and we have been suffering from some major vandalism to our golf course. Your son Hadley’s name has come up in the course of the investigation. Now, I am not here to make accusations, but it would be helpful if we could get to the bottom of this before rumors begin to circulate; especially if this is untrue.”

     

    The attorney, of course, denies his son’s involvement in the wanton destruction of property. “Hadley may be guilty of some ‘youthful enthusiasm’, but throwing eggs is a far cry from what you are talking about Mr. Torres. I’ll speak with my son and see if he has heard anything about this.”

     

    Ricco appears to accept the man’s explanation and gets up to leave. In a perfect impression of ‘Colombo’, the former investigator, pauses at the door, turns back towards Hadley Walters and absently informs the lawyer, “Oh, we have installed a new video surveillance system at the golf course. We should catch the vandals the next time they strike.”

     

    With that the Brazilian is out the door. Ricco believes his conversation with the elder Walters should end at the golf course; at least for a little while. He smiles thinking of the ‘unpleasant’ discussion Hadley Walters III is going to have with his father. Rather than heading back to Petersen Point, the general manager boards a plane for the Cayman Islands (via Havana, Cuba). It was a close call with Walters. Ricco decides not to press his luck trying to retain local a local attorney. He will find legal counsel in the Caymans. Hopefully it won’t take long to set up his ‘investment company’ and transfer the capital needed to fund improvements at the resort.

     

    Beebe borrows Charlie’s truck and picks up Paris and Natty at the school. The three head into Pensacola to buy supplies for Kite Day. While in town they stop so Natty can pick out a birthday dress for her party tomorrow. The young Czech buys a frilly, billowing cream colored outfit that flows when she moves. Beebe pays for the dress, asking her friend if she wants to wear her gift home. Natty prefers to have it wrapped up, so that she can tear it open tomorrow. The three friends laugh the whole ride back to Petersen Point.

     

    After school, Steve and Natty show up at the security office. The girl has two of the tiny remote cameras repaired. She, Steve, Sam Fisher and Brandon install them and continue getting the whole security system up and running.

     

    The Joint Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Board for the Pensacola Combined Operations Group convenes that evening. It is a closed hearing. No one from the resort is invited to attend or given an opportunity to speak in favor of rescinding the ban.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, February 6, 2047:

     

    Word comes down from the COG that morning. The bans on the Hotel and Blue Moon Revue have been lifted, but the ban on the Panhandle is upheld due to continued violence and substantiated drug at the saloon.

     

    Ricco meets with Robert Hall Parker, his new ‘corporate attorney in the Cayman Islands for the Cantagalo Investment Group. Parker submits the necessary ‘paperwork’ to fast track registration off the new corporation and obtains proper local licensing from the Trade & Business Licensing Board.

     

    Natty turns 15. She is now legally an adult in Florida, but her mom insists that there be a grown up present at her party. Alina can’t be there. She’s scheduled to work at the Blue Moon that evening. Switching shifts would not have posed a problem, but the dancer gave permission for Natty’s boyfriend Steve to be at the party. Alina feels it’s for the best that she’s not there. Still, she doesn’t want to come home to a smoking hole in the ground. Angela Bauer has agreed to chaperone.

     

    The party kicks off around five. In addition to Steve and her band mates, Beebe is there, as are a bunch of other kids Natty knows from school. The birthday girl opens Beebe’s present first so she can wear her dress for the rest of the party. Never shy about her body, Natty begins to shuck her clothes in front of the rest of the guests; to a chorus of hoots and whistles. Angela puts an end to the impromptu striptease and sends the girl into the other room to change.

     

    Returning in her frilly finery, Natty tears into her mother’s gift. It is a matched set of weighted rubberized martial arts practice knives. The girl beams as she jumps up and executes a quick kata with her new ‘toys’. Most of those outside the band are amazed, if a little shocked by the display. Steve just laughs and hands her his gift. It is a Kendachi mono-knife. The rest of the presents are of a more modest and practical nature. True to Alina’s instructions, Angela starts to wind things up around 8 pm. Everyone, except Paris, is gone by 9. Since there are classes tomorrow and the school is just down the street, she sleeps over, rather than heading back out to her grandfather’s farm.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, February 7, 2047:

     

    Ricco opens bank accounts in the name of the Cantagalo Investment Group in the Cayman Islands. He moves $200,000 from his personal accounts into this new corporate entity, and retains an additional $50,000 in cash to bring back to Florida; for some operating cash.

     

    Back at the Petersen Point Resort, Carrie Anne fields a call from Jacksonville University. They have a marketing/PR student that would like to interview on Wednesday, February 13th. The assistant manager approves the visit in Ricco’s absence. Charlie’s ship, the Sea Snake, returns from the Iron Archipelago on its mission to deliver new defense systems to the nomad floating colonies. Jason Fry returns with the ship.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, February 8, 2047:

     

    Ricco returns to the Petersen Point Hotel from the Cayman Islands. The two prospective interns from Florida Atlantic University, Greg Winters (the Face) and Arthur Greenburg (the Geek), show up for their interviews. Ricco and Crank take the interns down to the resort’s beach so they can mingle with the crowd on hand for National Kite Flying Day!

     

    The sky over the beach is a riot of vibrant colors as kites sail on the Gulf breeze, over the tranquil waters of the river. Like the kites above, rich smells of smoky barbecue are carried on the breeze; a promise of the feast to come. Local Vid news is on hand to report on the event, as are media from Pensacola, Milton and the COG.

     

    As Boss Arms is one of the sponsors, Charlie works the crowd, handing out business cards. Beebe can only shake her head. No one seems bothered by the imposition, so she lets him have his fun. At least it isn’t a repeat of the MLK Day celebration. The nomad shudders inwardly. Charlie just didn’t seem to get why drumming up business at a celebration, for a man who preached non-violence and died to an assassin’s bullet, was so wrong.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, February 9, 2047:

     

     

    Ricco and Carrie Anne sit down with the interns in the morning. After their interview, the general manager takes the pair on a tour of the resort, but avoids the marina.

     

    Pensacola Christian Academy plays Petersen Point School at home. All attend, but the cheerleaders still banned from courtside. Petersen Point wipes the floor with them. Charlie throws a cookout to celebrate the team’s undefeated season. The gun smith hires Velvet Blue to play, inviting all of the local kids and nomads to attend. After the show, The Face and the Geek talked up Paris and Natty respectively. The Face speaks a little Cajun Creole and the Geek speaks German. Winters gets lucky, Natty introduces Arthur to Steve.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, February 10, 2047:

     

    At Sam’s behest, Rianna flies to the Cayman Islands to access funds from Sam Fisher’s secret account. She makes her connecting flight in Havana, but is stopped at passport control in the Caymans. Rianna is refused entry and is told she will be sent back to Pensacola on the next flight. When pressed, the immigration officer divulges that her passport has been flagged due to reasons of national security. The next flight for Cuba does not leave till the morning. Barred entry into the Cayman Islands, Rianna is forced to spend the night in the airport. She calls Sam to tell him what happened.

     

    Greg Winters (the Face) and Arthur Greenburg (the Geek), leave the resort extremely energized and eager for the opportunity. Ricco is impressed by the ideas the put forward during their meeting. With spring break just around the corner, the two have suggested marketing the resort towards college students. With an assurance that they have secured spots in the internship program the pair plans to talk up the resort when they return to Florida Atlantic University.

     

    Rat is waiting by his door, when Ricco arrives home in the early evening. The Dog Soldier has pieced together how drugs are being sold at the Panhandle. The general manager calls in Brandon, Sam, Betty Lu and Crank. He apologizes to Owen for not sharing the identity of his undercover investigator.

     

    Rat explains how the transactions go down. “You go to the table where Ronnie is sitting and talk to whoever is wearing the American Flag pin on their right lapel of collar. One of the two with Ronnie Johnson must radio ahead to Rain. She’s the girl who meets you to collect the money, then tells you where to find the stash. There was a large dude (Tobias Johnson) with her; probably for protection. He never says anything. Rain does all of the talking. I’m not sure if there’s a pattern to where she meets customers. The two times I’ve met up with her have been in different locations; two driveways.

     

    Ricco feels this gives them enough evidence to go to Carlton, the magistrate, and get a surveillance warrant. Rat’s contract is extended and he is given a bonus of one month’s fee ($4000).

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, February 11, 2047:

     

    At the weekly staff meeting Ricco announces the successful hiring of maintenance and security personnel. He also announces that pool repairs begin today. After the meeting, the general manager takes, Brandon, Betty Lu and Rat to go see Carlton, the magistrate. Based on the Dog Soldier’s testimony, they receive a wiretap authorization for their investigation of drug dealing in the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Ricco contacts Sheriff Mason and brings him up to speed on his drug investigation. What the general manager needs now is an electronic warfare expert to intercept the transmissions between Ronnie Johnson’s people and the girl in the van. Sheriff Mason lends him Deputy Sheriff David James.

     

    Brandon and Sam go to the police store in Pensacola. They purchase a 12 gauge shotgun and more cameras. Once back at Petersen Point they install the new cameras along with directional mics.

     

    Ricco calls in Alice Timmons, the trailer park manager and shows her some of the footage of the trailer park taken by Frederick Harrington. Alice has no idea what he was looking for, but volunteers to watch some of it to see if anything comes to mind.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, February 12, 2047:

     

    Alice Timmons stops by the security office to help review the tapes of the trailer park and try to see what Harrington was searching for. Brandon offers to open a feed to her office so she can work from her own station. She accepts his gracious offer and returns to her office.

     

    Sam calls his Cayman Islands bank and authorizes a transfer of 31,000 euro from his account there to his local bank account in Florida. Once certain funds are on the way, he helps Brandon finish installing the laser microphones for their drug surveillance.

     

    Stuart Wilson calls to ask Ricco to come down to the marina. Charlie and Beebe and several other nomads are there to greet him when he arrives. Shaking the general manager’s hand, Stuart tells Ricco, “We’ve found something.”

     

    Motioning him inside, the nomad leads the way to a large tarp carpeting the section of the floor where they found the A-20 panzer. At a signal two of the nomads pull back the tarp, revealing a large pair of armored double doors.

     

    “I didn’t want to open it unless you were here,” Stuart explains.

     

    “Well, I’m here now. Let’s open it up.”

     

    The crew lubricates the giant hinges and cuts the steel bar holding the doors closed. A chain is hooked up to lift one of the massive doors. The Brazilian feels himself involuntarily tense as it yaws open. Once given the all clear, Ricco cautiously steps forward to look below. The floor itself is massive. Judging by the cross section at the door jamb it must be at least three feet thick. It’s a little surprising, but not unexpected given the thickness of the doors and walls in the rest of the structure. It would have to be thick and reinforced to support all of the weight that had been heaped upon it.

     

    Shining a flashlight further into the hole he can make out the floor; some 12 feet below. A wave of disappoint passes through him. From the gap all he can see is a haphazard pile of tarps and empty cargo palettes strewn about. It looks like some one has already beaten them to whatever treasures the room may have hidden. Wanting a closer look, the general manager has the crane operator lower him down on the chain used to raise the blast door.

     

    As he descends into the gloom, Ricco casts about with the beam of his flashlight. More lights shine down from above. His first assessment seems to have been in error. Stacked to one side, are a large number of crates and four objects draped in tarps. Touching down, he moves towards the cache. The tarps are made of heavy oiled canvas. It takes a little effort, but Ricco is able to pull off the covering, to reveal a 105mm howitzer. Like a kid at Christmas, the Brazilian quickly pulls back the three remaining tarps to reveal an entire battery of guns. The crates contain shells for the howitzers. Judging by the number and size of the containers, there must be several hundred rounds.

     

    The weapons and ammunition appear to be in pristine condition. It seems Randy Petersen was very serious about his plan to conquer a small Caribbean island. Charlie, Stuart and Beebe join him in the pit. Ricco is almost giddy. With an expansive gesture towards the guns and crates, he asks, “Hey Charlie, know anyone who might want to buy these things?”

     

    The nomad’s smiles match his own. “Hell yeah”

     

    Searching around the rest of the room, they find a large set of stairs, that dead end at the ceiling. Based on its location, the staircase should open up inside a small office on the main floor of the structure. Stuart sets his work crew to the task of breaking through the concrete cap covering the top of the stairs.

     

    Ricco has no qualms about selling the guns. They were purchased by Randy Petersen with hotel funds. It seems only fitting that they now serve as a nest egg to revitalize the resort. Negotiations are brief. The sale price is fair and should take care of the resort’s immediate cash flow problems. The only problem now is moving the guns without Charles Ingersoll finding out.

     

     

    That night, at the monthly town meeting, Michael Jay Tran is unanimously voted in as a town constable. Sheriff Mason, who delivers a glowing recommendation for the man’s appointment, hands him his heavy weapons permit. It seems the vote was never in doubt. Michael becomes the first person of Vietnamese descent to hold the position of constable, in the town’s history. Ricco, Brandon, Sam and Crank are on hand for the swearing in ceremony. Chief Constable Timmons welcomes Michael to the force. They head over to the station so Freddy can give him the ‘grand’ tour.

     

    Sheriff Mason invites Ricco to his annual President’s Day Cookout at his home. It’s purely a social occasion, but most of the important law enforcement figures in the county will be there including the DAs. Ricco accepts. B)

     

    ***

     

     

    Next: Part Two of Two

  5. Epilogue from GM Three, Destecado: Selling a Dream

     

     

     

    When I first proposed the Rio story arc, a few of our players balked at the idea. They feared it would just be a rehash of my Romanian campaign, reworked and relocated to South America. The scope of that campaign (Romania) had been too ambitious and relied too heavily on key PCs. The exit of those PCs and attempts to change the focus of the story sent it flying off the rails. As CyberBear wrote, stories have an expiration date. Sometimes, it’s better to just move on.

     

    These failures taught me important lessons and spurred the development of our multi tiered game structure. I also took to heart the concerns voiced by some of our players. They were sick of being the ‘bad guys.’ Though good and bad are subjective, especially in Cyberpunk, I understood their sentiments.

     

     

    Returning to the Source

     

    The charge, to not be ‘bad guys,’ influenced the development of the story arc and the environment. It also changed how I approached individual characters and their personal story arcs. Everyone is the hero of their own story. Even when working as part of a team, players wish to find fulfillment for their individual PCs. Things to be proud of or reminisce over, when talking about their character.

     

    In the Romanian campaign, character development had taken a back seat to the mission. This was something I went out of my way to avoid in Rio. Weaving the personal story arcs of the characters into the story of the city became the focus of my leg of the campaign. With most of the plot threads tied to the burn file resolved by the end of the ‘second’ season, there was no need for me to focus on Kyle as the main protagonist. He was still an important character, but now part of an ensemble cast.

     

    High level spy craft and intrigue are not for everyone. As the tension built and the plot deepened in the Romanian Campaign, several players became paranoid. Fear of doing something wrong or jeopardizing the mission (which might mean their deaths) killed personal initiative and created animosity; eventually leading to the implosion of the campaign. This is why we adopted the high-low campaign structure. Those who were so inclined could remain blissfully ignorant of the full impact of the mission, while enjoying the street level aspects of Rio.

     

    The plan was to make it so that no single character was integral to the plot. Into a basic framework, I added all of the resources the players would need, but no blueprint of how to reach their goal. There was a cast of over 100 NPCs to act as allies or adversaries; each with their own motivations and goals. GM provided missions were kept to a minimum, in favor of open ended encounters.

     

    Missions tend to put players into a specific mindset. Situations are just life. There is no right or wrong answer. There is what you do and what comes after. They are organic and in some cases messy, but always surprising. A perfect example is Victor asking Ricco if he knew anyone who needed a driver. Ricco called Henrique, who put the runner in touch with Nico. Soon Kane found himself in the middle of a brewing gang war; a situation that the team would later be able to exploit.

     

    Certain encounters provided foreshadowing for future story threads and time wasters to occupy the players. Perhaps time waster isn’t the best term, but I didn’t want to confuse them with red herrings. These are plots or activities that have no bearing on the team’s goal, but which players invest an inordinate amount of time in because they are important to their character. I put them in as a way to relive tension and provide content for characters that were at times a little detached from the main plot. Victor’s girlfriend Maria and their neighbors are perfect examples, as was the runner’s moonlighting as a stunt driver. I tried to introduce a rival for Colin Hughes’ affections, but became afraid (in no small part due to the player’s out of character comments) that Allison was just going to kill her. I changed the nature of the two NPCs’ relationship and moved on.

     

    The covert war for control of Rio was inspired by the corporate takeover of Night City. Cultural differences aside, there are parallels between Rio and the fictional Night City. I decided to explore these similarities, using them as the framework for the main plot.

     

    In our gaming universe, Rio survived the Fourth Corporate War, but was indelibly scarred by the ordeal. Large sections of the city were laid waste by the fighting. Gangs that had been powerful prior to the attack spread their influence and control in the ensuing chaos. Reconstruction of the city required more than just rebuilding physical structures. A relaxing of laws and tax incentives attracted corporations, creating an influx of capital and population which restarted the economy. It also created a tug-o-war for control of the city.

     

     

    Endings and Beginnings

     

    Rio presented the concluding chapter of the Burn Notice Campaign, but it really wasn’t the end of the story. The burn notice had already been resolved by the end of the ‘second season.’ What comes after? That was the question facing the characters and me as game master. In many cases, players wouldn’t be walking away from these characters at the end of Rio, so rather than an ending it was a spring board to jump off into the next story.

     

    Kyle’s personal story was entering a new phase. Devotion to the cause and faith in the Agency shaken, his primary motivation became setting up a nest egg, so that he and Cat could live comfortably in their retirement. Cat’s personal story had become interwoven with Kyle’s, but she was still striving to find herself; to develop into a real person, true and whole (to paraphrase CyberBear). No longer just the friend of Cat, Allison’s’s association with Doctor Freeman gave her a chance to come into her own.

     

    The good doctor found a life outside the lab and learned that to sell people on his invention he would need to learn some social skills. Kane strove to make his bones on the racing circuit and outdo his rival, Colin Hughes. Nip discovered that she was more special than she realized, before going completely nuts.

     

    With Nip, packed off to New Zealand, the player was able to bring back another of his favorite characters (Roca) that he hadn’t been able to play for a long time. Even Sam Fisher was given the opportunity for a fresh start after being sprung from prison.

     

     

    The Team’s Association With Disney

     

    Disney has become a major player in our game universe thanks in part to Cyberpunk V3. I have been critical of the V3 expansion, but like CyberGenerations it is not without its merits. The Densai was an interesting concept and something we felt was worth exploring. Having worked at Disney World, I also have a soft spot in my heart for the Mouse.

     

    There is a good amount of criticism heaped upon the Disney Corporation. Of course the company isn’t all sunshine and rainbows, but from my experience, Disney strives to be a good corporate citizen, and I at least portray it as such. It’s an odd duck really; eyes on the future, but with values rooted in the past. We have in a sense made it a guardian of the past, a living museum of what was and what could be again. This version of the past is filtered through the Disney lens, which may be a bit rose colored, but it creates hope. What is life without hope or dreams?

     

    Over the years I‘ve tried to find a way to work R.Talisorian’s Dream Park sourcebook into our gaming group’s Cyberpunk universe. Setting an entire adventure in the Park would be impractical, but using it as backdrop in Rio was perfect. Given the group’s association with the media giant, Dream Park became a Disney property, re-branded as Fantasia.

     

    The group’s association with Disney also allowed me to explore themes of duality. Project Overlook and its connection to Fabrini Air was an extraneous plot meant to provide foreshadowing for future adventures and a dark opposite for their employer. Should they have decided to follow the trail down the rabbit hole the Rio adventure would veered in a very different direction, but one that I was prepared to go. Saner heads prevailed and the team stayed on mission.

     

    ***

     

    I can’t speak for CyberBear or SnowCrystal, but I’m finding the process of crafting an epilogue / GM commentary for the Rio leg of the Burn Notice Campaign to be more difficult than I expected. Part of the reason is that I’m not sure what to focus on. The campaign was great fun and there was a lot going on behind the scenes that the players were not privy to and plot threads that they just never investigated. When crafting an interactive story, such things are to be expected. SnowCrystal said as much in her installment of the epilogue.

     

    Bringing the ongoing adventures of our gaming group to Views from the Edge is a labor of love. We hope that you the reader find as much enjoyment in reading them as we do bringing them to you. A story, like life itself is complex. An interactive story even more so. It is impossible to completely explore every plot point or character relationship in a single story. To do so would destroy the narrative.

     

    Unanswered questions or unresolved plot threads are not of themselves a bad thing. They provide seeds for new stories, to be told either by the original authors or picked up by others to be spun into their own tales. It is our hope that other game masters will find the NPC’s we have presented and the game environments (Atlantic City, Jamaica, Western Australia, Rio, etc) our players have visited useful for their own games.

     

    Like a director’s commentary or the cut scenes and extra’s added to a DVD, there was a lot of material that did not make it into the campaign. CyberBear and I have worked on generating material for a New York / New Jersey cyberpunk sourcebook and have discussed creating one for Rio. Sadly work and family have a tendency to intrude on the creative process. Still, if there any questions from you the readers about any of the environments, characters or plots presented during the Burn Notice Campaign, we would love to hear them.

     

    As this finishes the Burn Notice Campaign narrative I’m opening up the floor for discussion All questions and comments are greatly appreciated. B)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

  6. Episode 5 – When ’punks Don’t Try

     

     

     

    Ricco takes measures to fast track repairs to the resort’s anemic security system. With the backing of Disney corporate, he hunts for someone local to fill out the ranks of the security team. The general manager also addresses the lack of staffing in the areas of Marketing and Public Relations. Hiring established professionals in these fields is beyond the budgetary means of the hotel. Cold calls to colleges in the region produce a crop of canditates that may fit the bill.

     

    The ‘Dirty Deeds’ group receives its inaugural mission. Planning and preparation are hindered by clashing personalities. The team suffers its first setback as the mission ends in tragedy.

     

    ‘Idle hands are the devil’s playthings’. Petty vandalism escalates into a weekend in jail, as the three assholes from Gulf Breeze Prep find out what happens when you mix generous amounts of alcohol with three young ladies posessed of a penchant for mayhem and a vindictive streak a mile wide.

     

    Henrique tells Ricco he is sending a location team to scout out the resort and look at this band, Velvet Blue.

     

     

    Background

     

    Sam Fisher, retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, has finally been ‘officially’ released from prison after serving his sentence for extortion due to a botched operation in the Atlantic City part of the Burn Notice Campaign. Part of his (unofficial) deal for pleading guilty at the time was that he would receive his government pensions on his release from prison, but the government isn’t able to honor that part of the agreement. He is informed by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, Deputy Director for Clandestine Services at the C.I.A., that his pensions could be restored if he assists in a very black operation on United States soil.

     

    President Whindam has decided to bring the four southern states known collectively as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’ to heel. Sam, accompanied by his fiancée Rianna Prescott, will be sent to Santa Rosa County in the Florida panhandle near the Pensacola COG to the Petersen Point Resort, a seedy old tourist destination that will serve as a ‘safe house’ for operations to bring down the state government of Alabama. He will also be tasked with the occasional mission himself. To help him, a ‘Dirty Deeds’ group has been assembled whose covers are as employees of the hotel. Only Sam knows this is a government sanctioned operation.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Laugherty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Laugherty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who will serve as security chief at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci. This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    OwenCrankWolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion to protect his friends and his daughter from the fallout of a botched operation. He is the Team Leader for the ‘Dirty Deeds’.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Charles Ingersoll is the grandson-in-law of Sophie Petersen, widow of Randy Petersen and heiress to the Petersen Family Trust. He serves as CEO of the Petersen Point Properties Group.

     

    Danny Johnson (17) is the center on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team and one of those self-entitled little pricks who tangled with Beebe at the party in Episode 2.

     

    Father Ernesto Rivera is the Puerto Rican born priest of St. Peter’s by the Sea. He is 32 years old and very warm and friendly.

     

    Frank Michaels is the senior NCIS agent at the Pensacola COG.

     

    Freddy Timmons is a rotund little man in his forties, who stutters a bit and seems almost comically nervous. He is a town constable.

     

    Hadley Walters III is a 15 year old student and forward on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team. He is an arrogant self-entitled little prick, who tried to attack Lilly Tran (Episode 2) and who Ricco suspects is one of the Golf Course vandals.

     

    Henrique: A former Favela drug lord (nicknamed the King Snake) and leader of the Red Command who took a government amnesty offer and got out of the drug business. Henrique used to belong to a Brazilian pop group manufactured by a record company. When his voice changed he was fired and thrown back into the favela where he rose to the top of the local gang. The man now runs a media company which works with Disney. He and Ricco Torres grew up together with Ricco being the younger ‘brother’ (nicknamed Cobrinha – Little Snake).

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving of Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Jebediah Biggs is the junior agent (probie) from NCIS and partner to Agent Michaels. He wears a Marine crew cut.

     

    JohnnySquintTucker, a not overly bright man about 36 years old who is the assistant manager and head bartender for the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Karl Petersen is the owner of Petersen’s Garage and also treasurer of the Visigoths MC.

     

    Major Rachel Fredericks is an Army CID officer on the team inspecting the Blue Moon Revue. She is a no nonsense kind of person who only smiles with permission from higher ups.

     

    Michael Jay Tran is the great nephew of Tran Xuan Giap and an ex-soldier and Philippine policeman. He is hired at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Mr. Zeitsev is the code name for Sam Fisher’s contact on this secret, black project. He is the government’s ‘Mr. Johnson’.

     

    Nancy Petersen is a 25 year old cocktail waitress at the Panhandle saloon.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dates Steve Zelinsky, a prospect of the Visigoths and speaks little English.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    StefanSteveZelinsky is the eighteen year old son of the V.P. ‘SandyZelinsky of the Visigoths MC and has the same good looks and coloration as his father. He is seeing Natty Lanikova.

     

    Tran Xuan Giap is the elderly patriarch of the Tran family and a town councilman. He is very conservative and old school.

     

    Ty Saint Claire is Paris’s cousin and the smoking hot guitar player of Velvet Blue. He is a bald (he shaves it) ebony skinned teenager.

     

     

     

    The Action

     

    Wednesday, January 30, 2047

     

    Ricco calls an early morning security meeting; topics of discussion, the organized attack on customers at the Panhandle Saloon and measures to be undertaken to rectify the holes in their security apparatus. The list of attendees is kept small. Outside of the security staff (Brandon & Sam) only Crank and Betty Lu are invited.

     

    After a recap of the indecent on Saturday, Ricco lays out his plan.

     

    “In light of the attack I’m rehiring Steve and Natty to finish repairs on the security system. “However…I’m leaving it up to you two to install the new cameras. Brandon and Sam should well be up to the task. Having the prospect and his girlfriend repair the system is all well and good, but there is a fine line between trust and loyalty. Ricco holds no illusions that Steve isn’t sharing what he knows with the Visigoths; no need the have the MC aware of their camera coverage or more importantly, blind spots.

     

    “We need to set up video surveillance inside and outside of the Blue Moon Revue and Panhandle Saloon.”

     

    Crank briefly interrupts, “Uh, cameras aren’t allowed to inside the Blue Moon…even security cameras. It was part of the court ruling that allowed the club to reopen after the Syphilis (II) outbreak last year.”

     

    If cameras aren’t allowed then a stronger physical security presence may be needed. It’s something to discuss, but later. For the moment, the general manager turns back to the topic of video surveillance.

     

    “We’re going to need cameras installed to watch the golf course. We have three suspects that are more than likely the ones vandalizing the course. But we do not have proof. Unless we catch them in the act, we need some sort of evidence to tie them to the crime.”

     

    Not all of those present are aware of the vandalism or the suspects. After bringing them up to speed on the particulars, Ricco turns to the subject of beefing up security. With their security force spread thin, he suggests keeping a shotgun behind the bar at both clubs.

     

    Sam opposes the idea. “No good can come of it. First of all, do the bartenders even how to use a shotgun? Second, once the shooting starts the bodies will pile up.”

     

    The majority of violence at the Panhandle and Blue Moon is usual confined to drunken brawls. Both bartenders at the gentleman’s club are cybered. Ming Le, has a pair of cyber legs. Betty St. John has a cyber arm. She is also a former Marine, Force Recon. Sam is confident they can deal with most problems without firearms. As for Johnny (Tucker) at the Panhandle, he’d probably end up shooting himself or even worse an innocent bystander.

     

    The thought of an accidental shooting sours Ricco on the idea. “We’ll table the discussion of arming the bartenders, for the time being. Moving on to other business, I have been authorized to hire another full time security officer. I would prefer to hire local, hopefully someone within the local Vietnamese community. Except for in the bars, there are no Vietnamese workings at the hotel. Since 35% of the population of Blackwater is Vietnamese or of mixed Vietnamese descent, we should find someone qualified from that pool.”

     

    The move makes sense. It could go a long way to building good will with the local community. There are no objections. No one has anything else to add, so Ricco calls an end to the meeting. He asks Betty Lu to remain for a moment, as the others file out of his office.

     

    Their conversation is brief. “I need you to locate a corporate attorney in the Cayman Islands.” No details are volunteered and none are asked for. If the hotel counsel feels it an odd request, she does not betray it openly. With the simple acknowledgement, “I’ll get right on it,” Betty Lu leaves for her own office.

     

    Once alone, Ricco returns to his desk to call Father Rivera. The general manager explains his interest in hiring locally and asks the pastor for any recommendations he may have to fill the new security position. Father Rivera says that he is unable to help as he doesn’t know anyone with those credentials offhand. Thanking the priest for his time, the Brazilian decides to try his luck with Tran Xuan Giap. The older gentleman not only takes his call personally, he invites Ricco to tea at 5 that afternoon.

     

    With the inspections of the clubs out of the way NCIS turns its attention to the hotel. Agents Frank Michaels, Jebediah Biggs are at the front desk, promptly at 11 am, with three lab techs in tow. Notified of their arrival by the desk clerk, Ricco comes out to greet them. He gives agents the run of the facilities and makes himself available to answer any questions. His cooperation does not go unnoticed or unrewarded. The inspectors put away their credentials and discretely go about their inspection.

     

    Ricco investigates bringing on paid interns for the spring to work in PR and Marketing. Of the schools contacted, only three, Florida Atlantic University, Florida State University and Jacksonville University express interest. While there is currently no formalized internship program at the resort, the general manager drafts proposal that he hopes will be attractive and inviting to prospective applicants.

     

    The inspectors finish up around 4. Though they don’t share their findings, Agent Michaels gives the general manager an unofficial ‘thumbs up’ before departing. Not wanting to be late for his appointment with Mr. Giap, Ricco leaves early. The Vietnamese elder proves to be the consummate host. He also just happens to have a great nephew, Michael Jay Tran, who is looking for work.

     

    Mr. Giap explains that his (great) nephew has a background in law enforcement. He was a member of the Philippine National Police, before leaving to pursue a degree in Criminal Justice. Prior to joining the PFP, Michael served in the Philippine Marine Corps. Mr. Giap does not believe in coincidence. That such a position would become available at the same time that his (great) nephew is finishing his degree is a fortuitous event. The old man is quiet a sales man, but he is preaching to the quire. This is exactly what Ricco was looking for. The general manager arranges to meet with Michael tomorrow morning.

     

    Since Mr. Giap has proven to be so helpful with his employment search, Ricco decides to broach another subject with the Vietnamese elder. The list of cold cases, given to him by Sheriff Mason, has been weighing on the ex-cop’s mind. When he was on the job, he had trouble letting a case go unresolved. It’s what eventually drove him from the force. Being able to finally arrest George Brazzo gave closure. Ricco hopes to give the same piece of mind to the families of these victims.

     

    He asks Mr. Giap about the 2031 murder of Tran Vinh Chu. The wizened smile drains from the old man’s face. He stares sightlessly at something over Ricco’s shoulder. “Are you all right,” the Brazilian asks in concern.

     

    Giap does not answer. He rises wordlessly and leaves the room. Not knowing what to do, the ex-cop stays rooted in his seat. To the Disney exec, it feels like an eternity before one of the old man’s grandchildren comes to check on him.

     

    “Please forgive my grandfather. The name you mentioned is that of his eldest son. Grandfather has never gotten over his death.” Though the youth tries to assure Ricco, all will be well in a couple of days, he can’t shake the haunted expression on Giap’s face or miss the fact that the young man never mentions the name of the deceased as they speak. It only deepens his unease. As he leaves, Ricco hopes this hasn’t destroyed the good will he has built with the councilman.

     

     

    Around the same time that the general manager is enjoying his tea with Mr. Giap, Sam Fisher receives a registered letter from Mr. Zeitsev via Federal Express Mail Service. A signature won’t suffice for this package. The courier produces a small hand held scanner, which he uses to read the registration code off of the ex-agent’s cybereye. Satisfied with the scan, he hands over the package and leaves.

     

    Inside of the envelope is the Dirty Deeds Team’s first mission and $20,000 expense money. The briefing calls for the team to neutralize an Alabama State Police checkpoint, to allow a tractor trailer and its cargo to pass through safely into Florida. The truck will be at the crossing near 2 am on this coming Sunday. Death toll should be kept to a minimum if at all possible. Special care must also be taken not to damage the pipeline running parallel to the bridge. Most importantly the team must not be seen retreating back into Florida.

     

    Sam flips through the dossier, which contains tactical maps and a diagram of the checkpoint. The installation sits at the bridgehead where Alabama Route 16 runs into Florida Route 10. An armed bunker guards the road and approaches. There are firing ports on every facing and a heavy weapons mount on the roof. On the roadway are two simple gates that can be lowered to block traffic in either direction. Built into the surface of the road are twin retractable spike strips that will tear up the tires of any vehicle trying to run the barrier.

     

    The entire checkpoint is manned by at least a dozen heavily armed and possibly heavily cybered officers of the Alabama State Police. In addition to the boots on the ground, the crossing is protected by drone surveillance. There is also a mooring for riverine patrol craft within a hundred yards of the bridge and instillation.

     

    The ex-agent pours over the briefing, but fails to notify the rest of the team of their impending mission.

     

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, January 31, 2047:

     

    Though tea with Councilman Giap ended on a sour note, his great nephew still arrives bright and early on Thursday morning. As Brandon will be the new security officer’s direct superior, Ricco asks him to sit in on the interview. Michael Jay Tran’s accomplishments are impressive, as the man himself. Standing nearly two meters tall and solidly built, he has the bearing of a military man. For those who can recognize it, there is also a subtle fluidity to his stance and movements that speak of a high degree of martial arts training.

     

    The interview goes smoothly, save one awkward moment. The head of security has a penchant for addressing people by their last name. Michael is no exception. “Welcome aboard Mr. Tran.”

     

    “Please, call me Mike.

     

    Brandon respectfully insists he prefers to use the more formal mode of address. Not wanting to start off on the wrong foot, the security officer tries to tactfully explain to his new boss naming conventions within the Vietnamese culture.

     

    Tran is my family name. In many eastern cultures, the surname comes first. We use our given name as the primary form of address; even in fromal situations. Michael Tran is my actual name. I was born in the Philippines so I guess I would be Mr. Tran to you; that will do.

     

    Brandon is a man of few words. He absorbs the information and acknowledges his understanding by simply replying, “Noted.”

     

    When asked about his availability, Michael tells them he can start immediately. Brandon takes his new subordinate to the security office to show him around and fill out some paperwork. Michael is assigned to the morning shift, starting tomorrow.

     

     

    CID and NCIS return to the Blue Moon Revue for a repeat performance. Major Rachael Fredericks and Agents Frank Michaels and Jebediah Biggs breeze in with two MPs just after the club opens. A call from Betty St. John brings Crank and Brandon. Agent Michaels is willing to speak with them, but the conversation doesn’t go beyond friendly banter. He plays it close to the vest on any subject related to the inspection. The investigators subject the staff to a new round of interviews. Things move briskly, till they get to Alina (Lanikova). Once again, the lead dancer is grilled for over two hours. After the ‘ordeal’, the contingent of agents and officers depart.

     

    Henrique calls Ricco with good news. He’s convinced his sponsors to take a look at the Petersen Point Resort and nearby town of Blackwater. Location scouts will be arriving on the 14th (Thursday, February 14th) and should be in town at least through the following Monday (February 18th). Henrique will be sending along his personal rep to listen to the band, Velvet Blue. “Do they have a show scheduled?”

     

    Ricco assures his friend, that if they don’t, he’ll find them a venue. After hanging up with Henrique, the general manager tries to get a hold of Beebe; a task made more difficult by the nomad’s lack of a phone. The weapons tech is still at the gun range working, so Ricco is forced to leave a message with one of the nomads at Charlie’s house.

     

    (GM Note: Beebe doesn’t have a cell phone and has no interest in purchasing one. She has a mastoid comm keyed to the nomad channels in case of emergencies, but to her a phone is just a hassle. It’s just another way that people can find you and make you do things. The nomad is not so much concerned with the government tracking her movements. It’s more an outgrowth of her youth. Beebe goes out of her way to do things for people she cares about. Sometimes she thinks her mother (Bea) took advantage of this inability to say no. The young nomad’s solution, “They can’t ask you if they can’t find you.”)

     

     

    Beebe calls Ricco later that afternoon, to let him know Velvet Blue will be playing a show on President’s Day. It’s going to be at Peg Leg Porter’s place. The local kids have taken to calling it the ‘Fuck President’s Day Party’.

     

     

    Sam Fisher calls a meeting of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ team on the evening of the 31st. It has been nearly 24 hours, since he received the time sensitive briefing. Having reviewed the file, the ex-C.I.A. agent is concerned that they may be a little short on manpower and equipment. He invites his friend Charlie to drop by the security office, never mentioning that the invitation did not include a +1. Suffice to say, Sam is a bit surprised when the gun smith shows up with Beebe.

     

    In their previous interactions, Sam had been polite and courteous, even offering the girl a place to stay while Charlie was recuperating in the Hotel’s infirmary. Now Beebe is treated to the crass and condescending side of Sam Fisher. The ex-C.I.A. agent questions her competence; harping on the girl’s youth and inexperience.

     

    Feeling her anger rising, Beebe shoots back, “I’m 20 years old and have been driving tanks since I was 14.”

     

    Sam doubts the young girl’s claim and doesn’t even try to hide it. His voice drips with condescension as he talks down to her, as if to a pouting child. The nomad resolves that if he pats her on the head, she’s going to punch him in the face. Things turn even more awkward, when the ex-agent compliments her attractiveness (in a little too much detail) before using it as proof, why she couldn’t possibly drive a tank.

     

    There is dead silence in the room. Even Beebe is left speechless; which is quite a feat. As the words sink in she can’t help but be reminded of what Crank said to her the first time they met.

     

    “Looking like that, people are never going to take you seriously.”

     

    Tears of rage begin to well up. If that’s what this glorified rent-a-cop thinks, there’s no reason for her to be here. Heading for the door, she throws back on last barb, “If you’re going down to some S&M dungeon, I’ll skip it!”

     

    Charlie stops her from leaving. His easy going smile is gone, replaced by anger and determination. At first Beebe fears that the anger is directed at her, for the way she talked to his friend. But the gun smith is glaring at Sam. Placing a reassuring hand on the young nomads shoulder, he praises her skill and competence, finishing with, “and if she’s gone, I’m gone.”

     

    This tense standoff is interrupted by a knock on the door of the security office.

     

    Charlie, see who that is.” The request doesn’t seem that significant, since the two nomads are already standing by the door, but the gun smith knows it means Sam has accepted his decision on Beebe.

     

    Steve and Natty look a little uncomfortable as they are let into the crowded security room. The two have stopped by to discuss terms for finishing the overhaul of the security system. Ricco takes them to his office. After the arrangements have been finalized, the general manager returns to the acrimonious planning session.

     

    Not much has change since he left. Sam has moved on from Beebe, to question the competence of the rest of the team. While none are trained operatives, like himself, there is a good mix of skills would prove useful in completing the mission. Unfortunately Sam doesn’t see it that way. He belittles the abilities of each team member in turn. Crank seems to fair better than most in his expectations.

     

    (GM Note: Since I designed this campaign and this particular scenario along with ‘advising’ the players during character creation, I made sure that the group had all the skills to complete this and the other ‘missions’ that were coming up. If the Team lacked a particular needed skill, I created a ‘friendly’ NPC who could help. Sam was right in the fact that this wasn’t a trained black ops team, but in the many abilities of this diverse group was everything he needed.)

     

    Ricco has heard enough. Exasperate, he interjects, “Insulting people is NOT a good management style.”

     

    Beebe throws in her two cents, “So much for your putting a team together.”

     

    “I didn’t put this team together!” the ex-C.I.A. operative snaps back.

     

    “So, you’re just hired help?” Beebe erupts in peels of laughter, nearly falling out of her chair.

     

    Crank and Ricco finally get the meeting back on track.

     

    Having taken the time to go through the briefing material, the Food & Beverage Manager lays out the main obstacle to their success. “The problem is the bunker. According to the briefing, it’s hermetically sealed with its own environmental controls and internal power. Even if we’re not spotted by the drone and can get under the firing arc of the turret on top, we’ll still have to deal with these firing ports and the dozen or so State Troopers inside. They have clear fields of fire covering the gates, which won’t provide any cover. They’re like drop bars at a railroad crossing. Everything else is buried in the road.”

     

    Several members suggest plans for covering up the metal spikes. The problem is of course getting close enough.

     

    Charlie quietly offers up the services of his variable beam x-ray laser rifle to Sam. The weapon smith does his best to make sure Beebe doesn’t overhear. She’d kill him if she found out. Sure DARPA could pull their funding or the Laser could wind up in the hands of the Alabama State Police; if they get caught. It’s hard to worry about could be’s, when he is sorely itching to fire the weapon on a real op.

     

    If Sam can get him into the proper firing position, Charlie believes he can weld the bunker door shut or even cut the spikes in the road. The problem is there are really no good positions to fire on either target. Located on the back side of the bunker away from the road, the door faces a steep incline, leading down to an irrigation channel. A shot could be taken from the woods on the opposite slope, but it would be at long range.

     

    Firing on the spikes poses an even greater challenge. The land on the opposite side of the road has been cleared for the natural gas pipeline. Backfilled dirt covers the pipes, graded on a slope away from the road. Charlie would have to expose at least the top half of his body to fire at a target which is right out in the open. Chances of taking the shot without be seen would be low.

     

    As the debate rages over how to neutralize the spike strips, Beebe points out a detail that’s missing from the briefing. “We don’t even know how the spike strips work. Are they run by pneumatics or a mechanical mechanism? If the default position is up, they may just have two large hand cranks to raise and lower the spikes manually.” She looks to Sam. “Do you have any more information on the spikes?”

     

    The ex-agent ignores the question. He instead responds to Crank’s query about outside help. The team lacks a netrunner. Though Sam has worked with several operators with good NET skills, he dismisses them all out of hand. Those he trusts are either under too much scrutiny or too far away to be there before the mission kicks off.

     

    (GM Note: Electronic incursions and NET operations are not Sam’s forte. With the right equipment a netrunner could run the operation from halfway around the world)

     

    Brandon asks, “What about Natty?” The girl’s work on the security system proves she may have the skills they need.

     

    Beebe is against the idea of putting her friend in harms way, but her objections fall on deaf ears; all save for Charlie’s. He share’s her concerns and speaks up. “I won’t be on any op that puts a fourteen year old girl in the line of fire.” Whether because of their friendship or because Sam recognizes he needs the nomad for this mission to succeed, he drops the idea of hiring Natty.

     

    Beebe speaks up. “I can operate remotes.” Sam doesn’t even acknowledge her offer. He instead puts forth his own thoughts for assaulting the barricade. “We can use scatter grenades on the bunker to cover the approach of the truck.” He seems undeterred by the fact that the proximity of the bunker to the road will mean that the truck and driver will also be in the area affected by the grenades. There is also the little problem of not having any on hand.

     

    A number of ideas put forward require gear and skills they don’t have. Since the bridge is being watched, they’re going to need to find some other way across the river. A boat could be noticed, so that leaves swimming. Not everyone can swim. Purchasing skill chips would solve this minor inconvenience, but Sam is loath to mention or spend any of the $20,000 that came with the briefing.

     

    Crank points out that there are still too many unknowns. “The aerial photos and bunker specs are good and all, but we need to put eyes on the target. We can’t really finalize a plan till we check it out.”

     

    Heads nod around the table. Sam calls an end to the planning session. He instructs Crank and Betty Lu to recon the checkpoint tomorrow and report back.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, February 1, 2047:

     

    Crank and Betty Lu head out in the morning. Before leaving both make sure to leave behind anything the Alabama authorities might find suspicious or which would be considered illegal.

     

    Instead of making up a story and risk being caught in a lie, they go as what they are; two co-workers out for a ride, blowing off steam after a long work week. Their attire takes ‘Casual Friday’ to the extreme. The Food & Beverage manager dresses down in raggedy jeans and a tank top. Betty Lu shows off her assets in a low cut T and hot pants.

     

    With Betty Lu at his back, Crank urges his Harley up Interstate 10 towards the state line. Troopers stand at the ready as they pull into the checkpoint. Ordered to dismount the bike, the pair is summarily frisked. While one trooper searches the bike another interrogates them about their reasons for entering Alabama. Betty Lu and Crank play it cool, remaining pleasant and cooperative. After some cursory questions they are waved through, with a warning to ‘keep their noses clean’.

     

    Taking the first exit south on Wilcox Road, Crank angles east along Patterson Road before turning south on Cowpen Creek Road. Reaching the junction with the Old Spanish Trail, he heads east, back towards Florida and their target. Traffic is light when they reach the crossing, but security appears more attentive than at the last checkpoint.

     

    The pair hops off the Harley when ordered, and submits to a search of the bike and their person. This is no friendly frisk like last time. It is rough, bordering on invasive. The trooper who questions them has a sour demeanor. He doesn’t buy their story of being out on a joyride. The man just doesn’t believe anyone would cross into Alabama for fun? As the questioning drags on, they begin to draw more scrutiny from the rest of the security detail. Betty Lu tries to grab their attention by working the kinks out of her muscles. Her stretching routine draws a few appreciative looks, but these men are professionals.

     

    Crank scopes out the checkpoint. Scanning the area near the bunker, he inadvertently locks eyes with one of the troopers manning the checkpoint. The man stares him down. Betty Lu’s charms are many, but her antics are more a cause for suspicion, than a diversion. Crank knows he’s been caught, but plays it cool.

     

    The trooper walks towards the bike, cradling his assault rifle. Cybernettically enhanced eyes continue to watch the muscle bound biker and his nubile companion. Stopping several paces short of the Harley, he interrupts their interrogator in mid question. “Send them on their way.”

     

    The trooper questioning the pair complies without argument, directing Crank to drive around the barrier. Ruts in the dirt, to the right of the road, mark where other vehicles have been diverted. Outside of the ruts, the shoulder looks soft, loosely packed; too loose to support the weight of a semi. The Harley roars across the bridge and back into Florida. They make it safely back to the hotel by 11 am.

     

    (GM Note: Crank was acting suspiciously, but didn’t take any overt actions that could be cited as probable cause to detain them. Playing it straight and mentioning their connection to the hotel is what saved the pair from having a much less friendly conversation with the Alabama State Police. The troopers don’t give a crap about the hotel or resort, but it’s known or at least suspected that Disney has a stake in the place, thanks to their run-in with Ricco on the resort grounds. It’s easier to kick them out of the state, than stir up trouble with the Rat).

     

    Betty Lu stops at home to change, before heading into the office to work on the Petersen Family Trust documents. Crank drives over to Sam’s house to make his report. Because he works the late shift, the security officer is still in bed. Despite her best efforts, Rianna is unable to rouse him. She promises to let Sam know he stopped by. Slightly disgusted, Crank returns to his office. He waits all day, but the ex-C.I.A. operative never contacts him or shows up.

     

    When Sam finally wakes, he stops into the general manager’s office, to ask Ricco if he will buy a case of scatter grenades. They are legal to own (and non-lethal), but a buyer needs to have the proper ID. Being a former felon, the ex-agent’s name may be flagged, raising questions if he were to make the purchase. As the general manager, Ricco can make the purchase for the hotel, without drawing undue scrutiny. Sam’s reasoning is sound, but the grenades aren’t available locally. Ricco has to drive to Pensacola. The clerk doesn’t bat an eye at the request, but the sale is logged, creating a paper trail tying the grenades to the general manager and the Petersen Point Resort. Returning to the hotel, the Brazilian turns the case over to Sam in the security office.

     

    Barreling down the back roads with Crank was just what Betty Lu needed. Sure it was still for work, but time away from her desk and the mounds of files is just what the doctor ordered. Recharged, she is able to plow through the box of old documents related to the Petersen Family Trust. The briefs are incomplete. A search through the other boxed cases does not turn up any misfiled records.

     

    Betty Lu reports her findings to Ricco. “These files are woefully incomplete. Either the case was just starting, or the files have been ‘sanitized’. From what I could gather the resort was originally owned by the Petersen Point Trust, but the terms of the original trust were not in the file. In 2042 control was transferred and the corporate structure reorganized into Petersen Point Properties Group. There was a change in membership on the board of directors in early 2046, but again the records are missing from the file.”

     

    This is all very suspicious. Ricco tells Betty Lu to contact the court where the case was heard and dig through NET records to try and piece together the missing files. Talking to a member of the Petersen Family may also help to shed some light on the case. The general manager decides to pay a visit to Nancy Petersen at the Panhandle Saloon.

     

     

    Beebe walks to Natty’s house after finishing work. The Velvet Blue bassist is out on the dock at the end of the lane with Paris. Kicking back the three try to figure out what to do with their Friday night. Natty offers them a drink. It becomes quite the production as the teenager pours off a little of the alcohol then adds water to the bottle to restore the level. Humorous thought it is to watch Beebe sees no reason why they need to raid her mom’s booze.

     

    “Why don’t we just go buy our own?”

     

    “I’m underage,” Natty replies while taking a measured swig from a vodka bottle, to get the level just right.

     

    “We also don’t have any money,” Paris adds.

     

    “I’ve got some money,” Beebe offers. The other two girls smile.

     

    The girls walk to the liquor store in Blackwater. On Ward Basin Road a late model BMW heading southeast slows as it passes. A male voice calls out, “Hey, skanks!”

     

    It’s Hadley Walters III and his to cohorts, the Johnson boys. Hadley and Peter lean out and lob rotten eggs at the three girls. None of the noxious projectiles hit their mark. Drunken laughter echoes from the car, as the three assholes speed off. Vexing? Yes, but not enough to deter the girl’s quest for booze.

     

    Natty and Paris wait at the corner, while Beebe enters the store. The young nomad soon returns with the evening’s party favors. Retracing their path, Paris makes an observation, “You know those assholes will probably come back down the road fairly soon.” It’s all the urging her friends need. They hop a low wall and lie in wait.

     

    There are several empty bottles by the time the BMW drives slowly past their position. Taking aim, the girls pelt the expensive automobile with rocks. Paris’ plumb sized rock bounces off the windshield sending out a spider web of cracks. Natty’s smashes into the side glass by the rear window. Beebe’s sails through the open driver’s window and hits Danny Johnson right in the head, causing the car to careen off the road. It smacks into a wall, coming to a stop.

     

    The young nomad dashes over to check on the passengers. Reaching the wrecked vehicle, she nearly vomits, from the reek of rotten eggs. Crashing into the wall seems to have broken the rest of their ammunition; which was considerable. If the cartons strewn about the car are anything to go by, there must have been at least four dozen eggs. Hadley and his friends are unconscious, but appear ok.

     

    (GM Note: Beebe has no first aid skill. All three appear to be breathing, so that’s good enough for her)

     

    The three had been cruising at a low speed, looking for more targets, so the crash wasn’t that bad. A good mechanic could probably fix the crumpled front end, but the nomad doubts that even nano-cleaners will remove the stench from the interior. Hadley groans and begins to come around. Beebe retreats back to the wall, where Paris and Natty have been busy gathering up their empties. The three dash off into the scrub, back towards Natty’s. Once safely in the house, they toast their victory, repeatedly. Alina is less than amused to find her daughter and the other two girls passed out on her living room floor when she arrives home from the Blue Moon.

     

    As for Hadley and the Johnson boys, Constable Freddy Timmons is first on the scene. He notifies the sheriff’s department. Scattered around the inside of the car, officers find alcohol bottles and cartons of smashed rotten eggs. The three boys are arrested for vandalism and Danny is additionally charged with DUI. They are taken to the hospital in Milton where Peter and Hadley are released to their parents. Sheriff Mason holds Danny on the DUI charge in the county jail. The star center of the Gulf Breeze Prep team will miss the game tomorrow. Again the prep school will go down to defeat!

     

     

    That evening at the Panhandle, Ricco pulls Nancy aside and asks her about the Petersen Family Trust. The girl has never heard of it. Sophie Petersen is her great, great aunt, but the waitress hasn’t seen her since she was a child. The two branches of the family don’t ever talk. Ricco asks if her father, Karl, might know.

     

    “Maybe…It’s best to catch him at work.”

     

    “Where does he work?” Ricco asks.

     

    Nancy looks at him strangely. “He owns Petersen’s Garage up near the intersection.”

     

    “Thank you,” Ricco lets the waitress get back to work.

     

     

    Sam Fisher attention is elsewhere as he makes his rounds of the resort. He keeps going over the details of the mission in his mind but still hasn’t come up with a plan.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, February 2, 2047:

     

    It is a typically slow day at the Petersen Point Resort. Despite the many suggestions offered up by the rest of the Team, Sam still doesn’t have a plan. He hasn’t even bothered to talk to Crank about his recon of the checkpoint. He starts his shift and mulls over his dwindling options, as time slips by.

     

    Beebe has no faith in Sam Fisher’s leadership. She intentionally borrows Charlie’s pickup truck, knowing that the rent-a-cop will probably ask his friend to borrow it for his little caper. Jason is still at sea, but she has a standing invite to attend the band’s practices. After stopping to pick up Natty and her gear the two girls head for the Saint Claire farm. Both Paris and Natty are banned from attending any away basketball games so they are free to start practice earlier. They all have a wonderful time.

     

    A group of the Visigoths, in colors, escorts the bus carrying Petersen Point basketball team to the school around 7:00 pm. Though technically a violation of the ban, resort security makes no move to impede or hassle the bikers.

     

    The basketball team’s undefeated season continues, with their victory over North Florida Christian High School.

     

    By 8 pm, Sam realizes he must do something. He calls Charlie and asks to borrow his pickup (to get his ‘Team’ up to the crossing point).

     

    “Sorry, Beebe’s already borrowed it for the night.”

     

    “What’s her phone number?” Fisher asks.

     

    “She doesn’t have a phone,” Charlie tells him.

     

    That is the crushing blow for Sam. He patrols the resort in the company security car for the rest of the night, going through the motions of doing his job. There is no way to contact Zeitsev’s people. The rest of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ waits for a call that never comes. Tragedy waits on a bridge on the Florida – Alabama border.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, February 3, 2047:

     

    The convoy reaches the bridge at 2 am. With no support, they are unable to break through. The semi still tries to run the barricade, but its tires are shredded by the spikes. Skewing sideways, the trailer breaks free from the cab. After rolling several times, it comes to rest on its side, just short of the bridgehead. Of the Two dozen prisoners inside the trailer, six die of their injuries. The rest are recaptured along with the agents who orchestrated their escape from the gulags of Alabama.

     

    The press release is light on details. Alabama still doesn’t fully realize the intelligence value of the operatives they’ve netted. It will take some time for the Alabama authorities unravel what happened. In Washington, there is much ‘unhappiness’. This failure doesn’t bode well for Sam or his Team.

     

    Sunday at the Petersen Point Resort is another typically quiet day. Perhaps some of the employees are a little more depressed than normal. Beebe drives Natty and her gear back to the hotel. Both are a little hung over. Ricco goes over to Petersen’s Garage, but Karl Petersen isn’t there. The club is out on a run and won’t be back till later.

     

    About four o’clock in the afternoon, two good sized vessels come up the bay and dock at the old marina. It is the work crew from the Wilson Family. They settle into a couple of cottages and a few of the trailers that have been prepared for them. Charlie and Beebe drop by to say hello and Beebe offers her help at the marina, which is gratefully accepted. Ricco also goes down to greet them and has a talk with Stuart Wilson. The Brazilian floats the idea of having the Wilsons or some other members of the Thelas Nation take over operation of the marina. A financial package benefiting both the hotel and the nomads could be worked out. Stuart admits that they have considered this, but if Charles Ingersoll finds out they are running the marina, then whole deal becomes problematical. He and Ricco decide to look into alternatives to end run Ingersoll. Work will begin at the marina tomorrow. B)

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 6: Rattlesnake Strike

     

  7. Epilogue from GM Two, Cyberbear: Managing the Transitions

     

     

     

    It has been our experience over the years that Campaigns have a shelf life before they get sour. After 22 episodes Atlantic City reached critical mass. One PC dead (Logan Hawke), another going to prison (Sam Fisher), and another ready to run away with her recently rediscovered lover (Cat with Kyle). The story wasn’t over though. Kyle was still burned and we had only just acquired his ‘Burn File’. The regular GMs of our group (4) got together and came up with the concept of running this like a vid show. Atlantic City would be considered ‘Season 1’ and we would pick up with a ‘Season 2’ set in Port Royal, Jamaica. Destecado came up with the concept of a smaller Disney Theme Park in the old Jamaican pirate capital. After all, the Pirates of the Caribbean has been a long running Disney theme. Doc Freeman had made enough research and medical rolls plus had accomplished enough role play over several campaigns to satisfy the various GMs’ requirements to produce his ‘cyberbrain’. Still we made it illegal and secret tech as we debated how to implement it. Install this in a cyborg and you have virtual immortality. Still, he joined the few characters we have that are richer than Croesus! Disney kept its end of the bargain and he (along with Destecado’s William Eller character) took possession of a hotel serving our Disney’s Port Royal Historical (Theme) Park.

     

    We restarted the campaign in July 2044 with Allison and Nip (both now graduated from Atlantic City High School along with Kyle, Cat and Doc Freeman from ‘Season One’. SnowCrystal, the GM from Atlantic City, created Zahra Baudin, a former Jamaican soldier, and Sam Fisher’s player created Randy Shugart III (grandson of the Medal of Honor winner of Blackhawk Down fame). Logan Hawke’s player created a former SAS commando, Roger Blackmore. We were joined later (briefly) by his RL girlfriend. The plan was that the Team would take high end edgerunner jobs while looking into the various cases listed in Kyle’s ‘Burn File’. I ran the Episodes 23 through 29 and also Episodes 37 and 39. SnowCrystal did the rest. My purpose in what I ran was to bring the Team back to doing more conventional Cyberpunk missions while exploring Kyle’s situation with the C.I.A. In that I think everything worked out fine. Episode 23 was acting as backup on a simple protection detail that goes horribly wrong (Hey, this is cyberpunk!) Episode 24 was an extraction where things were not quite as advertised, but not an outright lie either. The next five episodes was a longer mission that had the Team traveling through three continents and dealing with issues of conscience and politics. My final episode in this ‘Second Season’ (39) served as a transition to bring in Victor Kane to replace the late Randy Shugart III who died in the final shootout of the Burn Notice thread. It also provided a reason for Disney to want the Team to leave Jamaica.

     

    This set up for our ‘Third Season’ in Rio de Janeiro. The Team was now working like a well-oiled machine. Well, in our minds anyway. Destecado had prepared a wonderfully detailed playground for us in Rio to deal with Cyberpunk issues from a more high-end prospective. We dove right in! B)

     

     

     

    Next: Epilogue from GM Three, Destecado: Bringing Rio to Life

     

     

     

     

  8. And now the Conclusion of -

     

    Episode 4 – Such a Nice Little Town Soaked in So Much Blood!

    Part Two of Two

     

     

     

    Friday, January 25, 2047:

     

    Early Friday a nomad shows up on the doorstep to Ricco’s bungalow. With an unkempt mop of dishwater hair and worn rumpled clothing he is quite a sight. As way of greeting he tells the Brazilian, “I’m here about the Panhandle Saloon’s drug dealing problem.”

     

    “What’s your name?”

     

    The scruffy looking nomad thinks for a moment. “Just call me Rat.”

     

    Ricco briefs his new informant on what he has so far.

     

    “That pretty thin, but I’ll look into it.” Rat lays out his terms. “Until I turn up something, I work alone. This is our last conversation till that time and I don’t want to hear from anyone working for you. If I do, I am gone and I’ll still expect to be paid in full.”

     

    The general manager has no problem with these terms. He gives Rat $1000 as a down payment for his services.

     

    Rat makes a last demand. “One more thing, you pay for all my drinks and job related expenses. It won’t be over $2000 more.”

     

    The request isn’t outlandish, but Ricco doesn’t want to get fleeced. “Itemize you expenses.”

     

    “Of course.” With a smile the nomad turns and leaves.

     

     

    Betty Lu is waiting for Ricco when he makes it into the office. Per his request to continue her investigation, she delved into the financials. Petersen Point Resort isn’t actually owned by Petersen Point Properties. The real owner is something called the Petersen Point Trust. That name also appears on one of the six outstanding legal cases. The general manager asks her to look into the Trust and find out how the two entities are related.

     

     

    That afternoon a ship owned by the Wilson Family pulls into a dock at one of the nomad controlled cottages. Charlie receives and invitation to speak with an envoy from the family.

    The language is polite, but it’s more a summons than invite. Beebe has a good head on her shoulders and better people skills, so the weapon smith decides to take her along.

     

    Their meeting is with Stuart Wilson. The Thelas nomad lays it out plain and simple. This isn’t a fight over money or a boat, but blood; Wilson family blood. Betty Lu’s case files barely scratch the surface.

     

    The manager before Frederick Harrington was David Ingersoll, brother of Charles Ingersoll, who along with Marina manager Peter Anderson, David’s brother in law, grossly overcharged John Wilson Jr. for boat repairs. While the case was in court, he sold the boat with a forged bill of sale. During the first legal fight, Frank Wilson, John’s brother confronted Anderson, who shot him dead. Anderson claimed that Frank was armed and he shot in self-defense. David Ingersoll, who was married to Peter Anderson’s sister and the only witness to the shooting, corroborated his brother in-law’s statement.

     

    The Wilson family claimed that the firearm found at the scene wasn’t even Frank’s gun. No charges were filed. Andy Wilson, Frank’s 15 year old son lost it and shot Peter Anderson to death. The Ingersoll and Anderson Families used their political influence to rush a quick trial and execution for the fifteen year old. The family’s patriarch, John Wilson Sr. was so heartbroken he had a heart attack at the funeral of his executed grandson. John Wilson Sr. was the founder and leader of the entire Thelas Nation. The ban was instated after the alleged bribery of the appeals court judge.

     

    Charlie commiserates with Stuart over the loss of his family members. He shares their anger and rage, but still needs to find some way to forge a truce. “Is there anything that can be done to lift the ban? The Ingersolls and the Andersons are no longer here.”

     

    Charles Ingersoll is still the CEO and controls the hotel. We want our money back. NO nomad will work for Petersen Point Hotel until we get the $462,743 for the boat that was sold illegally and are reimbursement for our legal fees; $117,962.00. The longer they delay, the higher that number goes. We also want a personal letter of apology to John Wilson Jr. from the Petersen Point Resort.”

     

    The weapon smith is relieved that there’s no demand for retribution or bodies to be delivered to the Wilsons. His relief overrides his curiosity to ask why there’s no blood price. Charlie asks if the Thelas nomad will speak to Ricco, the resort’s new general manager, but Stuart is adamant. He will see no one until restitution is made!

     

    Stuart lets them know he will be leaving in the morning. Charlie fears this means he has less than 12 hours to resolve the situation. The Thelas nomad sets him straight. “Call me when you have something. It’s just not healthy for me to hang around here till this is settled.”

     

     

    Charlie and Beebe take the Wilson’s terms to Ricco. Although the family’s anger is directed at Charles Ingersoll, it is the Petersen Point Hotel that is bearing the brunt of it.

     

    “You (the resort) fucked them (the Wilsons) up the wall and now they are returning the favor,” Charlie explains in his own folksy fashion.

     

    Ricco shares his own opinion of Charles Ingersoll, “The man is a total dick wad!”

     

    The three throw ideas back and forth on how to raise the money. Beebe suggests some creative financing. The scheme involves kidnapping Charles Ingersoll. Although she never actually uses the word or mentions the CEO by name, it clear who she means. Amusing as the thought may be, Ricco doesn’t want to go that route. The brain storming session ends without a plan being reached.

     

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, January 26, 2047:

     

    The Petersen Point School basketball team has a home game against Gulf Breeze Prep. Nearly the entire town turns out. Watching from the packed stands Beebe recognizes the center and the right forward of the opposing team. Now she can put a name to a face, or at least a last name. Their jerseys may say Walters and Johnson, but to her they will be the ‘assholes’ who chased Lilly Tran and attacked them at the party where she first met the band. Scanning the crowd, she finds the small knot of Gulf Breeze fans and finally spots their third amigo. He is sitting with some well-dressed adults; possibly parents. Blocking entry to their row is an overly cybered bodyguard.

     

     

     

    As the game progresses, the lead official is blatantly favoring Gulf Breeze. In spite the phantom fouls and missed calls, Petersen Point is ahead by a one point as the game comes down to the wire. At the buzzer the ref calls a flagrant personal foul against the home team, sending Danny Johnson to the free throw line; (1 and 1) to tie/win the game. Both teams’ cheerleaders move to behind the end line. Just as Johnson is about to release the ball, the Petersen Point cheerleaders yank up their tops and flash the Gulf Breeze forward. His shot sails over the backboard. The referee doesn’t catch the display and signals the end of the game.

     

    Petersen Point wins, setting off pandemonium in the stands. Gulf Breeze cries foul as Petersen Point fans celebrate. Pushing his way through the crowd, the heavily cybered bodyguard makes his way to the floor. He catches up to the ‘dirty’ referee near center court and shows him something on his phone. After a hasty conference the ref, blows his whistle and declares the game is not over.

     

    A chorus of boos and profanities rain down from the crowd, drowning out the official’s explanation of the infraction. The Petersen Point cheerleaders are ejected and Danny heads back to the line to retake his shoot. The din doesn’t let up as Johnson dribbles the ball, straightens and pauses briefly before letting the shot go. Leaving his hand the ball arcs towards the hoop, hits the left side of the rim, then the right, before falling out. It’s no good!

     

    Johnson buries his face in his hands. Beebe yells out from the stands “third times a charm” as the umpire calls the game for Petersen Point, who remains undefeated. The lead ref is too preoccupied staring up at the bodyguard and the well dressed couple he protects. He beats a hasty retreat from the court.

     

     

    After the game Beebe and Jason head to the Saint Claire Farm for a victory party. The win is especially sweet since none of them like the stuck up snobs from Gulf Breeze Prep. Velvet Blue is especially hot tonight!

     

    Business at the Panhandle is better than normal. The win has given locals a reason to celebrate.

     

    About 9 pm, the burglar alarm at the school goes off and the newly repaired security computer signals the security staff over their radios. Sam Fisher is dispatched to check it out. A minute or so later the alarm on the fuel storage area near the docks is tripped. This is followed in rapid succession by the fuel dock office and fuel pump alarms. Both Ricco Torres and Brandon Heath head over to investigate. Brandon arrives first and checks the fuel tanks. The lock and chain on the fence gate has been cut, but the tank appears fine. Ricco arrives to find the front door of the fuel dock’s office kicked open. He also notices a small fire down by the fuel pump on the dock. Brandon joins him at the office door. Ricco directs his security chief to check out the office while he puts out the fire. The blaze is confined to a small waste basket next to Gardner Weems’ chair. A search of the office finds nothing missing. In the office Brandon discovers a security video recorder. Over the radio, Sam reports that the school is secure.

     

    Ricco and Brandon play back the video from the time the alarms were set off. The system has three cameras. One watches the door of the office, a second the inside and the last watches the top of the dock where the pump is. On the recording a shadowed figure kicks in the door of the office, but does not enter; they instead head for the dock. After throwing a lit match in the waste basket the figure runs out of frame heading towards the end of the dock. Heath and Torres try to figure out what it all means when Brandon’s phone rings. There has been a major fight/riot at the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    By the time Ricco, Brandon and Sam get back to the Panhandle; Constable Freddy Timmons is already on the scene. The place is a mess. A convoy of police cruisers and ambulances pull into the parking lot. Their strobing lights cast the scene is a surreal light.

     

    Johnny Tucker tries to explain what happened. “After the boss (Ricco) and Brandon there left a group of ‘customers’ all stood up and flipped out collapsible batons. They started to beat everyone senseless. Well, almost everyone. They did touch any of the employee’s. We were just pushed aside by some heavily cybered folk, who smashed all the booze behind the counter.

    There were three people at a back table that they left alone too. They kept at it for a couple of minutes till those three got up and walked out. Then they just stopped and left. After the last one pulled out of the lot, the phones started working again. I called you as soon as I could.”

     

    Brandon questions the assistant manager. “Have you seen those three before?”

     

    “First time.”

     

    A jittery Johnny Tucker ends up retelling his story several times to Sheriff Mason and other members of law enforcement. Accounts from other customer’s are the same. Nobody recognized the attackers or the three who walked out first.

     

    Security cameras outside the bar aren’t working so there’s little Mason can do. Like Ricco and Brandon, he is of the mind that this was a planned and coordinated attack. The question remains, by whom?

     

    As to the victims, several need medical attention. Those without insurance are being taken to the hotel infirmary. The hotel will be picking up the tab for the care.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, January 27, 2047:

     

    The party at the Saint Claire Farm breaks up about at 2 in the morning. Drunk and tired, Beebe lets Jason do the driving. On the way back the young nomad spots a strange glow coming from the golf course. Driving towards the light, they find fire burning on the fairway. The two jump out of the vehicle and quickly extinguish the flames. The smoking letters spell out the word skanks.

     

    The burst of adrenaline from racing to put out the blaze has cleared her head. Beebe picks up the lingering smell of turpentine. It the same smell that was on the three assholes, who chased after Paris’ cousin. She has Jason contact Ricco.

     

    The hour is early and Ricco has had little sleep thanks to the melee at the Panhandle. News of more vandalism sends him over the edge. He is fuming by the time he arrives at the course. His anger is not directed at the two nomads, but at the perpetrators. With no witnesses they’ll get away with it, like the attackers at the Panhandle.

     

    Beebe gives him his first piece of good news. She tells the general manager about the accelerant used in the fire and where she had smelt it before. “All three were at the game yesterday. Two were starters for the Gulf Breeze Team.”

     

    Heading to his office, Ricco jumps on the NET and looks up the Gulf Breeze basketball team. He identifies two of the boys as Hadley Walters III and Danny Johnson. At a decent hour the Brazilian drives over to the Sheriff’s office to file a complaint. When the deputy sees the names he balks. “Are you sure you want to name these two boys? Especially on the word of what some nomad girl thought she smelled at a party?”

     

    “Why not?” Ricco asks.

     

    “Well,” the deputy continues, “Both the fathers are wealthy, Escambia County lawyers for one thing. They probably won’t take it well, if you officially accuse their kids of vandalism without any real evidence.”

     

    Ricco decides not to press the issue and heads home to try and catch a couple of hours of sleep before going to church. After the service the Brazilian sees one of the girl’s from the fight at the state boat ramp. She was part of the group of girls shouting the word, skank. Currently she is paying her respects to Councilman Giap. Ricco goes over to do the same. He follows the girl but the teenager gets in a car with her parents. Torres decides to speak with her another day.

     

     

    Later that afternoon, an alarm is tripped at the old storage shed at marina boat yard. Brandon heads down to check it out. Upon arrival, he finds Beebe, Paris and Natty flying kites off the marina docks, with a bunch of young nomad kids sitting around watching them. When asked, none of the older girls have seen anyone near the storage shed, but one of the younger nomads tells him, “Some big kids went around back.” With Beebe, Paris and Natty in tow, Brandon checks the perimeter of the large two and a half story structure. They find a small, narrow horizontal window that has been forced open. It is too small for Brandon to fit in. He reports the break-in to Ricco and heads to the buildings side door. Beebe stays by the window to make sure whoever broke in doesn’t try to escape. Heath’s keys will open the lock, but there is a second heavy duty pad lock. While he mulls over getting some tools to break in, Paris asks, “I think I can help, if you won’t get mad.”

     

    Brandon accepts her offer. Paris produces a lock pick and pops open the padlock in short order. The door is surprisingly thick, more of a blast door than the typical portal you’d find on a storage shed. Rusty hinges make an awful screech as it swings open. Just inside the doorway is barrier of plastic sheeting. Cutting through the barrier, Brandon enters a small office with an interior door that proves to be as thick as the last. Once through this portal, he enters the interior of the storehouse.

     

    When the marina was closed down everything was packed carefully inside. The cavernous space is filled with a gigantic mess of stored boats and equipment. Like the doors, the walls of the structure are extremely think; Brandon’s best guess would be two feet. While the security officer spent his time breaking into the side door, Beebe slipped through the window with a flashlight provided by Natty. The bassist had run off to retrieve it from the glove compartment of Paris’ grandfather’s pickup truck.

     

    Once inside she pulls out her knife. Not knowing who is in the storehouse, or how they are armed, she holds the flashlight in her off hand, braced over wrist of her knife hand. It may fool them into thinking she has a gun. Either way, it stops the tremors caused by the surging adrenaline.

     

    Ricco enters the building and tries to turn on the power, to no avail. The massive commercial fuses are missing. Brandon switches to thermo to look for heat signatures. Thinking she heard something to her left, Beebe clambers up a one story pile of junk covered by canvas and old tires. At the top is a hatch, going down into the pile. Listening closely, the young nomad can hear voices below, but they are distorted. It’s impossible to make out what they’re saying.

     

    She slips through the hatch and descends into a chamber just above the voices.

     

    Billy, do you think they’re gone?”

     

    “I don’t know. Let’s wait another five minutes.”

     

    It’s just a couple of kids. She let herself get keyed up for nothing. Swinging down through the lower hatch, she surprises the two terrified youngsters who scream and plead for their lives.

     

    “Oh, God, please, don’t kill us! We’re sorry.”

     

    The young nomad urges the blubbering boys up and out of their hiding place. Though she knows better, Beebe can’t help herself. She calls after the retreating youths, urging in a raspy whisper, “Climb faster Billy.” For the frightened boy it’s too much. His bladder gives way. Urine cascades down his leg to rain down on the girl below. Beebe is mortified; not by the unintended shower, but that she could be so cruel. Ducking back into their hidey-hole to avoid a further dousing and regain her composure, the girl takes a moment to wick the salty spray from her face. It is only after her eyes are clear that she truly appreciate the contours of her surroundings.

     

    Her mom was a tank commander during the Liberian - Nigerian War of 2023 and again in the Fourth Corporate War. After retiring, collecting and restoring old tanks became one of her passions. How did she not recognize she was sitting in the turret of a Militech A-20 Panzer? All thoughts of frightened children and involuntary bodily functions are forgotten as she idly strokes the cool metal of the tank hull.

     

    Seized by an idea, Beebe rummages around the turret, till she comes up with the vehicles technical manual. The book is pristine; still tucked in its protective plastic sheath. Sliding it out of the plastic, she sniffs it as one might the cork of a fine wine. A sheaf of papers falls out of the front of the manual. Among them is the title of ownership. Beebe knows, there’s no way she’ll be allowed to keep it, but try as she might, the girl can’t silence the tiny voice in the back of her head yelling DIBS!

     

    Her reverie is interrupted by a voice from above. “Ms. Lafferty, are you alright?”

     

    “I’m fine! Be right there.”

     

    After placing the papers back into the front of the manual and sliding it back into the protective cover, Beebe tucks the folio into the front of her bib overalls. Brandon is waiting at the top of the hole. Their would-be burglars are at the bottom of the pile with Ricco and Paris. Eager to share her discovery, Beebe shows the manual to the new security chief. When it becomes clear that Brandon intends to walk off with her prize, the young nomad is polite but firm. “May I please have that back?”

     

    “It’s not yours”

     

    “I know. But I found it, so I should be the one to give it to Ricco.” The tank may be worth more to the Wilson Family than any amount of cash, but Beebe doesn’t share this information with the security chief. He wasn’t in their meeting, and may not be read in on the situation. Besides, if she can’t keep the tank, she’s damn well going to get the credit. Beebe gives him her best smile and holds out a hand.

     

    Brandon assesses the nomad girl. So long as it ends up in the hands of the general manager, he doesn’t care who gives it to Ricco. He hands back the manual and heads towards the floor of the store house. Beebe follows with a satisfied grin.

     

     

    The boys turn out to be guests. Ricco has the security chief take them back to the hotel. On the ride Brandon promises not to rat them out to their parents, so long as they swear not to break into any more buildings. Both agree emphatically.

     

    Good as her word, Beebe hands the paperwork over to Ricco. As the two discuss the tank, they forget that Paris is still there, till the girl pipes up, “There’s a tank under there?” It may be better to carry on the discussion in a secure place. They agree to meet within the hour at Ricco’s office. Paris’ promises Beebe not to tell anyone. The young nomad is sure she’ll try, but what teenage girl could sit on such a juicy piece of gossip. The band will probably know by the end of the day. From there, who knows?

     

    After sealing up the storage bunker, Beebe races back to the house to collect Charlie. On the way to Ricco’s office, the weapon smith floors her by asking if she wants the tank. She can’t deny that she wants it, but could never ask him or her mom to buy it for her. She owes them too much already. Anyway the tank has other uses.

     

    Ricco has Brandon join them. The tank is the property of the hotel; purchased by one of the former General Managers, Randy Petersen. According to the paperwork, the tank was bought as salvage. Beebe assures them that the paperwork is wrong. “There wasn’t any power, so I couldn’t test the systems, but from what I saw of the hull looked sound. We’ll have to dig it out to be sure.”

     

    Though she works Charlie as a weapon’s tech, Beebe’s mother trainer her to be a panzer girl. The young girl practically gushes as she gives them an overview of the standard A-20. “It’s the ultimate nomad smuggling vehicle; maybe exactly what the Wilson’s need”. Ricco asks Charlie to contact the Wilson Family.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, January 28, 2047:

     

    Ricco sits down with Betty Lu and Carrie Anne. They have to figure out what to do if the Wilson’s accept the Militech A-20 panzer and settle the lawsuit. Based on Betty Lu’s review of the paperwork and the operating regulations of the hotel, transferring the title shouldn’t be an issue. Since the tank isn’t listed as an ‘attraction’ of the resort, the general manager has the authority to sell it. The problem is that a sale of this magnitude will have to be reported to Petersen Point Properties (corporate) and Ricco doubts that Charles Ingersoll will let them keep the money or use the vehicle to settle the Wilson law suit. They mull their options.

     

    With Ricco’s approval Beebe returns to the storage bunker to freshen up the interior of the tank. They need to put their best foot forward. A lingering smell of stale urine could definitely affect the value.

     

    It’s all hands on deck at the Panhandle Saloon. As soon as the Sheriff releases the bar as a crime scene, the staff begins repairs. There is dried blood to mop up and thousands of dollars in liquor to be replaced. Crank is informed by Carrie Anne that Charles Ingersoll cancelled the bar’s insurance coverage for incidents such as this a year and a half ago as a way to save money.

     

    Late in the afternoon, Richard King calls Ricco and informs him that Disney has allocated funds for a new security hire for the Petersen Point Resort effective immediately. He hopes it helps.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, January 29, 2047:

     

    Stuart Wilson returns to Peterson Point to examine the Militech A-20 panzer. He still refuses to speak with anyone from the resort. Beebe takes him to see the tank. After viewing the vehicle, he is willing to accept the letter of apology from Ricco. The document is on Petersen Point Stationary and contains more than just a perfunctory mea culpa. It is heart felt and genuine. In crafting the letter, Ricco allowed his own disdain for Charles Ingersoll to show through.

     

    Even used, the tank’s value is about $100,000 than the agreed upon settlement amount, but the Disney exec insists on a straight trade. The Wilson’s pay $1; a nominal price for a ‘wrecked’ hover tank. Ricco’s generosity impresses the Wilson Family envoy. Stuarts offers to clean out the storage warehouse and restore the marina equipment. It’s a little bit of a self serving offer, as they’ll need the cranes to dig out the tank.

     

    This deal is accepted by all parties. The Wilsons will have a crew on site by next Monday. Stuart estimates the job will take two weeks. The two part with cautious optimism. If all goes well they may be able to expand on the success of this deal. Charlie and Beebe garner respect among the local nomads for brokering the deal. For Charlie it’s not such big a deal, but for young Beebe this is her first step on a bigger stage.

     

    The Florida High School Sports Federation denies Gulf Breeze Prep’s request to force Petersen Point to forfeit last Saturday’s game. Media coverage of the egregious refereeing plays a large part in that decision. However, the Petersen Point Cheerleading Squad is suspended from performing at any game for the next four weeks. Viral videos of their stunt become a staple on NET and MyFace postings for months.

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 5: When ’punks Don’t Try

     

  9. OK, Again this comes in two parts, hopefully one right after the other. So here is Part One -

     

     

    Episode 4 – Such a Nice Little Town Soaked in So Much Blood!

     

     

     

    Ricco Torres debuts his plans for turning around the Peterson Point Resort. Intrigues abound as corporate kills a sweet heart of a financial deal and Sheriff Mason takes the new general manager up on his earlier offer of “help”. An unexpected find may provide a solution to the resort’s problems with the Wilson family.

     

    Petersen Point School’s basketball team continues its undefeated season thanks to its cheerleading corps. The re-established security system gets its first test. A major riot at the Panhandle Saloon raises serious questions and threatens to derail the review process.

     

     

    Background

     

    Sam Fisher, retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, has finally been ‘officially’ released from prison after serving his sentence for extortion due to a botched operation in the Atlantic City part of the Burn Notice Campaign. Part of his (unofficial) deal for pleading guilty at the time was that he would receive his government pensions on his release from prison, but the government isn’t able to honor that part of the agreement. He is informed by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, Deputy Director for Clandestine Services at the C.I.A., that his pensions could be restored if he assists in a very black operation on United States soil.

     

    President Whindam has decided to bring the four southern states known collectively as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’ to heel. Sam, accompanied by his fiancée Rianna Prescott, will be sent to Santa Rosa County in the Florida panhandle near the Pensacola COG to manage the Petersen Point Resort, a seedy old tourist destination that will serve as a ‘safe house’ for operations to bring down the state government of Alabama. He will also be tasked with the occasional mission himself. To help him, a ‘Dirty Deeds’ group has been assembled whose covers are as employees of the hotel. Only Sam knows this is a government sanctioned operation.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Laugherty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major BeatriceBeaLaugherty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first orbital artillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who will serve as a security officer at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to a request by Sam’s daughter to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad who is in the area to work on two projects. The first is a program sponsored by DARPA, to develop next generation laser technology. The second is to augment the defensive capabilities of the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci. This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    OwenCrankWolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco to take over as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion to protect his friends and his daughter from the fallout of a botched operation. He is the Team Leader for the ‘Dirty Deeds’ group and a security guard at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman with exceptional skill as a dancer. Looks and technique only take you so far. What makes her the most popular dancer at the club is her ability to charm the audience. She is also an asset off stage, acting as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. Alina lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Amy Fry is a young Thelas and sister of Jason Fry. She dates Sammy Trang, the drummer of Velvet Blue.

     

    Beulah St.John, an old black woman, is head of housekeeping at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is a small Caucasian woman is her early sixties. Debilitating arthritis may have sapped her strength; walking is a chore; but her mind is as keen as ever. She wears many hats at the Petersen Point Resort; Front Desk Manager, asst. hotel manager and bookkeeper.

     

    Charles Ingersoll is the grandson-in-law of Sophie Petersen, widow of Randy Petersen and heiress to the Petersen Family Trust. He serves as CEO of the Petersen Point Properties Group.

     

    Danny Johnson (17) is the center on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team and one of those self-entitled little pricks who tangled with Beebe at the party in Episode 2.

     

    Eustis (‘Useless’) Saint Claire is an old black man who runs the water and sewer system at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Gardner Weems is the old white cracker who runs the resort’s marina. He is also a Blackwater Town Councilman.

     

    Frank Michaels is the senior NCIS agent at the Pensacola COG.

     

    Freddy Timmons is a rotund little man in his forties, who stutters a bit and seems almost comically nervous. He is a town constable.

     

    Hadley Walters III is a 15 year old student and forward on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team. He is an arrogant self-entitled little prick, who tried to attack Lilly Tran (Episode 2). Ricco suspects he may be one of the Golf Course vandals.

     

    Henrique: A former Favela drug lord (nicknamed the King Snake) and leader of the Red Command who took a government amnesty offer and got out of the drug business. Henrique used to belong to a Brazilian pop group manufactured by a record company. When his voice changed he was fired and thrown back into the favela where he rose to the top of the local gang. The man now runs a media company which works with Disney. He and Ricco Torres grew up together with Ricco being the younger ‘brother’ (nicknamed Cobrinha – Little Snake).

     

    HenryHankTremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths MC.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving aboard Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Jebediah Biggs is the junior agent (probie) from NCIS and partner to Agent Michaels. He wears a Marine crew cut.

     

    Jesse James is the sloppy (with the money, but honest) bartender from the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    JohnnySquintTucker, a not overly bright man about 36 years old, is the assistant manager and head bartender for the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Karl and Anne Petersen, are the parents of Nancy Petersen, and their two other children, John and Todd.

     

    Lilly Tran (15) is Bobby Tran’s sister and is also not a fan of her cousin Paris although there is usually no conflict between them. Lilly is NOT a good student and is afraid to ask anyone in her family for help. Sometimes Paris helps her with her homework.

     

    Nancy Petersen is a 25 year old cocktail waitress at the Panhandle saloon.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dates Steve Zelinsky, a prospect of the Visigoths and speaks little English.

     

    ObadiahObieTerhune is an Afro-American male about 51 years old who is the maintenance chief at the Petersen Point Resort. Actually, he is the entire maintenance department which should number at least ten.

     

    Paul Gambier is the head chef at the Petersen Point Resort and from an old Cajun family of the area.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Rat is a nomad ‘Dog Soldier’ (nomad enforcer) with a particular hatred for drug dealers. He is working with Ricco Torres to end the drug dealing out of the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Richard King is a highly placed Disney executive that deals in ‘delicate’ situations. He is the man Disney sends, when things are going wrong and action must be taken. He has the nickname ‘King Dick’, but never to his face!

     

    Sammy Trang is the drummer of the band, Velvet Blue.

     

    SandomirSandyZelinsky is the Vice President of the Visigoths MC. He is a tall blonde, green eyed man. Wild and fun loving in his youth, Sandy has matured into a clever and experienced leader. He and Hank are best friends.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that, as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    StefanSteveZelinsky is the eighteen year old son of the V.P. ‘SandyZelinsky of the Visigoths MC and has the same good looks and coloration as his father. He is seeing Natty Lanikova.

     

    Tran Xuan Giap is the elderly patriarch of the Tran family and a town councilman. He is very conservative and old school.

     

    Ty Saint Claire is Paris’s cousin and the smoking hot guitar player of Velvet Blue. He is a bald (he shaves it) ebony skinned teenager.

     

     

    The Action

     

    Tuesday, January 22, 2047:

     

    Good as her word, Carrie Anne shows up for work bright and early Tuesday morning. She makes quite the entrance, driving up in her brand new BMW Daimler (courtesy of Disney).

    Ricco meets his assistant manager in the parking lot and the two adjourn to his office to discuss the future of the hotel. The Brazilian expresses his hope that they can work well together. Carrie Anne echoes his sentiment.

     

    Getting down to business, Ricco voices the major problem facing the resort. “Number one priority, I see, is the need for more income. Do you agree?”

     

    His assistant manager is in full agreement, “Absolutely”

     

    “What do you see as top three ways of bringing in more income as swiftly as possible?” The Brazilian ticks off, on his fingers, the two areas he thinks would be easiest to exploit. “I am thinking: get military back to Blue Moon and Panhandle Saloon, maybe get the golf course fixed and open… but I am open to suggestions.”

     

    “Fill the hotel rooms,” is Carrie Anne’s first suggestion. “The Blue Moon and the Panhandle are important, but we must fill the rooms. Corporate doesn’t give us an advertising budget and most of our attractions are down anyway. This used to be a glorious place, but all we are now is a fancy roadside motel.”

     

    “What happened?”

     

    The assistant manager takes a moment to compose her self. “I’m afraid most of the problems began with Randy Petersen, God rest his soul. He was the general manager here for years. All in all he was a wonderful man, but towards the end he got a little ……eccentric.”

     

    “How do you mean?”

     

    “Well, for instance he had this dream of conquering his own Caribbean island and making himself king.” Carrie Anne’s care worn face softens as she speaks of the former manager. She even allows herself a slight smile, at the thought of ‘King Petersen’; but the moment passes. The smile fades from her face, replaced by a look of deep sadness. “He became secretive and suspicious. This and his other little projects took his focus away and little by little, things around here started to deteriorate.”

     

    It is obviously difficult subject to talk about, so Ricco moves on to other matters. “If the Visigoths are banned, why did they escort the school bus last week?”

     

    “To protect the children when the school’s sports teams travel, of course,” is the reply. “Some have children here at the school.”

     

    “Why are the Visigoths banned from the hotel properties?”

     

    Again, Carrie Anne pauses before speaking. “That was Randy’s decision. It was a long time ago and he didn’t consult me on it… well, not that he should have anyway.”

     

    The pair reviews the status of each department at the resort. Carrie Anne spells out their needs as she sees them. As they go down the list they finally come to the Marina. Ricco asks, “Why is it closed?”

     

    This question elicits an even longer pause. Conflicting emotions play across the assistant manager’s face as she deliberates what to say. The answer, when it comes doesn’t disclose any details, but gives Ricco a clue on where to look. “I’m sorry, but I really can’t talk about that. There is a legal action pending and pretty much everyone involved is under a gag order not to discuss the case.”

     

    The general manager makes a mental note to talk to Betty Lu.

     

    The rest of the morning is spent meeting with the department heads; getting a feel for them and the needs of their departments. The chef, Paul Gambier, just asks that his vendors are paid on time.

     

    Beulah St. John of housekeeping states they could use a new industrial washer/dryer. Her department is in fair shape, given the current level of occupancy. Any increase in business though will mean new hires and more linen.

     

    Eustis Saint Claire explains in great detail the age and fragility of the resorts existing water and sewer lines. Any break down, could spell serious trouble. With only his grandson Ty, as an assistant (who is actually paid by the Town of Blackwater) his department is seriously understaffed.

     

    Manpower is main issue for the resorts for the resort’s maintenance department as well. Obie Terhune expresses gratitude that Brandon Heath has come down to help repair the aging equipment, but without more bodies the deterioration will continue. As it stands now, taking on new projects, such as repairing the golf course, would be out of the question.

     

    Mention of the golf course reminds Ricco of the recent vandalism. He brings it up to the maintenance chief, hoping he may have remembered something more since the last time they spoke.

     

    Sadly Obie has nothing new to add. “Nope, I think it happens at night, but sometimes a couple of months go by, or a couple of weeks. It don’t make a lot of sense, really.”

     

    After Obie leaves, Ricco calls in Brandon. “I’m very happy with the way you have stepped up to the plate and shown initiative. You clearly understand our security needs. Obie has expressed to me his gratitude on the work you have done at the maintenance department.”

     

    Brandon is a man of few words, “Glad to help.”

     

    “We are stretched really thin. I am seeing if we can arrange for Crank to be an ‘adjunct security’ person. If so, then I want to have a meeting of three of us to figure out how we will cover everything”, Ricco continues. “Also, I want you to be ‘on call’ for emergencies even when you are off duty. This of course also applies to me. Always call when you see something happening, no matter what time of day or night.”

     

    The new security chief agrees. He and Sam will work out a schedule to have someone on duty at all critical times. Repairs on the security system are proceeding well. When it is up and running at full capacity some of their problems will be solved. Brandon returns to his patrol and Ricco sends for Betty Lu.

     

    “What are you working on just now?” the Brazilian asks.

     

    “Well, I have narrowed our immediate problems down to six. I gave the list to Mr. Fisher last week. He has me working on the four old lawsuits regarding the trailer park and the hotel’s attempts to have the nomads evicted.” Betty Lu explains as she hands Ricco a copy of the list. “There are eleven full boxes of legal briefs, transcripts and court filings.”

     

    Torres glances down the list till he comes across: John Wilson Jr. et al vs. Petersen Point Marina. “OK, well forget about the Trailer Park for now. Work on the Wilson suit against the Marina. I want a general idea of what this is about as soon as possible.”

     

    Betty Lu breaks into a smile. The Wilson suit is just one and a half boxes, “Yes, sir.”

     

    Ricco contacts Charlie to ask if the can speak. The nomad weaponsmith is at his bungalow having lunch. Grabbing the remains of his sandwich he heads over to the hotel. Like Sam before him, the new general manager floats the idea of hiring nomads. The weapon smith lets Ricco finish, before shaking his head. “You people don’t talk do ya?” Charlie tells him of the ban on any nomad working for the hotel.

     

    “But, they wouldn’t be working for the hotel,” Ricco assures him. “They would be working for Disney. I could put the request on an official Disney letterhead if that would help?”

     

    Charlie pauses. It’s a good dodge. It might work, once. “What’s the job?”

     

    “I need someone to work undercover to catch a drug dealer at the Panhandle Saloon,”

     

    Charlie looks at him a little dumbfounded for a moment. The weapon smith pulls out a bug detector and scans the room. Once satisfied that they aren’t being recorded, the nomad pulls out a white noise generator and bug jammer.

     

    “So, you want a rat?” the nomad asks.

     

    Ricco tries to think of a more delicate word, but can’t. “Essentially, yes. I need an outsider to find out how the drugs are dealt. Then I can gather evidence and bring in the sheriff. The military needs to see we are working on the problem.”

     

    “Hmm,” Charlie contemplates this. “You know if it turns out nomads are involved in the dealing, then you’ll learn nothing.”

     

    “I’ll take that chance. This is for information only. Your man won’t be involved in the actual take down, if it comes to that. Look a man died of an overdose here.”

     

    “OK,” the nomad responds. “There might be a dog soldier who hates drugs enough to do this. I’ll put out the word, but have a couple of thousand cash ready.”

     

    “I will,” Ricco assures him.

     

    “Oh, I almost forgot. I looked at the bug we found in Sam’s ….. I mean your office. It’s out of juice now, but it’s a pretty standard commercially available one. We took the serial number down.” Charlie hands over the bug and information, then leaves.

     

    Ricco contemplates his next move. At the end of their Rio assignment, Catherine Vaduva sent him a package. It contained B$1,500,000; roughly $500,000 in US currency. While the young lady assured him the money was clean, he thought better of putting it into a bank in Brazil or an account under his own name. The entire sum is sitting in an account in the Cayman Islands.

     

    The resort needs financing. It may be time to bring in some venture capital. The Brazilian makes plans to create a Cayman Islands investment company (Cantagalo Investment Group) to be funded with $200,000 from his secret account. After the company is set up he will travel to the Caymans and withdrawal $50,000 in cash. This seed money will be used to convince Charles Ingersoll he has a Brazilian investor that will float an unsecured loan to the hotel to kick start a renaissance at the fading resort. All it needs to go forward is the CEO’s and CFO’s approval. It’s a win – win deal that Ingersoll can’t refuse. The new general manager drafts a letter to corporate and sends it off.

     

    Later that afternoon, Ricco receives a call from the Panhandle. Two Federal Agents are there ‘inspecting’ the place. Heading to the saloon, he introduces himself to NCIS Special Agents Frank Michaels and Jebediah Biggs. Like at the Blue Moon, the inspection and interviews are part of the review process. The agents are pleasant and polite, but thorough. They also promise to return before any decision is made on lifting the ban.

     

    Ricco considers hiring an assistant as the phone continues to ring off the hook. Such is the life of a general manager. One welcome call comes from Richard King. The Disney exec has been able to fill Ricco’s wish list. Though used, the equipment is still serviceable. King has even found a used security car. Everything should arrive tomorrow. King Dick has also kicked his request to hire a local for security upstairs. He expects an answer back by next Monday.

     

     

    Staring at files all day has left Betty Lu mentally drained. All she wants to do is crawl into bed. Even dulled by fatigue, she picks up a sound like water rushing out of a faucet coming from under her bed. Listening more closely, the sound is less like running water and more like that of a baby rattle; realization dawns. She leaps back from the bed screaming; avoiding the snake’s strike.

     

    Her continued screeching brings her neighbor, Alina Lanikova, to the door. The dancer looks under the bed, from a safe distance. She leaves, but returns a minute later with a garden hoe and her daughter, Natty. Alina uses the tool to pull the angry reptile from under the bed, and then calls to her daughter. Natty throws her what looks like a short handle of some sort. In one fluid motion the dancer catches the handle from which a blade springs forth. She flips the knife in mid-air, catches it by the blade and throws it at the rattler. The snake is pinned to the floor with the switchblade lodged in its head.

     

    More neighbors show up and search the place for any more scaly intruders. None are found, but the aged screen on the back door has a hole down near the floor. This hole is from age and not any recent or deliberate cutting. Someone takes the snake out. Its fate is now to be diner for a resort family. As the adrenaline works its way out of her system, fatigue returns. Though exhausted, Betty Lu’s sleep is fitful.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, January 23, 2047:

     

    In the morning Ricco sends off the details (make, serial number etc.) on the bug found in Sam’s (now Ricco’s) office to an associate at Disney security in Orlando. Hopefully they will be able to come up with something. He then turns his attention to coming up with a viable plan to jump start more business at the hotel.

     

    Sheriff Mason calls around 11 am. “Sorry, I haven’t gotten back to you sooner, Ricco, but I’ve been real busy up north. Look, can you meet me at 3 (pm) for lunch at the Blackwater Café?”

     

    The general manager clears his afternoon schedule. He arrives at the restaurant a little before 3 (pm). For some reason the Café is closed. There are lots of bikers inside, but only two outside, at the door. Ricco isn’t sure what he’s walking into. Across the parking lot from the entrance and bikers are three deputies standing near two police cruisers.

     

    As he approaches a hand appears through the glass paned door and signals the bikers standing guard. The Brazilian is allowed to pass. Sheriff Mason is sitting at a table with the President of the Visigoths. Ricco is directed to the counter and told to order lunch. After the other meeting breaks up, the bikers depart. Mason sits down next to Ricco. The Brazilian asks for time to work on the drug dealing problem at the Panhandle. He asks that the sheriff not raid the place again as this might run afoul of his own investigation.

     

    “I have a dead body in the morgue that leads back to your place, Ricco. If there’s trouble there, I will act. However, I can give you four weeks before I will have to come down hard,”

     

    “OK.” The general manager hopes it will be enough. “If I get anything, I will bring you right in.”

     

    “Good, now a week or so ago you asked me if there was anything you could do to help me. Is that offer still open?”

     

    “Of course.” Helping the sheriff could build some goodwill; possibly buying more time to find the drug connection at the Panhandle.

     

    Sheriff Mason slides a file and disc across the counter to Ricco. “As I told you, the Blackwater area has been a pain in the ass. Its reputation as a den of murdering thieves and pirates is well deserved. These are my cold cases for just the Blackwater area dealing only with murder and suspicious disappearances dating back to when I took office as Sheriff seventeen years ago. There are 27 victims here, and this list doesn’t include the many we have solved. Statistically, this place is more dangerous than Night City, Detroit or Newark. Have your boys take a crack at them.”

     

    The two finish lunch and part company. Ricco heads back to his office to look over the files:

     

     

    Unsolved Murders & Disappearances around Blackwater 2030 to 2047

     

    2046

    On Sunday, September 2nd
    Martin Long
    (24), a member of the Rattlesnakes MC of Panama City, FL, was found on the south side of interstate 10 just east of the Blackwater River Bridge. Cause of death was from a single slashing wound across the throat. From the angle and direction of the wound forensics has determined that the killer is most likely left handed. Lack of blood at the scene may point to the victim being killed elsewhere and then dumped. The body rolled down the embankment abutting the highway and ended on the property of
    Mr. Gary Porter
    . Lack of other abrasions or damage to the victim’s clothing give a low probability that the body was thrown from a moving vehicle. It is likely that the killer intentionally dumped the body down the embankment, so that it would not be discovered by a passing driver.
    Mr. Porter
    claims to have been asleep when the body was dumped.

     

    2045

    Jack Thomas
    (23) a security guard at the Petersen Point Resort was found in a destroyed security vehicle, owned by the Petersen Point Resort, in the early am on Monday, July 2nd parked on Coachman Road by Glitter Lane. The victim was the only occupant. Analysis of the bullets recovered from the body of the victim and remains of the vehicle were determined to be 5.56 ammunition. Several hundred rounds were expended into the vehicle.
    Mr. Thomas
    was struck 38 times, five shots being to the head. Striations and trajectories of the bullets point to the possibility of multiple shooters. A rainstorm occurred between the time of the shooting and the discovery of the car by
    Bruce James
    at 6 am; contaminating the crime scene. Forensic evidence was light.

     

    On Sunday, December 3rd the body of
    Estelle Kean
    (22) was found in a trailer on Durwood Lane. Neighbors indicated that the victim had been living in the trailer. Cause of death is believed to be blunt force trauma to the head. Sever damage was inflicted to the victim’s skull by an asymmetrical object possibly a rock). In addition to the head wound, the victim was shot (6 times) and stabbed (27 times). The victim was employed at the Blue Moon Revue. Prior to her death
    Ms. Kean
    had been implicated in an outbreak of Syphilis II at the Pensacola COG. The body and room had been washed down with bleach, hampering the recovery of DNA evidence. Officers were called back a week later, responding to reports of a fire. By the time personnel arrived on scene the structure was fully engulfed.

     

    2044

    Grace Simmons
    (28), a dancer at the Blue Moon Revue was found raped and murdered behind her place of employment on Saturday, April 2nd. The body was doused in industrial strength acid. Based on the positioning of the corpse and burn patterns, it is believed the victim was dead prior to the application of the acid. The solvent may have been used to destroy forensics evidence.

     

    2043

    Frank Hill
    (23) and
    Kevin Greene
    (27) were found shot to death in their car parked at the Panhandle Saloon on Friday, March 13th, no witnesses. Both victims were suspected of dealing drugs. Based on the number of rounds and caliber it is believed that they were killed by automatic weapons.

     

    On Saturday, November 7th Seaman 2nd Class
    Harvey Gagnon
    was stabbed to death in the parking lot of the Panhandle Saloon. Synth-Coke was found on his person and in his system.

     

    2042

    Kirby Fullerton
    (45), a guest at the Petersen Point Hotel disappeared while fishing on the Blackwater River in the middle of June. A 5 day search turned up nothing but a bloody torn shoe, of the design and make the victim was last seen wearing. Analysis confirmed that the blood belonged to
    Mr. Kirby
    .

     

    2041

    On Wednesday, November 20th
    Patricia Anderson Ingersoll
    (35), wife of
    David Ingersoll
    , and their youngest child,
    Randal Ingersoll
    (14) were killed by the detonation of an explosive device attached to the ignition of her husband’s vehicle. At the time of the explosion, the vehicle was parked in the driveway of the couple home, on the property of the Petersen Point Resort. The device was activated when
    Mrs. Ingersoll
    started the vehicle. The two victims were the only occupants of the vehicle. The recovered components of the device were sent to LawDiv for analysis. The ‘bomb’ was of a crude design, utilizing common household chemicals. Mr.
    Ingersoll
    may have been the intended target. Nomad involvement in the incident is suspected.

     

    2040

    Mai Saint Claire
    , a reputed drug addict, disappeared from the Saint Claire Farm on or about Friday, February 10th. Items of the victims clothing were missing from the residence, but
    Ms. Saint Claire
    left her young daughter,
    Paris
    behind. Nothing has ever been heard from her since. There are no suspects.

     

    2039

    Retired FDLE Police
    Captain Calvin Hode
    serving as Director of Security at the Petersen Point Resort disappeared on Friday, April 15th and has not been seen since. None of his things were missing as far as the police know. His car was found in Pensacola Airport. No video evidence available from the airport.

     

    2038

    Stephanie Nichols
    (19), a student from Rutgers went missing from the Petersen Point Resort during February Spring Vacation.

     

    Veronica Marshall
    (20), a student from Ohio State went missing from the Petersen Point Resort during April Spring Vacation.

     

    2037

    Sarah Kelly
    (20), a student from Ohio State went missing from the Petersen Point Resort during February Spring Vacation.

     

    Gina Marchand
    (18), a student from Penn State went missing from the Petersen Point Resort during April Spring Vacation.

     

    2036

    Betty Hawes
    (22), a student from Williams College went missing from the Petersen Point Resort during April Spring Vacation.

     

    Seymour Giles
    , a drifter from Colorado was found in the upper Blackwater Bay. Cause of Death was blunt force trauma to the back of the head. Particles in the wound and the contour of the laceration lead to speculation, that the murder weapon may be gardening implement. The victim’s boss,
    Obadiah Terhune
    was questioned and held. Grand Jury refused to vote an indictment.

     

    2035

    Hanford Wells
    , chief of security of the Petersen Point Hotel was found dead of multiple gunshot wounds. The slugs recovered were from a .44. The victim was shot tree times; twice in the heart and once in the head. Distance of the shots was determined to be within ten feet. The victim was found 10 feet down the trial leading from the dock to the Pistol & Rifle Range. Investigation of the scene determined that the victim was killed elsewhere then dumped. The site of the actual murder was not located.

     

    2034

    On February 12th
    Frank Kingston
    (47) and his wife
    Heather
    (44) disappeared while fishing on the upper reaches of the Blackwater River. They were guests of the hotel.

     

    Tran Van Son
    found shot at close range by a 12 gauge shotgun just off the Mae Lane Boat Ramp on Christmas morning in December. At first suicide suspected but the gun belonged to
    Delmar Saint Claire
    . Case still open.

     

    2033

    In February
    Delmar Saint Claire
    failed to return from a fishing trip up the Blackwater River. The victim’s wife,
    Mai Saint Claire
    and father,
    Eustis Saint Claire
    were interviewed, but no leads emerged.

     

    2032

    Marybeth Petersen
    was killed when her motorcycle was driven off the road at a bend on Old Hickory Hammock Road near Mosley Lane. Victim’s grandfather,
    Randall Petersen
    , accused
    Tolland James
    , her alleged lover, of the crime but
    Henry Tremont
    ,
    Sandomir Zelinsky
    and
    Karl Petersen
    provided
    Mr. James
    with an alibi. Skid marks at the scene of the accident matched no vehicle owned by the accused or any of his known associates.

     

    2031

    Tran Vinh Chu
    was found beaten to death under the dock where his father (
    Tran Xuan Giap
    ) moors his shrimp boat, the
    Golden Flower
    . Nomads suspected, but no evidence found to identify an assailant.

     

    2030

    Two unknown nomads (Thelas Nation) found shot execution style and dumped in Blackwater Bay. Synthetic heroin found in their systems. No one claimed or IDed bodies

    .

     

     

    A laundry list of unsolved crimes; it’s just like being back in Rio. When Mason asks for help he doesn’t fool around. Ricco recognizes several names on the list, not all family of the victims.

     

    The Resort’s new (used) security vehicle pulls up to the Hotel around 3 pm. In the trunk is a treasure trove of second hand security paraphernalia, surveillance equipment and a base monitoring station with 6 mini-cams and 6 mini-microphones. A second car followed it up from Orlando; mainly as the driver’s ride back to Disney World, but also as a security precaution. Given the hazards of driving at night, the two drivers opt to spend the night at the hotel. Ricco comps their rooms and meals.

     

     

    The general manager calls Freddy Timmons to compare notes. He describes the damage to the golf course and asks the town constable if there has been similar vandalism in town. Freddy hasn’t seen any himself and no one has reported it to him either. The resort seems to be their only target.

     

    Henrique calls around 5pm. His show has been renewed for a second season, and he was considering filming a two part episode at a location outside of Miami. But Miami has been so overdone. The way Ricco described the Petersen Point Resort; it may be exactly what he’s looking for. He’s talked with the writer about changing the setting to the panhandle of Florida.

     

    “We could help each other, my old friend,” Henrique tells him. “If we could get a good deal on rooms and if the hotel is big enough, then I could bring my production company there for a week or two to shoot in May.”

     

    May is traditionally the beginning of the off season. A multi-week video shoot will give the hotel and the town a huge influx of cash. Ricco is all for it. Henrique will pitch the idea to his sponsors.

     

     

    Beebe and Jason ‘clock out’ at the gun range and grab a small runabout for the ride home across Blackwater Bay.

     

    “Are you in a hurry to get home?” Beebe asks Jason.

     

    He’s not sure what she has in mind, but he has his hopes (and raging hormones) “Nah, I’m good”

     

    Charlie’s house is always a busy place. And while Beebe loves her extended ‘family’, peace and quiet, not to mention privacy are hard to come by. You have to take advantage of such moments where you can get them. The young nomad finds a spot out of the primary shipping lane but still far enough from shore so that the ever-present mosquitoes and other pests aren’t a bother. Dropping anchor the two settle back to soak in the waning rays of daylight. Brilliant splashes of red and hazy hues of orange and ocher splash across the clouds overhead. The colors shift towards deep maroons and muted shades of purple, as the sun dips towards the horizon.

     

    Open deck space on the runabout is sparse, but the proximity is nice; comforting. The two snuggle as the natural light show continues. Soon they are kissing and the magic of the approaching evening takes over. They enjoy each other’s company as the black water flows slowly by. Growing twilight and the rolling wake from a larger vessel buffeting their small craft, signal that it’s time to get back to the house; before darkness swallows the entire bay.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, January 24, 2047:

     

    By late morning, Betty Lu has finished reviewing the documents and filings of John Wilson Jr. vs. Petersen Point Resort. She stops in at Ricco’s office and to report what she has learned about the lawsuit.

     

    Around six years ago Peter Anderson, the manager of the marina, grossly overcharged a John Wilson Jr. for boat repairs. Anderson sold the boat with an alleged forged bill of sale, just as the case was set to go to court. The Santa Rosa County court judge, Hannibal Grey, found for John Wilson Jr. and recommended the indictment of David Anderson for forgery. John Wilson Jr. put a lien on the Marina. The judgment was appealed and reversed in record time by Judge Sanford Long in Tallahassee. As a result of the reversal, the lien was lifted. It also led to Anderson’s forgery indictment being thrown out. The Wilson family filed their own appeal and the lien was reinstated. The current judge issued a gag order on all concerned and the case has been mired in the courts ever since. Petersen Point Properties, the hotel’s corporate parent, seems to be delaying.

     

    “That’s odd. You would think corporate would want to get this case settled and move on.”

     

    Betty Lu agrees. “The interest accumulating because of the delays will end up costing the hotel more than just settling. The Wilsons have a solid case.”

     

    “This still doesn’t explain why the Marina is still closed,”

     

    Having look over the case thoroughly, the hotel lawyer confirms, “There is no legal reason why that operation is still closed.”

     

    Perhaps there’s something they’ve missed. King Dick was right. There are a lot of conflicting agendas at work. It will be impossible to figure it out till they know all the players. Advising Betty Lu, to “look into it,” Ricco spends the rest of the afternoon researching the Petersen family tree; starting with the resort’s founder, Clarence Petersen.

     

    IPB Image

     

    Ricco calls Betty Lu back to his office so that they can go over the assembled Petersen Family Tree together. As he suspected, Nancy Petersen is a distant relative of Charles and Francis Ingersoll (2nd cousins, once removed). The Panhandle waitress’ mother, Anne, shares the same last name as Hank Tremont, President of the local charter of the Visigoths which operates out of Petersen’s Garage.

     

    Grabbing the cold case files provided by Sheriff Mason, Ricco flips to the 2032 unsolved murder of Mary Beth Petersen. Tolland James was the prime suspect in the case, but the Visigoth’s Sergeant at Arms was alibied by Henry Tremont, Sandomir Zelinsky and Karl Petersen. It was soon after Mary Beth’s murder, that her grandfather and then general manager, Randy Petersen, banned the motorcycle club.

     

    Betty Lu finds something else of interest. The founder of the hotel was married to a Hodges. “That’s the same last name as the current mayor.” (Mildred Hodges) Being a small town, it stands to reason that many of the families would be interrelated. But going by the genealogy and cold case files it looks like the may have stepped into an old fashion blood feud.

     

    ***

     

     

     

    Next: Part Two of Two

     

     

     

     

     

  10. And now the Conclusion of -

     

    Episode 3 – A Change in Management

    Part Two of Two

     

     

     

    Friday, January 18, 2047:

     

    At 9 am, the front desk clerk informs Sam Fisher that Charles Ingersoll, the CEO of Petersen Point Properties (the resort’s holding company), is on his way to the resort. He is coming for a meeting with the general manager at 11 am. Sam checks his calendar, but there is no scheduled meeting. It looks to be a surprise visit.

     

    A few minutes before 11 two AV limousines and a Militech AV-4 arrive by air. Before the limos land, a 6 person AA Threat Militech Security Team deploys from the AV-4. They lock down the immediate area. The AV dusts off and stands on station. With the LZ secure, the limos land. Charles Ingersoll and another ‘suit’ emerge from the lead limo. With them is an obvious bodyguard. Out of the other limo steps Richard King, a very high level Disney executive based out of Orlando. Ricco recognizes Mr. King. He is the man Disney sends when things are going wrong. Behind his back people call him ‘King Dick’.

     

    The faces of the resort employees harden when they see Ingersoll. He seems as popular as the plague. The CEO wears an expression of bored indifference that does not change even after entering the general manager’s office. Taking a seat on the couch, he let’s the Disney executive handle the introductions.

     

    The name of third man puts Sam on guard. He is introduced as Mr. Zeitsev; the cover name for the ex-agent’s new C.I.A. handler! Sam expects Zeitsev to be calling the shots, but the man seems happy to let Richard King to take the lead.

     

    King Dick begins. “Congratulations, Mr. Fisher in less than two weeks you have managed to drive this hotel to the brink of bankruptcy!”

     

    Sam is stunned.

     

    “What possessed you to fire the assistant manager Mrs. Thorn, a woman with over thirty years’ on the job, and replace her with a twenty-five year old bar manager with absolutely no hotel management experience?”

     

    The question is obviously rhetorical. King doesn’t even pause for a reply as he lays into Sam, listing every managerial misstep and poor decision. Through it all, Ingersoll remains silent. He simply looks on with impatience as King continues to dress down the general manager.

     

    He wonders why the CEO is even there, till they get to the matter of Carrie Anne Thorn’s pension. Sam remembers she mentioned it in her letter of resignation. Sadly she didn’t disclose the amount. Current valuation puts it in excess of $600,000. The company can’t cover this. Worse still Carrie Anne is not the only employee interested in the status of their pension. Obie Turhune, the maintenance head, has made inquiries. If they retire, it will force the hotel into a Chapter 11 Bankruptcy. If any more of the old guard leave it will probably drive the company into Chapter 9 liquidation within two to three months. Mr. King finally gets down to it. Sam Fisher is removed as general manager effective immediately. Mr. Wolf’s promotion as assistant manager is NOT approved by corporate. Carrie Anne Thorn has agreed to come back and continue as assistant manager. The Disney executive insists that his man, Ricco Torres, will become the new general manager. Brandon Heath will replace him as head of security.

     

    King Dick continues, “We are not unmindful of the sacrifices you and your fiancée have made in moving here, so we are prepared to offer you a position on the security team under Mr. Heath. If you decide you accept this new position, there will be a cut in pay and you will have to move to more ‘suitable’ quarters away from executive housing within a week. Please think about our offer and give us an answer within 24 hours. We have to go talk to Mr. Torres now. You can clean out this office while we do. Oh, Mr. Ingersoll has this decision in writing for you.”

     

    The CEO pulls the documents out of his briefcase and mechanically hands them to Fisher. Then both he and Mr. King stand. Mr. Zeitsev remains seated and says, “I’ll be along. I want a word with Mr. Fisher.”

     

    After the other two executives and the burly bodyguard leave, Mr. Zeitsev pulls out a white noise generator, sits back and asks, “Did five years in prison turn your brain to mush, or did that bullet to the head give you brain damage?”

     

    This is too much. An agitated Sam gives a spirited defense of his actions. Perhaps he takes a little more credit than is his due for the detente with the Visigoths (Ricco’s name is not even mentioned), but that is typical of most bosses. As to the employees here he pulls out the former manager Frederick Harrington’s letter (Episode 1) and says, “I have a file full of reprimands on these do nothing slackers.”

     

    Zeitsev asks to see the file. Sam hands it over while continuing to list all the good things he has done at the hotel (pretty much all of them true). His C.I.A. contact looks up from the file, “All of these complaints are from Harrington and none from any previous managers.”

     

    “So?”

     

    “So, did it occur to you that there was a reason Harrington got fired. Maybe he couldn’t get along with anyone here, because he was a terrible manager?”

     

    Sam attempts to explain further, but his contact cuts him off. “Look, I don’t care. Our deal is still in place. You will remain in charge of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ Team. Only now you will have to brief Mr. Torres completely on each assignment and hold nothing back. Only he can release the Team to you. He will be told to cooperate, but you both will have to work together, got it?”

     

    Sam Fisher nods.

     

    “If not,” Zeitsev continues, “we may have to terminate this part of the project and take care of any loose ends that can connect this back to Washington.”

     

    The ex-C.I.A. assassin knows that means only one person.

     

    Charles Ingersoll and Richard King go next to see Ricco Torres. Mr. King lays down his bombshell and Ingersoll confirms the Brazilian’s promotion. Again the Petersen Point CEO seems to be just an observer to this exchange. They briefly go over Ricco’s new duties and inform him that Brandon Heath will be taking over as security chief. Sam Fisher has been offered a position as a security officer. Mr. Zeitsev comes in eventually and adds his congratulations. Then the C.I.A. flack and the CEO leave with their Militech bodyguards and AV4 in tow. The foul mood that settled over the hotel on Charles Ingersoll’s arrival lifts with his departure.

     

    Mr. King has a few more words for Torres after the other two leave. “Watch your back, Ricco,” the executive begins. “There is something else going on here.”

     

    “What?” the Brazilian asks.

     

    “I don’t know,” Dick replies. “Those other two have some sort of hidden agenda. Maybe each has their own that they are keeping from each other. Just be careful.”

     

    “If you want this place to succeed, Dick, I’m going to need some things and money.”

     

    The American Disney executive sighed, “There is no money. We (Disney) had to fund Carrie Anne Thorn’s retirement account ourselves. Ingersoll said he was overextended. The possible loss of the hotel didn’t seem to faze him, or at least he gave that impression.”

     

    “Look, we don’t even have a security vehicle. I need some security cameras and a few other items,” Ricco insists, “And at least one more security person. I have a list.”

     

    King extends his hand and Torres gives him the list. The Disney executive looks it over and says, “I’ll see what I can do.”

     

    With that Richard King is out the door and winging his way back to Orlando.

     

    Ricco goes to talk with Sam who is already packing up his things. Both are hesitant at first, but soon agree to work together and not let this role reversal poison their working arrangement. Ricco moves into the General Manager’s office and goes to see Crank who is still in the infirmary. Dr. Ricci is worried about a concussion.

     

    Sam heads home to tell Rianna what just happened and that they will need to relocated to new quarters next week. He gathers up some of his personal long weapons and brings them to the security office’s gun rack. While he is setting up, he and Brandon discuss their new working arrangement. There is a knock on the door. It’s Steve and Natty come to work on the system. Steve translates for his girlfriend, but knowledge of their shared language (Polish) isn’t very broad. She keeps having to refer to her e-book. Finally, Sam goes through the languages he knows. Both he and the girl speak a little French, but Natty also speaks fluent German and Sam’s mastery of that tongue is pretty good (5). The teenage girl finishes her briefing in German.

     

    Around 4pm, Johnny Tucker calls Ricco. “Hey, there are some county Health Inspectors going through the Panhandle right now.”

     

    “I’ll be right there.”

     

    Thanks to Crank’s big mouth, Sheriff Mason reported the ‘minor’ health code violations along with some pictures. The inspectors are pleasant, but thorough. The Food & Beverage Manager’s insistence to get the place spit shine clean pays off. The inspector’s give the saloon an excellent rating! Failure of the inspection would have resulted in closure; something they definitely don’t need. They’ve dodged another bullet.

     

    In the early evening Beebe is walking down Petersen Point Road. From the other side of the marina’s large storage building she sees a kite rise up in the air over the water. The nomad girl enters the closed marina. Paris is down on the dock, trying to keep her new kite airborne. With her are a couple of the younger nomad children; watching. The singer for Velvet Blue is happy to see her friend and grateful for any help that she can offer to keep her new kite out of the water. Paris’ ability to pick up the nuances of the sport impresses Beebe. That the singer shares her appreciation for the Zen aspects of kite flying makes the nomad extremely happy. Usually when she tries to explain her philosophy, people look at her like she’s crazy or just laugh. It’s good to find a kindred spirit. The two spend an hour together enthralling their young audience with an aerial ballet.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, January 19, 2047:

     

    In the morning Beebe fills the house with the sweet aroma of baking delights. Seeing the heaping plate of Lemon Squares, Charlie asks for as sample.

     

    The young nomad shoos him away, “Their for the Martin Luther King Day ‘potluck’ table.”

     

    Charlie lays on the sad puppy dogs eyes. Sighing heavily, she indulges him. “Just one.”

     

    Breaking into smile, the weapon smith grabs a square and pops it in his mouth. Munching on the warm lemony goodness, he asks, “Why are you making them?”

     

    Wondering what wasn’t clear about ‘potluck’, Beebe tries a simpler explanation, “Because it’s the polite thing to do.”

     

    “Oh. Ok.” If it makes her happy he’s all for it. The gun smith hangs around till Beebe turns her back. Grabbing another he lemon square he makes a run for it. The young nomad smiles after him. It’s nice to have someone who appreciates her cooking.

     

    It’s a quiet Saturday at the Petersen Point Resort. That’s not the best thing in the middle of the tourist season. Ricco is watching the surveillance cameras as the hotel’s school bus returns with the basketball team. Curiously there is no Visigoth escort this time. The kids get off the bus and scatter. Some are picked up while others drift into the trailer park. The security chief concentrates on more pressing matters.

     

     

    As evening approaches, the Sea Snake pulls into to the dock. Beebe is there to pick up Jason. The pair drives out to the Saint Claire Farm to listen to Velvet Blue rehearse. They’re all there except for Natty. She finally arrives on the one the back of Steve’s motorcycle. Hopping off the bike she gives him a quick kiss on the cheek before running towards the barn. The girl is still wearing her cheerleader outfit. From the stupid grin on the prospect’s face, there may be another explanation, than lack of time to change, to explain Natty’s current attire.

     

    As the band warms-up, Beebe can’t help herself. She starts to quietly sing the old Tony Basil ditty, Mickey (Replacing Mickie with Stevie). Sammy Trang picks up the beat on the drums and Ty’ starts improvising on his guitar. Natty grabs the mic and starts dancing and singing to the old retro pop tune. She may be a marvelous dancer, but her singing leaves something to be desired. It doesn’t help that her English is so awful. She really doesn’t understand the words, and mangles the tune terribly. Everyone has a good laugh.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, January 20, 2047:

     

    At St. Peter’s by the Sea, Father Rivera encourages all the parishioners to attend the Martin Luther King Day celebration at the Jubilee Baptist Church tomorrow. St. Peter’s is one of the co-sponsors. Some in the congregation are warming up to Sam, but many of the older Vietnamese follow Councilman Giap’s lead and remain frosty. Ricco, however, is quickly being accepted by all.

     

    Beebe is back at her home when Charlie walks by and complements her on the delicious Lemon Squares she made yesterday.

     

    “You didn’t eat them all did you?” she asks.

     

    “No,” Charlie replies. “I had just one …. Or two.”

     

    A bad feeling creeps into her mind. The plate is still on the counter, in the kitchen, but there’s only a half a Lemon Squares left! Fuming, she storms into the living room, to confront her ‘family’. Try as they might to avoid her accusing eyes or feign innocence, a trail of yellow crumbs and sticky fingers betray the guilty parties. Needing some air, Beebe stalks out of the house. Once she cools down, she heads back to the Blackwater General Store for more baking supplies. The rest of her day is spent replacing the purloined treats.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, January 21, 2047:

     

    While getting ready for the Festival, Charlie watches Beebe carefully box her Lemon Squares. “Why did you make those?”

     

    “Because it’s the polite thing to do,” Beebe replies.

     

    Charlie thinks and decides she’s right. So, he heads down to the Blackwater General Store to pick up a pie to bring. The selection is small since apparently he is not the only person to think of this. However, he does go home and repackage the pie. At least it will look homemade!

     

    Though held at the Blackwater Jubilee Baptist Church, the annual Martin Luther King Day Festival is cosponsored by St. Peter’s by the Sea. For a town with such a diverse racial and ethnic mix this day serves to remind them that they all have to live in this Dark Future together. Laid out on a little over two acres around the church are tables with crafts, community civic organizations, small carnival style amusements and activities to amuse the children. Ricco arrives early and greets Father Rivera, who introduces the Brazilian to the Reverend Ezra Brown, pastor of the Jubilee Baptist Church. Reverend Brown is a portly man in his fifties with close cropped grey hair and an ever present smile. Johnny Tucker and his mother, Mayor Mildred Hodges, say hello to Ricco as does Councilman Giap. Walking through the crowd are six pairs of Visigoths in full colors. Their apparent random movements cover the entire activity area and parking lots. No one seems fazed by their presence. In fact most are greeted by first name by people in the crowd. As the new general manager looks further he realizes there are a lot more of the Visigoths here dressed as just plain folks. Many of them have their wives or girlfriends and children with them.

     

    At the potluck tables Ricco spies Beebe and Rianna. The nomad’s Lemon Squares are a big hit and Beebe’s contribution is almost gone. This frees the girl to walk around with Jason Fry. With Sam on duty at the hotel, Rianna has come alone, bringing a couple of pans of her Chicken Marengo. Beebe had helped her carry the succulent chicken from the hotel. Ricco tries her dish as he and Sam’s girlfriend chat.

     

    “Oh, Rianna,” the Brazilian begins. “It won’t be necessary to move out of the general manager’s bungalow at the hotel.”

     

    Sam said that was ordered by corporate.”

     

    “Well, I am the general manager now, and I have the authority to assign housing. Where you are now is way too big for me, and the only non-executive housing left is really too small for you. I am putting Brandon in the old golf pro’s bungalow, so there really is no reason to uproot you two from where you are.”

     

    Rianna breaks into a smile and thanks the new general manager.

     

    Moving off to mingle, Ricco runs into Carrie Anne Thorn, the once and future assistant manager of the Petersen Point Resort. Carrie Anne is pleased as punch and congratulates Ricco on his new promotion. She is cutting her vacation short and will be back in the office tomorrow.

     

    “I hope we can work together to revive this place,” Torres offers.

     

    “I’m looking forward to it,” Carrie Anne replies. It will be refreshing to work with someone of your experience with Disney.”

     

    “Well, then, we should have a meeting first thing in the morning.”

     

    “My thoughts exactly,” the older woman responds.

     

    Charlie arrives with Beebe. She brings her Lemon Squares and he brings his repackaged pie to the free food table. Charlie then works the crowd introducing himself and handing out his business cards. These new cards have his latest sales slogan: ‘Big Guns for Smaller People’

     

    Since Monday is his day off, Brandon Heath decides to attend the festival. He is a man with a mission; in search of a ‘flip’ style leather carrying case for his badge. The new security chief doesn’t wear a uniform in his role as town constable and he is loath to pin the badge to his suit. After prowling the vendor stalls, he stops at one called ‘Crafty Michelle’s’. A brassy, white haired woman in her sixties wearing male work clothes sells him exactly what he’s looking for. Brandon clips his badge into his new purchase and turns to walk away.

     

    Nancy Petersen calls after him through the crowd. The Panhandle waitress walks up with an older man and woman. They are followed closely by a young man and preteen boy.

     

    Mr. Heath, this is my father, Karl and my mother Anne.”

     

    Karl Petersen puts out his hand and says, “I want to thank you for saving my daughter this week at the Panhandle.”

     

    Brandon notices Karl’s strong grip and rough-hewn hands of a working man. “It’s my job, Mr. Petersen, and Nancy is a fine girl.”

     

    Anne Petersen also expresses her gratitude and introduces her two other children John, who looks almost twenty, and Todd. Heath doesn’t recognize John, but he has seen the younger boy at the hotel school. They all chat briefly and part.

     

    After leaving the potluck table to give Rianna and Ricco a chance to talk privately, Beebe and Jason wander through the crowd. Velvet Blue is about to play. Give the audience, the band is going to tone down their show. The pair stop by to talk with their friends before they hit the stage. It seems that Ty’ plays at the church on Sundays and Paris sings in the choir. Natty is off to the side talking with her mother, Alina. Standing next to her is Steve Zelinsky. Although Beebe can’t hear what is being said, the situation looks strained. Conviction shows on Steve’s face as he addresses Natty’s mom. Alina sighs and nods her head. Natty breaks into a smile and hugs her mother. The dancer shakes hands with the young prospect before walking off into the crowd. Ty’ calls to the young lovers and the bassist jumps up on stage. Velvet Blue’s show is excellent. The church crowd responds enthusiastically to the local favorites.

     

    Ricco hears the music. His long friendship with Henrique, a popular teen idol in Rio, has left him with an ear for talent. This quartet has it. They are very good and potentially much better. The Brazilian pulls out his cell phone and calls his friend.

     

    “Ei, Cobrinha (Little Snake)!” Henrique answers. “How is America?”

     

    The old friends talk and Ricco tells his childhood friend about his new promotion. Henrique talks about Rio and their mutual friends. Finally Ricco gets to his point. “Listen, I just heard this band. It’s a group of teenagers, but they are something special. You’re still working in the music biz, yes?”

     

    “Sim, claro (yes, of course),” the King Snake replies. “Send me a sample, I’ll take a listen.”

     

    The two old friends speak of days passed and future plans before saying good-bye. After the set, Ricco goes up to the band and asks if they have any recordings of their music. The four laugh. No, studio time (even home recording equipment) is way beyond their means. As the Brazilian heads back to the Petersen Point Resort, he makes a mental note to inquire about local recording studios and costs. B)

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 4: Such a Nice Little Town Soaked in So Much Blood!

     

  11. OK, Again we have gotten a bit verbose so this comes in two parts, hopefully one right after the other. So here is Part One -

     

     

    Episode 3 – A Change in Management

    Part One of Two

     

     

     

    Ricco has a sit down with Hank Tremont, the president of the Visigoths MC, and sets up a meeting with him for Sam Fisher. The new general manager, Sam is willing relax the resort’s restriction on the MC (partially) in exchange for some aid in repairing the hotel’s security system. This technical help comes from a wholey unexpected source. Sam’s efforts to get the hotel back on its feet are hampered by the history beteween the nomads and the Peterson Point Resort. He enlists Charlie’s help in finding out why. Members of a rival MC start trouble at the Panhandle. Brandon builds a local reputation by quickly resolving the problem. NCIS and Army CID go over Blue Moon Revue and its staff with a fine tooth comb. Crank keeps his eyes on the prize (having the military ban recinded) but the process is drags on as the investigators show special interest in one of the dancers.

     

    After her demotion by Sam Fisher, Carrie Anne Thorn resigns, setting off a potential financial crisis. Corporate honchos step in to difuse the situation. The result is another change in management. The Martin Luther King’s Day Festival gives the team a chance to mingle and learn more about complicated relationships within the local community.

     

     

    Background

     

    Sam Fisher, retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, has finally been ‘officially’ released from prison after serving his sentence for extortion due to a botched operation in the Atlantic City part of the Burn Notice Campaign. Part of his (unofficial) deal for pleading guilty at the time was that he would receive his government pensions on his release from prison, but the government isn’t able to honor that part of the agreement. He is informed by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, Deputy Director for Clandestine Services at the C.I.A., that his pensions could be restored if he assists in a very black operation on United States soil.

     

    President Whindham has decided to bring the four southern states known collectively as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’ to heel. Sam, accompanied by his fiancée Rianna Prescott, will be sent to Santa Rosa County in the Florida panhandle near the Pensacola COG to manage the Petersen Point Resort, a seedy old tourist destination that will serve as a ‘safe house’ for operations to bring down the state government of Alabama. He will also be tasked with the occasional mission himself. To help him, a ‘Dirty Deeds’ group has been assembled whose covers are as employees of the hotel. Only Sam knows this is a government sanctioned operation.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Laugherty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major BeatriceBeaLaugherty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first orbital artillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who will serve as a security officer at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to a request by Sam’s daughter to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad who is in the area to work on two projects. The first is a program sponsored by DARPA, to develop next generation laser technology. The second is to augment the defensive capabilities of the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci. This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    OwenCrankWolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco to take over as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion to protect his friends and his daughter from the fallout of a botched operation. He is the general manager of the Petersen Point Resort and Team Leader.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Alice Timmons runs the Trailer Park and the Guest Houses at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Amy Fry is a young Thelas and sister of Jason Fry. She dates Sammy Trang, the drummer of Velvet Blue.

     

    Carlos Viera is the 18 year old Cuban bar back at the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also assistant hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman in her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Charles Ingersoll is the grandson-in-law of Sophie Petersen, widow of Randy Petersen and heiress to the Petersen Family Trust. He serves as CEO of the Petersen Point Properties Group.

     

    ClaudeDJClemmons is the assistant MC and a 32 year old black Creole from New Orleans.

     

    Eustis (‘Useless’) Saint Claire is an old black man who runs the water and sewer system at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Father Ernesto Rivera is the Puerto Rican born priest of St. Peter’s by the Sea. He is 32 years old and very warm and friendly.

     

    Frank Michaels is the senior NCIS agent at the Pensacola COG.

     

    Freddy Timmons is a rotund little man in his forties, who stutters a bit and seems almost comically nervous. He is a town constable.

     

    Henrique: A former Favela drug lord (nicknamed the King Snake) and leader of the Red Command who took a government amnesty offer and got out of the drug business. Henrique used to belong to a Brazilian pop group manufactured by a record company. When his voice changed he was fired and thrown back into the favela where he rose to the top of the local gang. The man now runs a media company which works with Disney. He and Ricco Torres grew up together with Ricco being the younger ‘brother’ (nicknamed Cobrinha – Little Snake).

     

    HenryHankTremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths MC.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving aboard Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Jebediah Biggs is the junior agent (probie) from NCIS and partner to Agent Michaels. He wears a Marine crew cut.

     

    Jesse James is the sloppy (with the money, but honest) bartender from the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    JohnnySquintTucker, a not overly bright man about 36 years old, is the assistant manager and head bartender for the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Karl and Anne Petersen, are the parents of Nancy Petersen, and their two other children, John and Todd.

     

    Major Rachel Fredericks is an Army CID officer on the team inspecting the Blue Moon Revue. She is a no nonsense kind of person who only smiles with permission from higher ups.

     

    Mayor Mildred Hodges: An older white woman and mayor of Blackwater.

     

    Mr. Zeitsev is the code name for Sam Fisher’s contact on this secret, black project. He is the government’s ‘Mr. Johnson’.

     

    Nancy Petersen is a 25 year old cocktail waitress at the Panhandle saloon.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dates Steve Zelinsky, a prospect of the Visigoths and speaks little English.

     

    ObadiahObieTerhune is an Afro-American male about 51 years old who is the maintenance chief at the Petersen Point Resort. Actually, he is the entire maintenance department which should number at least ten.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Reverend Ezra Brown is the minister of the Blackwater Jubilee Baptist Church. He is a happy jovial man in his fifties and his church is filled with singing and music. He and Father Rivera are good friends. The two have a standing checkers game every Thursday about 5 pm at the Blackwater General Store.

     

    Richard King is a highly placed Disney executive that deals in ‘delicate’ situations. He is the man Disney sends, when things are going wrong and action must be taken. He has the nickname ‘King Dick’, but never to his face!

     

    Sammy Trang is the drummer of the band, Velvet Blue.

     

    SandomirSandyZelinsky is the Vice President of the Visigoths MC. He is a tall blonde, green eyed man. Wild and fun loving in his youth, Sandy has matured into a clever and experienced leader. He and Hank are best friends.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that, as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    SimonSlyTremont is the MC and assistant manager for the Blue Moon Revue and greasy looking white man with black hair and a pencil thin mustache.

     

    StefanSteveZelinsky is the eighteen year old son of the V.P. ‘SandyZelinsky of the Visigoths MC and has the same good looks and coloration as his father. He is seeing Natty Lanikova.

     

    Tran Xuan Giap is the elderly patriarch of the Tran family and a town councilman. He is very conservative and old school.

     

    Ty Saint Claire is Paris’s cousin and the smoking hot guitar player of Velvet Blue. He is a bald (he shaves it) ebony skinned teenager.

     

     

    The Action

     

    Monday, January 14, 2047:

     

    Ricco is at Petersen’s Garage when it opens at 8 am. A man in green coveralls walks out of the second bay and enquires, “What can I do ya for?”

     

    “I’d like to get an oil change and the tires rotated on my car.”

     

    The mechanic scratches at his cheek while assessing the Brazilian’s vehicle. There’s nothing up on the lift so there no wait. Ricco ask how long it will be and if there is some place he can wait?

     

    “Blackwater Café’s over there.” The mechanic indicates with a jerk of his thumb over his shoulder.

     

    Noting the door marked by a sign reading ‘ENTRANCE”, Ricco begins to walk towards the restaurant, but pauses. Turning back to the man who now has his keys, the security chief asks “by the way what’s your name?” The mechanic points with his thumb at the patch sewn to the left breast of his coveralls. “Bob”, he responds.

     

    Ricco leaves the mechanic to his work and continues towards the Café. The members of the Visigoths, hanging in front of their clubhouse, pay him no mind.

     

    The current patrons look up when Ricco enters. After a moment, they return to their own business. A pretty young waitress working the floor finishes pouring coffee for a customer, but ignores the Brazilian. Put off by the lack of service, he decides to avoid the tables set closer to the door and bellies up to the long lunch counter and orders breakfast from an older waitress working the counter. Other than Ricco, there are only two other customers in her section.

     

    A man in a Visigoth cut is talking amicably with a much older gentleman at the far end. Both have half finished plates of food in front of them. Two other Visigoths are sitting in the far corner. After his entrance, the two returned to eating. The only other patron is an elderly man sitting alone at a table by the front window. He sips with relish from the steaming cup of coffee just filled by the young waitress. The chief of security sits patiently waiting. He takes the opportunity to look over the woman working the lunch counter. While not as young as the other waitress, she is attractive in her own way.

     

    The minutes drag on, but no one approaches. Fed up, Ricco moves down towards the end of the counter. The biker and old man stop their conversation and glare at the Brazilian.

     

    Ricco offers a greeting to diffuse the situation. “Hi.”

     

    “Hey, we’re having a private conversation here,” The biker declares.

     

    Ricco leaves the pair to their chat and heads towards the Visigoths in the corner. Their meal is forgotten as the two turn to look at their unwanted guest.

     

    “What do you want?” one of the bikers demands.

     

    “I’m looking for Hank Tremont,” Ricco offers with a smile.

     

    Turning back to the table, the second biker grasps his coffee mug. “Never heard of him,” after pausing to take a sip he adds. “What are you doing here?”

     

    From the grip on the mug it is obvious to the security chief that the biker intends to use it as a projectile of things turn ugly. He tries to keeps it light.

     

    “I’m having breakfast.”

     

    “Then go eat it,” The first biker nods back towards the counter. Ricco acknowledges the nod, but also notes that the Visigoth’s left hand has moved below the table. The Disney cop turns back to the counter. There is indeed a plate of food waiting. Walking back to his seat, scanning for possible threats, he catches sight of a small tattoo on the calf of the younger waitress. It is a smaller version of the Visigoth’s helmeted barbarian symbol. From his experience this may mean she ‘belongs’ to one of the gangers. Sitting down to his breakfast, he tells the counter waitress, “I’m looking for Hank Tremont.”

     

    Her response echoes that of the bikers, “Never heard of him.” She doesn’t give Ricco a chance to ask any further questions. Walking away from the security chief, she heads for the end of the counter to check on her other customers. Two more Visigoths enter and sit at a table. From the reflection in the napkin dispenser, Ricco can see that they are watching him.

     

    The security chief quietly eats his meal. A foursome enters the café. Looks like a mother and father with two kids in tow; probably tourist judging by their dress. The kids see the bikers and burst into smiles. The parent’s eyes widen in fear and they hustle their offspring right back out the door. A few of the bikers snicker.

     

    When Ricco is half way through his breakfast, three more Visigoths walk out of the back. The two bikers in the corner nod towards Ricco as the trio enters. In the lead is a tall, handsome blond giant of a man, with a patch on his cut which reads vice president. Second is the Sergeant at Arms; a grim faced cyborg, with nary a glint of humanity in his eyes. His sparse attire, biker vest with no shirt and cutoff jeans, displays the fact that all four of his limbs have been cybernetically augmented. Last to enter is Hank Tremont.

     

    Hank and the blond giant take sets at the counter on either side of the Disney cop. The glowering cyborg stands behind him. While not invading Ricco’s personal space, he is close enough to grab the security chief in a heartbeat.

     

    “So, I hear your looking for me,” Tremont offers as way of greeting.

     

    “Yes, I’m Ricco Torres.”

     

    The MC President is unimpressed. “I know who and what you are. What do you want?”

     

    “Well, you clearly have a lot of experienced technical people here, and we need some maintenance personnel, so I was wondering if you could recommend anyone?

     

    Hank scoffs, “Well, since the MC is banned from the hotel, I don’t fucking think so!”

     

    “How long have you been banned?” inquires Ricco. “Why did that happen?”

     

    “It was a long time ago, and it was Randy Petersen that did it. That pencil neck dick, Ingersoll still won’t lift it.”

     

    The security chief and MC president cautiously feel each other out. It is clear that Hank has done his homework. The gang leader knows what happened in Rio. He is impressed, especially by the fact that Ricco went after (and took down) the rich and powerful. It’s clear to the Brazilian that’s earned him a measure of respect.

     

    Feeling more comfortable, the security chief asks about all the bikers coming to the school. Hank explains they always escort the school sports teams when they travel any distance as ‘a community service’. It’s a point of pride that this year’s basketball team is undefeated. The two make small talk, but finally Hank comes out and asks “What do you need?

     

    The Brazilian starts to talk about maintenance staff. Hank cuts him off.

     

    “No, what do you need?”

     

    Suddenly Ricco remembers the kid who gave them the pictures of the getaway vehicle used by the trio that tried to take out Sam. “Well, the surveillance system is a mess and my communications are in bad shape.”

     

    Hank yells for someone to get Steve. The gang leader pulls an old letter from a plastic bag. It is the original notice banning the Visigoths fifteen years ago. No reason list. Hank also points out that the wording of the letter is ambiguous. Depending on how you read it, the ban could be said to only apply to full members of the MC. If they were to have signed letter, stating that the ban doesn’t apply to Visigoth prospects, Hank could see his way clear to sending Steve over to work on the security systems. Ricco’s signature may not be enough, the MC President presses to have the general manager, Sam Fisher, sign the letter as well.

     

    During the negotiations, Steve arrives. Ricco learns that the young prospect is the son of the vice president, Sandy Zelinsky (the big blonde man). Steve is willing to look at the radios, repair or replace any cameras that Ricco knows are down and debug the security computer. The hotel will pick up the cost of materials. The prospect states he will need his programmer friend for the computer. This elicits a groan from his father. Pressing on, Steve demands $2000 apiece, for him and his friend; half down and half on completion.

     

    Hank expresses his hope that this gesture might lead to better relations between the hotel and the club. It is clear he wants the ban lifted. When Ricco’s check arrives, Hank tears it up and just requests, “Leave a good tip.”

     

    Ricco does and heads back to the hotel.

     

     

    Crank decided to give Carrie Anne a day to calm down after her unceremonious demotion. He heads for her office, but notices that his name, rather than hers is now on the door. Cautiously he opens it and looks in. Carrie Anne has vacated the office. Wolf turns and asks the front desk clerk where the ex-assistant manager is.

     

    “She left on a two week vacation,” replies the nervous woman.

     

    Owen goes into his new office, looks in the company directory and calls her cell phone. The desk drawer rings. The number is listed to the hotel’s assistant manager which she no longer is. He locates her home number. After several rings it goes right to voice mail. Unable to reach her by phone, Crank hunts through the personnel records for her home address. He doesn’t want to ride over on his Harley, but the only company vehicles are those used by the Maintenance Department. Obie, is cutting the grass around the hotel, but agrees to let him use the pickup. “Sure, I won’t need it for an hour or so.”

     

    Carrie Anne lives on the northern edge of Blackwater. Her home is one of two side by side houses. Both are the same style one floor bungalows; probably built at the same time and by the same builder. There is no answer at Ms. Thorn’s home. Crank tries the twin house. Mayor Mildred Hodges answers the door. Owen says good morning and asks, “I’m looking for Ms. Thorn, do you know where I can find her?”

     

    “My sister said she was going away for a couple of weeks,” Mildred replies pleasantly.

     

    Crank’s heart sinks. Sam not only demoted and infuriated the one person holding this hotel together; she’s also the Mayor’s sister. “Do you know where she went?”

     

    Mayor Hodges thinks and says, “No, she didn’t say.”

     

    Owen smiles and thanks the Mayor for her time and drives back to the hotel.

     

     

    Betty Lu has had her hands full. As the new attorney for the hotel, she has been reviewing the past and existing litigation. Her work has been made more difficult by the deplorable state of the resorts digital filing system. Neglect or outright sabotage has left the computer systems irretrievably corrupted. Betty Lu has been forced to sift through the stacks of hard copy files. Her search has turned up six outstanding issues among the boxes of paper.

     

    One: John Wilson Jr. et al vs. Petersen Point Marina (lawsuit)

     

    Two: Pension Issues Pending from Pre-reorganization of Petersen Point Properties

     

    Three: The State of Florida and Santa Rosa County vs. Petersen Point Properties Entertainment

     

    Four: Trailer Park Issues (lawsuits) – Petersen Point Properties Trailer Park vs. A} Samuel Gomez et al; B} Raul Aldecado et al; C} Bloods Entertainment et al; D} John Watson Nautical et al

     

    Five: Legal Issues regarding the Beach Creamery;

     

    Six: Petersen Family Trust.

     

    She stops by Sam’s to find out which case he wants her to concentrate on? Looking the brief overview that Betty Lu has prepared, it strikes the general manager, “I’ve never even heard of the Beach Creamery. Look into number four, the four lawsuits regarding the trailer park.”

     

    Betty Lu sighs. She was hoping he wouldn’t pick that one. The case file and legal filings take up eleven whole boxes. She returns to her office, prepared for a long night of work.

     

     

    After returning Obie’s truck, Crank heads for Sam’s office to tell of Carrie Anne’s resignation. The ex-C.I.A. operative rummages through his in box and finds her letter:

     

     

     

    Monday, January 14, 2047

    Mr. Sam Fisher

    General Manager

    Petersen Point Resort

    Blackwater, Florida

     

    Dear Sir;

    I am sorry you find my 32 years of experience here not at all valuable in your efforts to rehabilitate the Petersen Point Resort. I was hoping in the week you have been here you would at least inquire about my thoughts on how to improve resort operations, but as so many before you that has not been the case. I am sure Mr. Wolf will serve you well in the capacity of Assistant General Manager. Your extensive background in hotel management will be a great boon to the young man.

    Perhaps it is all for the best. As for myself, I will be taking the two week vacation starting Tuesday the 15th that I approved for myself last Sunday, as was my right under the hotel’s operating regulations since I was still Assistant General Manager at that time. You will find all the required paperwork in my personnel file.

    You may consider this my letter of retirement and the two weeks’ notice I am required to give. On my return, I will expect the balance of my paycheck and the three months outstanding vacation pay I am owed left to be ready as per Florida state law. Also, my bank will be contacting you as to where to transfer my pension fund that is owed under the court decree governing the re-organization of Petersen Point Properties Group.

    Again, I wish you all success and the knowledge that this town and many of its people are depending on your excellent management skills to guide this hotel to profitability and success.

     

    Sincerely yours,

     

    Carrie Anne Thorne

     

    CC: Mr. Charles Ingersoll, CEO Petersen Point Properties Group

     

     

    The good news just keeps on coming. Crank leaves, jumps on his Harley and heads up the road to the county seat of Milton. It is time to ‘kiss the Sheriff’s ass’ …. Err apologize for his attitude yesterday.

     

     

    Ricco arrives back at the hotel after having his car serviced. He drops by Sam’s office to give him the name of the company that installed the armor glass. The security chief discloses that the work order would be under the name of former GM, who paid for the installation himself. Ricco also gives him the names of three other Pensacola area companies in case Sam wants to compare prices to have the glass repaired. With the old business out of the way, the Brazilian fills his boss in on his meeting with Hank Tremont. Sam agrees that prospects aren’t really full members and the ban doesn’t apply to them. He instructs Ricco to get Betty Lu to draw up the letter Hank wants and deliver it to him. Sam also wants to meet with Hank before Steve and his friend come over to work on security system. Leaving the general manager’s office the security chief goes to see Betty Lu.

     

    “When do you need it?” the lawyer asks.

     

    “When you can get to it.”

     

    Since Ricco didn’t indicate there was any rush, Betty Lu puts it on the back burner, to continue her research of the Trailer Park court cases. She figures it can wait a day or two.

     

    Ricco calls Crank, but he is at the Sherriff’s office still trying to make amends. Problem is he can’t get an appointment to see the sheriff. The Brazilian ex-cop tries to call on his behalf, but the sheriff is busy on another call.

     

    Sam contacts the armor glass company. They agree to send a sales representative over on Thursday. The general manager receives a call from Charlie about an hour later. He invites his friend to stop over. The nomad gunsmith arrives with his assistant, Beebe. Before the two can start talking, the young nomad insists they sweep the office for bugs. Given Sam’s attempted interrogation at the cookout, she can guess the primary topic of discussion. The sweep actually turns up a listening device, under the lip of Sam’s desk.

     

    Not even the least bit curious of its origins, Sam and Charlie are ready to drop the bug in a glass of water. Beebe nearly lunges across the desk to stop them. “Shouldn’t we study it first?”

     

    Wrapping the device in a wad of paper and, Charlie hands it to Beebe. He asks her to take it out of the office. The young woman feels as if she’s been ‘dismissed’ for speaking up. Rather than sit out side the office waiting, she takes a walk down to the employee’s cafeteria. Try as she might, Beebe can’t help but worry about what’s being discussed in the office. The young nomad grabs a sandwich and a drink, in hopes that eating with divert her attention. Whiling away the time in the cafeteria, she spots a couple of students from the school come in hanging up a poster. Idly munching on her sandwich, she walks over to give it a read.

     

     

    “Martin Luther King Day Festival at the Blackwater Jubilee Baptist Church.”

     

    The poster promises food, fun and games. Velvet Blue will be playing too. Sounds like it might be fun.

     

    Back in the office, Sam asks Charlie about his laser project and whether any more of the weapons are on hotel grounds. The weapon smith apologizes but tells him, “That’s classified.”

     

    No amount of wheedling can get the nomad to open up. He in fact asks Sam to talk to Crank. It’s come to his attention that the Food & Beverage Manager has been asking around about laser weapons and it needs to stop. Any loose talk by Sam or his people could bring nasty men who will scoop them up and drop them into a deep, dark hole. Charlie isn’t trying to scare his friend or be overly dramatic. It’s just the way things are. Powerful people have a lot invested in his project.

     

    Sam drops the discussion of laser weapons and moves on to the problems of the hotel. He asks if Charlie knows anyone who would be interested in working on the maintenance crew. The weapon smith is shorthanded due to the recent deaths on his staff (during the intrusion early last Sunday morning), but he will ask around to see if any of the nomads staying in the trailer park are interested. Charlie collects Beebe and the two depart.

     

    Sam checks with Ricco to see if the letter is ready for his signature. When told he is waiting on it, Sam tells his security chief to get it now. The general manager also gives Ricco 2000 euro, to cover the full fee for Steve and his friend. Letter in hand, Ricco heads back to the Blackwater Café. Hank comes out to meet him. The two head inside to take care of business.

     

    The President of the MC is pleased with the letter. Ricco tries to hand over the 2000 euros, but Hank tells him to give it to Steve when he shows up for work. The security chief calls Sam to pass along an invite from the head of the MC. The gang leader and Disney cop have a pleasant conversation till they are interrupted by another member of the Visigoths. “There’s a guy in a suit standing in the parking lot.”

     

    For some reason Sam took “Come over to the Café” to mean come stand in the parking lot. Ricco steps outside to collect his boss. There is a little snickering as they re-enter the café, but Sam ignores it. He shakes hands with Hank and the two sit down to hash it out. Excluding the deal that has already been brokered, the leader of the MC is unwilling to help with maintenance or recommend anyone until the ban against the MC is lifted. They especially want access to the bar and strip club.

     

    Sam would like to, but circumstances don’t yet permit it. They agree to see how Steve works out and revisit the issue later. Sam invites Hank and the rest of the gang outside to look at his 1970 Charger. As they talk about bikes and cars the former Delta Force Colonel notices a lot of military tats among the bikers. If their ink is any indication, most have seen service and are probably combat veterans. Sam’s own tattoos are covered up by his suit. This could provide common ground that he can capitalize on later. For the moment he sticks to talking about vehicles. They all part amicably.

     

     

    Obie comes to see Ricco around 4 (pm), to report the golf course has been vandalized yet again. The security chief questions him about the frequency and timing of these incidents. As far as Obie can tell, the attacks have been random; maybe every couple of weeks. These new dead patches weren’t there last week, meaning the vandalism probably occurred over the weekend.

     

    Evening finds Crank at the Panhandle still working with Carlos, the bar back, to clean up all the ‘minor health code’ violations the sheriff mentioned during his search. The Saloon is nearly empty except for a couple of regulars, when four men breeze through the entrance of the bar. From the road grime and leathers, they look to be bikers, but not members of the Visigoths. The patches on their cuts mark them as members of the Rattlesnakes MC.

     

    There is no ban on wearing colors, otherwise the nomads, who make up a large part of the weekend crowd, wouldn’t come. The four pass through the scanway (which is set to only sound an alarm if firearms are present) and take a seat at one of the many vacant tables. Jesse James heads out back to notify Crank. The manager decides to review the scanway cache before stepping onto the floor. No guns; just a small folding pocket knife in the pocket of one of the bikers. Brandon discretely observes the smiling and joking bikers. No one seems bothered by their presence. In fact they liven up the place.

     

    Crank walks up to greet his new customers. The four seem fully at ease and are even courteous; standing politely when Nancy Petersen comes over to take their order. The leader offer Crank his hand and introduces himself as “Fang.” Distracted by the hand shake, Owen misses the other biker coming up behind him. He is sucker punched in the back of the head and goes down (The attacker is a martial artist and uses stun damage). The two remaining Rattlesnakes grab a screaming Nancy and try to drag her out the door. Standing over the body of the fallen bar manager, the Fang warns the crowd not to interfere.

     

    Brandon closes on the leader, taking him down with a single strike. The security officer ignores the biker who hit Crank and goes after the two dragging Nancy. They are almost to the door when he catches them. In a flurry of fists and feet Brandon subdues both Rattlesnakes. The last attacker pulls up short.

     

    Not interested in getting beat down like his buddies, the biker raises his hands, “Hey man, we were just fooling around.”

     

    Brandon is at a loss of what to do. As Grave he never took prisoners. No one he fought ever survived unless they ran really fast. Killing them now would create too many problems, so instead, he tells the two bikers that are still conscious, “You and your friends leave.”

     

    Gathering their fallen brethren, the Rattlesnakes retreat from the bar. Once the door closes, the staff and customers break into applause. Nancy gives Brandon a kiss.

     

    [GM Note: At the first sign of trouble, Jesse called Ricco waking from a dead sleep. Once Brandon sprang into action though, the fight lasted all of 10 seconds. This led to a very abbreviated call.

     

    “Hey, we got a problem down here … wait …. No …. It’s OK. Sorry, didn’t mean to wake you <click>.

     

    Not sure if he was dreaming or being crank called, the security chief rolled over and went back to sleep)

     

    Dr. Ricci is summoned to check out Crank, who is still unconscious. He has the manager brought to the infirmary for observation. Brandon decides not to call the police.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, January 16, 2047:

     

    With Crank out of action (undergoing tests in the hospital), Sam fields a call from Sly at the Blue Moon Revue. Two NCIS agents, an Army CID major and two MPs are on the premises conducting interviews. The general manager heads right over. Forgetting about the scanway, he walks in the front door with his two 14mm Big Governments. The screeching alarm grabs the attention of the three customers near the stage. An MP burst out of the door leading to store rooms and draws down on Sam with his Colt AMT. The former Special Forces Colonel just looks at him. A leathery faced man with a droopy moustache and rumpled suit comes in the same door; a Colt model 1911 in hand. Seeing who set off the alarm, he holsters his sidearm. The ex-Delta Force officer recognizes the other’s NCIS credentials. The barrel of the MP’s handgun never wavers from its target.

     

    The man in the rumpled suit walks past the gung ho youth, telling him “Put that thing away.”

     

    He walks up to Sam and introduces himself as Special Agent Frank Michaels. “My team and I are here to inspect the premises and interview the staff pursuant to your petition to have the ban lifted. We picked today, figuring (correctly) it wouldn’t be too busy in the middle of the week. No need to disrupt your business, too much.”

     

    As Agent Michaels chats with Sam, a woman in in BDUs comes out of the back. The NCIS officer waves her over and introduces Major Rachel Fredericks to Sam Fisher. The major seems wholly uninterested in the frivolities of small talk. Holding out an electronic table, she interrupts the agent in mid sentence. “It’s your turn to have a go at her.”

     

    Excusing himself, the NCIS officer heads back towards the door to the store rooms. Major Fredericks walks away from the Sam without further comment. Based on her rigid demeanor and short blunt answers, the Major seems like a no nonsense officer. Given her by the book attitude, she probably wouldn’t smile unless ordered to by a higher ranking officer.

     

    Sam talks to Sly and his assistant, ClaudeDJClemmons, to find out what happened before his arrival. Sly seems uncomfortable as he explains, “Every employee’s been in for an interview. Most were quick. Five or ten minutes tops. Alina though…they’ve had her back there for like two hours. That guy with the mustache and the lady in uniform, have been going at her hard.”

     

    (GM Note: The interviews of most of the employees were conducted by junior NCIS agent, Jebediah Biggs. Agent Michaels and Major Fredericks showed special interest in Alina Lanikova, the Blue Moon’s lead dancer)

     

    Sam tries to complain to Major Fredericks about the prolonged interrogation. “You’re monopolizing the club’s best asset.”

     

    She is unmoved. “If you want, we can just leave and tell the board that management was uncooperative.”

     

    Finally, the three interrogators finish. Sam is informed that they will be back for at least one more inspection. Alina exits the interrogation and heads right for the stage. The other girls are not happy they had to take up the slack during her long interview. Sam wonders why they focused on her. When she finishes on stage, he tries to ask her, but is brusquely rebuffed. Alina is annoyed and offended by what happened and sick to death of answering questions. Sam backs off.

     

    Steve Zelinsky arrives at the security office at 4 (pm). The Visigoth prospect introduces Ricco and Brandon to his programmer, who is also his girlfriend, Natty. He asks the security chief what problem he’d like them to tackle first. As the two talk Natty starts to fiddle with on of the walkie talkie chargers; taking it apart. She has it fixed in about the time it takes them to finish their conversation. Natty and Steve spend hours studying the malfunctioning security system. When its time to leave, the prospect translates for his girlfriend. “She’d like to take all the broken walkie talkies, one working radio and a charger home with her, so she can work on them.”

     

    Having watched how diligently they worked, Ricco says, “Sure.”

     

     

    The docks of the closed marina provide a perfect place for Beebe to unwind. The air currents off the water are perfect. Some people do yoga or meditate, she flies a kite. It reminds her of home. Lost in the moment, she is surprised by a familiar voice from behind her. “What’ca doing?”

     

    Keeping one eye on the sky, the nomad turns to say hello to her friend, Paris Saint Claire. Beebe explains that she is relaxing and waxes poetic about the Zen of kite flying. To her surprise, Paris seems to ‘get it’. Both girls express a keen awareness of the world around them. A kite tries to pull free of its tether, but without a guiding hand it would come crashing to the ground. But the kite flyer is not in control. They are powerless with out the wind. A kite can’t be forced into the sky. It requires being in the right place at the right time and open to the moment.

     

    Beebe shows Paris how to fly the kite and the younger girl is a fast learner. The two revel in the subtle dance of the multicolored craft, till a pickup truck pulls up to the end of the dock and beeps its horn. It’s Paris’ grandfather, Eustis, and cousin, Ty’. The young guitar player waves to Beebe. Paris thanks her friend and jumps in the back of the truck for the ride home. Beebe continues to enjoy her afternoon.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, January 17, 2047:

     

    Ricco heads for Pensacola. His destination is the police supply and gun store recommended by Sheriff Mason. The security chief buys two Glock 17 handguns, extra clips and a box of 9mm dual purposed cased ammunition. He also picks up a Sternmeyer 35 with an extra clip and a box of 11mm dual purpose. While in town, he also stops to purchase an armor saver drink to repair his damaged skinweave (thanks to the Alabama State Police).

     

     

    Charlie continues to ask around about the ban on working at the Petersen Point Resort. It is clear a number of the nomads don’t like Sam very much.

     

    The weapon smith tries to set them straight. “Just ‘cause my friend is a flaming douchebag sometimes, is no reason to dislike him. He’s really not a bad guy.”

     

    One of the nomads finally clues him in on the situation. The Wilson Family has put a ban on working for the resort. His source won’t go into the details and with no one from the Wilson family around, Sam is pretty much dead in the water. Charlie put out the word that he’d like to talk some one from the family. When told, Sam presses for information on Wilsons, but Charlie is reluctant to talk too much about his fellow nomads.

     

     

    Beebe plans to make a large batch of Lemon Squares for the Martin Luther King Day celebration on Monday. She head for the Blackwater General Store to pick up baking supplies. As she walks into the store the woman behind the counter challenges her immediately. “No guns allowed in here!”

     

    Yes, the girl is carrying her sidearm. In the part of Nevada she calls home a pistol never raises an eyebrow. Two men in clerical collars look up from their game of checkers, sitting on a pickle barrel. One is an older grey haired black man and the other is a young Hispanic male.

     

    “Come on, Sally,” the older cleric says. “She’s new in town. Besides, she doesn’t look like she’s going to shoot anybody.”

     

    “Can I just leave it with you while I shop?” Beebe asks the woman.

     

    “Alright,” the clerk relents. “Just keep it at home next time.”

     

    Beebe thanks her and unslings the gun belt from over her shoulder.

     

    The store has a quaint early twentieth century feel. Customers come and go at a leisurely pace, even stopping to visit. The atmosphere is warm and comforting. Beebe purchases her ingredients, takes back her takes back her gun belt, with a polite thank you to the clerk and begins the walk home. As she heads down the street, a car pulls up behind her and issues a short, sharp burst from its siren.

     

    A short roly-poly man in a uniform steps out. “Excuse me miss, but it’s not customary for people to walk around town packing sidearms openly.”

     

    Beebe apologizes, “I’m from Nevada and it’s no big thing there.”

     

    The officer smiles and replies, “Oh, that’s OK. It just scares the women and the kids. I’m Chief Constable Timmons, Welcome to Blackwater.”

     

    The two chat pleasantly for a few minutes and Beebe continues on her way home. Along the way she pops by to say hello to Rianna. The two have begun to develop a friendship. Beebe asks if she knows about the coming Martin Luther King Day festivities.

     

    “Yes,” Rianna replies. “I helped put the poster together. I am volunteering at the school now and teaching science to the kids.”

     

    Sam’s fiancée tells the young nomad that she has a Master’s degree in environmental engineering. She used to work for the SoCal government until cut backs eliminated her position. Beebe helps with the dinner and when Sam gets home she is invited to join the couple. They all spend a pleasant evening together. B)

     

    ***

     

     

    Next: Part Two of Two

     

     

     

     

  12. After some discussion the GMs involved in this campaign have decided to each write their own Epilogue for their part of the Campaign. First up is SnowCrystal:

     

     

    Epilogue from GM One, SnowCrystal: Murphy’s Law on Steroids

     

     

    In military encounters, a well-known rule of thumb is that one’s plan does not survive first contact with the enemy.

     

    Of course, in the gaming world, the PCs are not The Enemy—or at least they should not be! But the same rule of thumb applies. One’s players ALWAYS do something we don’t expect them to do. Here, in this campaign, my plans got spun, folded, spindled and mutilated!

     

    It all began when my sweetie asked if I would GM a campaign. “Well,” I said after some thought, “I COULD do something down the lines of Burn Notice.” One of our PCs was a high-level spy in our Romanian campaign—and that campaign had not yet gone sideways. I figured I could design something around this PC (Zar Vaduva).

     

    So I created a backstory, incorporating elements from many of my favorite TV shows. Gregory Michaels ran Section, a black-ops/spy off-books group based both on Division from Nikita, and on the shadowy group who burned Michael Weston in Burn Notice. Michaels wanted to recruit Zar, who returned to using his birth name, Kyle Vaduva at the end of the Romanian campaign. I added some NPCs from Justified and In Plain Sight. I generated some details on how Michaels engineered the burn notice, complete with two moles in the CIA plus documents and the burn process—figuring that Kyle would start his investigations there. Knowing that players always do something unexpected, I didn’t draw a specific blueprint on how Kyle could succeed in learning how and why he’d been burned. Instead, I planned to follow Kyle’s actions by expanding on whatever direction he chose to take.

     

    As in the TV show Burn Notice, we had Kyle’s buddy Sam Fisher (Sam Axe), his girlfriend Fijay (the player didn’t show up so this became an NPC who was eventually dropped from the campaign), and his mom Sharin Vaduva. Kyle also knew another PC, Doc Freeman, from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Then, because we had a LOT of players at that time (ten, which is way too many), my sweetie suggested adding some kids from Shameless to the PC and NPC mix. Thus were born Crystal, Storm[/i], Rayne, Gayle and Zephyr Snow plus Crystal’s boyfriend Jimmi Stevens as the NPCs on this story track, and Allison, Cat, Geoff and Nip as the PCs. (We also had Alex, Dan and Oliver, but these three players dropped out fairly soon.) Since Nip had amnesia, we needed a home for her, so I added NPC Tyne Lacey as Sharin’s sister and Kyle’s aunt, who had adopted Nip a while back. (Yes, Cagney and Lacey is another of my favorite TV shows.)

     

    Thus, the campaign was split from the beginning into the ‘grownup’ adventures and the ‘kid’ adventures. Yes, there was crossover and mingling between the two, but having such a deep split in a campaign is rarely a good idea. As an only child and never having been a parent, coming up with kid stuff was quite a challenge for me!

     

    Anyway, I’d created the Gregory Michaels backstory, a setting in Atlantic City, and a set of clues for Kyle to follow. Enter the PCs, stage left.

     

     

    A PC’s Reasoning Turns the Campaign Upside Down

     

    I was all set for Kyle to pounce on the breadcrumbs I’d created.

     

    Instead, as I did not find out for months, Kyle tries to make sense of the situation he finds himself in. He is burned and then dumped in Atlantic City—with his buddy Sam, another associate Doc Freeman, his girlfriend Fijay and mom Sharin. Soon, he also finds himself surrounded by teenagers—his adopted cousin Nip, her friend Cat (who is actually his former biogenetic lover from Romania, ‘reborn’ into another body), and Cat other friends Allison and Geoff.

     

    Next, Kyle gets a series of challenges to solve—the “client du jour” concept of Burn Notice. As it turns out, the player was not that familiar with the TV show, so he doesn’t know he is ‘supposed to’ follow the trail of breadcrumbs. Instead, Kyle decides he’s been put into deep cover by the CIA and given a bunch of ‘jobs’ that allow him to train the next generation of ‘agents’ for the Agency.

     

    Kyle’s conclusions do not come to light until roughly Episode 10, when he tells Cat his ideas about why he is here in Atlantic City. At this point, I have already run through two clients du jour—Barry Gelder, a money launderer whose bank account had been hacked and his clients’ funds stolen, thereby putting Barry’s life in jeopardy; and Katie Whalen, whose husband had given all their money to a cult: the Church of the Ever Loving God. I have also introduced two naked chicks in Episode 7, sunning themselves on the dock next door to Sam—and yes, this was a honey pot trap from Gregory Michaels aimed basically at Kyle but happily catching Sam instead. Plus two LawDiv guys are watching Kyle’s every move—and yes, Michaels’ mole at the CIA had inserted these two into Kyle’s life and he is getting all their reports. But Kyle is taking zero action on finding out who burned him!

     

    Also at this time (Episode 10), another CIA operative Logan Hawke (the Jesse Porter from Burn Notice) joined the Team. This was a new player to our group, and I engineered a backstory so that he and Kyle had worked together before. (By this point, Cat and Kyle are well on their way to being reunited, so Fijay is no longer in the Michael Weston girlfriend role.)

     

    So, here I am at Episode 11, learning about Kyle’s delusion and needing to find a way to convince the ex-spy that his burn notice is real! What better strategy than an engineered file of his evil deeds—the “evidence” that he’s a bad guy and should be burned—but again, with clues he can pursue to find out who burned him and why. So I created nine incidents that Kyle was framed with, complete with pictures and heavily redacted text (similar to the redacted file in the movie RED).

     

     

    The Gloves Come Off—With Much Fanfare of “I’ve Seen Your File”

     

    At the start of Episode 12, the two mild-mannered LawDiv guys, Tom Strickler and Dick Peebles, tell Kyle, “It’s been real, dude. Good luck with the next guy.” Enter their replacment: Harry Hoar, stage right, in Episode 14. (In Episode 13, Cat and Kyle have their chat on the dock where each learns the other’s true identity.)

     

    Harry arrives waving a search warrant for Kyle’s boat and announces, “I’ve seen your file, Vaduva. There’s a special cell in SuperMax with your name on it—and I’m gonna be the guy who puts you there!” He turns Kyle’s boat upside down and, during the following weeks and Episodes, pursues his quarry like a bulldog.

     

    Meanwhile, I also created Delrick Bouchard, a murder victim in Atlantic City, as Kyle’s college history professor and a mentor who inspired him to join the CIA. Here, Kyle found clues towards the overseas location of Miles, his CIA handler in Romania who had disappeared with all of Kyle’s money at the end of the Romanian adventure. But of course, Kyle decides he cannot leave the country. (GM note: Okay, so he doesn’t have a passport. This should be a mere annoyance for a world-class spy type instead of an insurmountable obstacle.) Kyle also gets a photo that includes a shadowy figure whom Nip’s invisible ferret Fred succeeds in identifying as Gregory Michaels.

     

    Cat and Kyle tackle the problem of neutralizing Harry Hoar. Unfortunately, it takes until Episode 22 for Kyle and Cat to discover that Harry can be blackmailed and to get the redacted file. In the meantime, Murphy’s Law is busily concocting trouble on two other fronts.

     

     

    With Friends Like This, Who Needs Enemies?

     

    Supposedly, Sam and Kyle are bosom buddies. In Romania, however, Sam threw his weight around at Zar, creating friction between the two. In the interim between campaigns, Sam was instructed to cool it. However, another dynamic emerged to throw sand into these cogs.

     

    In Romania, Sam and Cat (already on her second life as the biogen Caitlin) got to know each other quite well. In Atlantic City, Sam “posed as” Cat dad—but in truth, he took this role to heart. After her third “birth”, Cat was very vulnerable and needed a dad. Sam took it upon himself to protect her.

     

    Two facts were a secret at the start of our Burn Notice Campaign. One: Kyle was also Zar. Two: Cat was also Caitlin. Sam was the only PC who knew this, and he was pledged to secrecy on both fronts.

     

    Our group’s GMs made some bets among ourselves as to how long it would take before Sam blurted out the truth, but we all lost. Sam kept these secrets religiously; perhaps too religiously. Keeping that secret drove a wedge between him and Kyle. And by the time the secret came out when Cat sniffed Kyle in Episode 12, the damage was done. The friendship was ... not exactly on ice, but certainly not thriving.

     

    As a result, the two PCs had a tendency to go their separate ways, and one of Sam Fisher’s actions was to start a business, Sam Fisher Associates, where he hired Logan Hawke as security. This had important implications for the other front where Murphy’s Law was headed towards derailing the Atlantic City campaign entirely.

     

     

    What Were You Thinking?

     

    When a group is too large, it’s difficult to keep all the players engaged.

     

    By Episode 20, Logan Hawke is bored and itching for a fight. He tackles two bar customers who were eyeing his girlfriend’s “assets”. The NPC bartender fires a shotgun into the ceiling to stop the fight, then levels his weapon in the direction of the combatants, telling them to “take it outside”. The two regulars sit down immediately, hands open and empty, but Logan punches one of these men. The bartender shoots the second barrel, doing a point of stun damage to Logan’s leg.

     

    Logan decides to get revenge. In Episode 21, he builds a dozen Molotov cocktails and puts them into a cardboard wine-bottle case. He then puts on a disguise and takes them in a taxi to the bar, where he lights the wick on one bottle and shoves the case inside the door. Of course, Molotovs are designed to be thrown, whereupon the volatile vapors ignite. Liquid gasolene does not burn. At least one of the bar’s patrons and/or employees immediately grabs the burning wick and averts all danger of an explosion. Of course, the bar calls the police. Since the bottles and box did not burn, Logan’s fingerprints will be found and identified over the next several days. The player did not wear gloves or take any other precautions while prepping the Molotovs.

     

    Logan is disappointed by the lack of news about fires in the neighborhood. He spends the next day building two small bombs. (He does this and the Molotovs in his office at Sam Fisher Associates.) Logan then sets one bomb in the bartender’s car, which blows up, killing the man. The other bomb was intended for Cat, who had interfered in another of his recent attempts to get into fights.

     

    In Episode 22, Logan learns the consequences of his actions. His fingerprints on the Molotovs make him a “person of interest” in the murder of the bartender. Security cameras have taken pictures of people entering and leaving the bar, thereby capturing one of his disguises as he shoved the Molotovs in. More importantly, it also supplied an image for facial recognition software. Also, despite having taken the precaution of a disguise, Logan took cabs to and from his office and the bar, not once or even twice, but at least three times. These records are made available to the police, who are investigating visits to the bar.

     

    Within a few days, a SWAT team arrests Logan on a charge of first degree murder, a brain-danceable offense. An hour later, CIA Special Ops director Nathan Forrest shows up in Logan’s cell, and orders the surveillance equipment turned off. Nathan explains that the CIA cannot allow Logan to be braindanced, and offers him a choice. Holding up a syringe, he tells Logan, “You can have a brain aneurism right now, or plead guilty to manslaughter and spend 5 years in jail.” When Logan repeatedly refuses to plead guilty to “something I didn’t do,” despite Nathan’s assurances that the authorities have enough proof to convict him, Nathan injects him with the contents of the syringe.

     

    But the damage to the campaign does not stop there. Some degree of responsibility also falls on Sam Fisher, because he was Logan’s boss and failed to supervise him. US Marshalls apprehend Sam when he tries to flee but doesn’t turn off the GPS on his boat. After dealing with Logan, Nathan goes to see Sam. Even though Sam and Nathan are long-term friends, “I can’t get you out of this one. They’ve got Logan cold on Espionage—and you as his accomplice.” He gives Sam the same kind of choice he gave Logan. Plead guilty to Extortion and do 5 years in Medium Security—or have a lethal heart attack. Sam chooses jail.

     

    And so the campaign leaves both Atlantic City and Sam Fisher behind.

     

     

    Change of Scenery

     

    Enter Disney Corp, center stage, who hires the Team two years after Episode 22, and moves their base to Jamaica. We drop the Shameless thread. Geoff stays in Atlantic City; Randy Shugart III, Zahra Baudin (my PC) and William Eller join the Team. Another GM (Cyberbear) hosts the next several Episodes, and I pick up the thread again in Episode 30 for the conclusion to the Burn Notice thread.

     

    Behind the scenes, Gregory Michaels decides to make his move to determine if Kyle is worth recruiting. West Australian politician Pieter Vanderwick approaches Section for assistance in investigating and hopefully discrediting his rival, Ben Davies, the Labor Party Whip and Minister of Trade and Industry—and Michaels sees his opportunity. Pieter’s brother Joost is the head of Vanderwyck Mining. Joost believes that Davies is corrupt, giving contracts to Joost’s competitors. Michaels tells Pieter to recommend that Joost hire the Team to investigate Davies. Michaels wants to know if Kyle’s moral code is bendable, and he suspects this case will provide an opportunity to discover this.

     

     

    Change of Luck

     

    All goes as planned on this “client du jour”. Pieter persuades Joostto hire the Team—who are now famous as having rescued the Timbuktu twelve.

     

    This time, Murphy stays his hand. The Team succeeds in discovering Davies’ secret, which turns out to be not financial or political in nature, but sexual. He likes to be dominated and takes a monthly trip to Tasmania, supposedly to visit his sister but also for a side excursion to a local sex club where he can indulge his desires. However, the Team also uncovers that Davies’ close friend and Deputy Minister of Trade and Industry, Gene Jing-Bao Yao, IS guilty of corruption. Joost has Yao exposed—but Davies’ secret comes to light as well when Pieter calls the media. Davies is forced to resign, and Pieter is happy.

     

    By Episode 30 when Joost hires the Team, I have tired of dropping teensy breadcrumbs that no one is following up on. I decide to toss the entire loaf of bread at the Team. So ... during the chase in Tasmania, Kyle encounters Miles, who once knew Gregory Michaels and tells Kyle all about him. And back in Perth, Cat sees a person whose movement she recognizes: It’s Tiffany, one of the honey-pot chicks who lived next door to her dad in Atlantic City. It turns out that Tiffany is in Section because she wants to take Gregory Michaels down. She leads them to the location of Section in the Nevada desert, complete with blueprints.

     

     

    All’s Well That Ends Well

     

    So in Episode 37, another GM (Cyberbear) hosted the adventure where the Team seizes one of Gregory Michaels’ pivotal “black boxes” that he is using for discrete blackmail of politicians here and there. And in Episode 38, I ran the session where the Team invades the underground HQ of Section—and Kyle gets to confront and overcome Gregory Michaels.

     

     

    Looking Back

     

    From many points of view, the campaign was a success because the players who stayed had a lot of fun. Mixing sandbox style adventuring (what are you doing today in this scenario) with specific, goal-oriented missions can be a solid formula for player enjoyment. It allows people to take initiative and engage with a situation in ways they enjoy—and simultaneously gives them challenges and obstacles to overcome while achieving a specific objective.

     

    This campaign also spawned new jargon for our group. When a GM’s plans are set awry due to a PC’s role-playing interpretation of a situation or events, we say he (or she) has been “Kyled”. Foreshadowing: Yeah, our current GM has been “Kyled”! Watch for details on The Fall of the Cotton Kingdom’s – 2047.

     

     

    Looking Forward

     

    Would I design and run another campaign? Dunno. Right now, I’m focusing on other priorities and enjoying the challenges in our new campaign at the Petersen Point Resort in Florida.

     

     

     

    Next: Epilogue from GM Two, Cyberbear: Managing the Transitions

     

     

     

     

  13. OK, sorry the post ran a little long, here is the previously cut off last part. :rolleyes:

     

     

    Episode 2 – Getting to Know the Neighbors

     

    Part Two of Two

     

     

     

    Sunday, January 13, 2047:

     

    A little after one in the morning, Charlie is woken up by the incessant barking of a dog. He tries to bury his head in his pillow to block out the noise, but it doesn’t help. Dark thoughts of shooting the dog dance through his head as the barking continues. It seems some one else shares his sentiment. There is a bright flash and distinctive hum followed by a short painful yelp. Charlie sits bolt upright. Someone just fired a laser. One of his nomad guards starts to yell, but is cut short by another flash of light.

     

    The weaponsmith is out of bed. He starts to move towards the window, but doubles back to hit the alarm. It doesn’t sound. A third flash elicits a scream. Whoever was hit continues to howl in pain. The smell of ozone fills the air. Now armed, Charlie reaches the window to scan for the shooter. The laser fires again. Instead of a quick flash, a small sun blossoms in the yard. The resulting explosion from the catastrophic overload blows the gunsmith to the floor. All the windows in the house are shattered as the shock wave rolls over the surrounding area.

     

    At the Saint Claire Farm, Beebe sees the flash followed by the boom of the shockwave. She immediately knows what it is. Jumping up she yells at Jason for the keys to the truck. Jason jumps up too and they both run for the vehicle. Like Beebe, he knows where the explosion came from, as do the other half-naked teenagers lounging around fire. Most live at the Resort. They snatch up their clothes and chase after the nomads.

     

    Ricco sees the flash on the monitor in the security office. Seconds later the shockwave rattles the windows of the hotel. The Brazilian sprints to his car and heads towards Charlie’s bungalow. Sam is woken up by the blast. He instantly has flashbacks to Bolivia. Pulling on his clothes he runs towards Charlie’s house with Rianna behind, telling him to slow down. As he exits his house he sees Ricco’s car screaming down the road. Fisher calls Crank and tells him to get to Charlie’s place. Inside the Panhandle Saloon the loud music masks the sound of the explosion, leaving Brandon blissfully unaware.

     

    Ricco arrives first. A flash of his badge gets him past the now heavily armed cordon of nomads. Crank is there soon after, but is barred from entering. A word from Ricco gets Owen through. They go up to see the site of the explosion. There is a circular blast mark cutting through the wooden planked walk way into the sand below. Much of the sand has been fused into glass. Nobody there has seen anything like it. Dr. Ricci rushes by led by some Snake Nation nomads. They go into the house. Sam finally reaches the scene and is let through by some of Charlie’s people. Ricco is allowed to examine the area closely. Crank asks to take a sample of the glass, but the nomads refuse to let anyone disturb the scene. Last to arrive is the truck full of teenagers. Beebe and Jason are immediately let through. Amy, Sammy, Natty and Paris hang back with the crowd of onlookers outside the perimeter. The wail of sirens announces the arrival of the Sheriff’s department.

     

    Sam wants to know where Brandon is. When told the security officer is still at the Panhandle he sends a text telling him to get over to the cottages now. Once outside the noisy bar, Brandon calls Ricco on his radio. The hotel security chief fills him in. Sam sees the radio and demands to know why he wasn’t given one. “I brought one over to your house and gave it Rianna,” the Brazilian replies. A few of the nomads snicker. Rianna hands Sam the radio.

     

    Beebe heads right for the house to check on her personal laser pistol. Sam follows and tries to talk with the young nomad about the presence of laser weapons on hotel property. Beebe puts him off to make sure hers is secure. Sam is denied entry to the home. Waiting for Beebe to return he encounters Dr. Ricci helping Charlie out of the house. Bandages cover the gunsmith’s eyes. He caught the flash full on. Dr. Ricci is taking him to the infirmary. He worries that there may be permanent damage to Charlie’s retinas, but only time will tell.

     

    Beebe’s laser is still in its hiding place, but downstairs one of the older type 2 prototype is missing from the display case. The nomad security head reports two addition two, found with snapped necks and a third man missing. The house’s security system has been hacked and compromised.

     

    Outside, the police and security lock the site down. The nomad security chief informs Ricco and Sheriff Mason that the explosion was from an experimental laser overload. He fails to inform the two that this information is classified. Brandon, Crank and Sam mill around for a while and discuss the situation. Finally Brandon returns to the Panhandle. Crank decides there is nothing he can offer here. As he leaves he does notice the four teenagers that arrived with Beebe are wearing some of their clothes inside out or backward. Rianna finally gets Sam to go to bed. Morning is only a couple of hours away.

     

     

    Both Sam and Ricco attend the service at Saint Peters by the Sea Catholic Church. Sam pointedly ignores Ricco and doesn’t even acknowledge his presence. After the service Ricco goes through the little rituals he has observed. He talks briefly with Father Rivera and goes to pay his respects to Mr. Giap. This time he gets more than a curt nod. The elderly gentleman actually shakes his hand. Sam is watching and heads over to pay his respects after talking to the priest. Before he can get to Mr. Giap, a young Vietnamese man steps in his way with his hand up and tells Sam, “Go away, you are not wanted here.”

     

    Sam retreats to his car and heads home.

     

    That afternoon is Sam’s cookout. Charlie’s eyes are starting to see light and vague shapes, but the doctor is keeping him in hospital. Beebe has spent the night at Charlie’s bedside in the hotel infirmary. When the time for Sam’s cookout comes, the nomad gunsmith insists she go to the cookout in his stead. She and Rianna have already gotten to know each other. Crank arrives and Sam fires up the grill. Ricco has been feeling bad about this morning and the fact it’s been a rough first week. He goes to Sam’s and knocks on the front door. There is no answer. The Brazilian hears the sounds of the cookout in the back and comes around. Sam glares at him and curtly rebuffs his attempt to talk.

     

    “We’re busy now,” he tells the security chief. “I’ll have something to say to you tomorrow at the weekly staff meeting.” Sam turns his back on his security chief and concentrates on the grill. Ricco leaves.

     

    Beebe breaks the tension by introducing herself to Crank.

     

    (GM Note: Yes, the two PCs haven’t officially been introduced to each other)

     

    Sam wants to discuss this mornings ‘explosive’ incident, but Beebe balks at this.

     

    Crank looks around and says, “Standing outside isn’t a place to talk about classified subjects.”

     

    Beebe tells them she’s sorry but she can’t discuss this subject anywhere.

     

    Sam assures her, “It’s OK, the same people that vetted you, vetted Crank and me.”

     

    The nomad techie says nothing, but doubts that the Department of Defense would give an ex-felon and a strip club manager any kind of clearance.

     

    (GM Note: I think what happened here is that Sam’s player didn’t think. It was stated right from the beginning that neither Charlie nor Beebe was part of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Their sole connection is Sam and Charlie’s friendship and the fact that they would help each other due to that friendship. Also, Sam is the only one aware of the Federal government’s involvement. The rest were hired through fixers. Oh well, pay attention or pay the consequences!)

     

    Crank turns to Beebe and asks, “So are you more than just Charlie’s eye candy?”

     

    Anger fills the young techie’s eyes, “WHAT?”

     

    “Hey, I don’t mean to be insulting,” the young man explains, “but you’re kind of young and have a great bod, full hips, lovely breasts. I was just wondering if that old man just kept you around for looks.”

     

    Beebe restrain herself, informing the hulking slab of beef that she is an active member of Charlie’s development team, and well qualified for her position.

     

    Crank laughs dismissively, “Don’t take this the wrong way, but with you’re looks, it’s hard for anyone to take you seriously.”

     

    She considers shooting the smug prick, but doesn’t want to ruin the party.

     

    Sam and Crank discuss their first week on the job. It is clear that the ex-C.I.A. operative thinks no one but he and Crank are doing their job. Fisher seems to hold Ricco up for the most scorn as a useless appendage to the hotel. He also derides pretty much all the rest of the staff as lazy good for nothing loafers. Crank completely disagrees and the two almost get into an argument over it. Beebe retreats with Rianna and the two women have a wonderful time together.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, January 14, 2047:

     

    All the department heads are at the morning staff meeting. They all seem attentive and ready to get down to business. Sam starts out by demanding to know from Ricco what happened last night.

     

    “Nothing much happened, it was Sunday night,” the security chief replies.

     

    Before Sam can recover Ricco adds, “Late Saturday night an experimental laser overloaded and exploded down at one on the nomad held cottages.”

     

    Many of the staff look surprised. “Would you like my report now?” Ricco asks.

     

    Sam gives him the floor and Ricco delivers a detailed report on the condition of his department with its malfunctioning and missing equipment. This is followed by a complete overview of the security incidents of the previous week and the progress in discovering the details of who and how the armor glass was installed. With four candidates left Ricco expresses confidence he will find out today when these stores open. His report finished the Disney cop sits down.

     

    Fisher announces a major personnel shake up. OwenCrankWolf is being promoted to assistant manager of the hotel. He will be second only to Sam and everyone will be subordinate to him. A hush falls around the table.

     

    Carrie Anne speaks up. “Excuse me, I am the assistant manager here.”

     

    “Not anymore. You can continue on as front desk manager.”

     

    Crank is stunned. Sam hadn’t told him about this. Yes, he is a good club manager, but has absolutely no experience or training in hotel management. He knows the only reason this place is still open is due to Carrie Anne’s prodigious skills. Owen looks at the older woman he has come to admire and she is livid. Crank immediately launches into listing a litany of the good work Ms. Thorn has done here and expresses every confidence in her work.

     

    Carrie Anne points out that Sam doesn’t have the authority to demote her.

     

    The ex-C.I.A. operative makes it clear that he will override her at every point to support Crank. She will be effectively demoted in actuality, if not in name. The mood of the room becomes very somber. The optimism shown by the staff heads at the beginning of the meeting is gone. No one has anything to say, so they are dismissed.

     

    Later that afternoon, Sheriff Mason comes by with Sam’s 1970 Camero and he doesn’t seem in a good mood. The power outage last Saturday night was caused by car hitting pole up near an Interstate 10 interchange just north of the Blackwater Cafe. He tells Ricco and Crank, that the driver died of drug overdose behind the wheel and not from hitting the pole. The lawman goes on to talk about the problems the blackout caused in this part of the county. Ricco’s ‘cop sense’ begins to tell him that this man is playing for time. Finally Mason informs the two that the deceased driver had liquor in him and his investigation has discovered that the man had just left the Panhandle Saloon. The autopsy showed that the drugs were consumed during the time the victim was at their establishment. By the way, his deputies are searching the Saloon as they speak.

     

    “There wasn’t anyone there to serve a warrant on. I’m delivering it to you now as just a courtesy,” the sheriff slaps the warrant on the desk and turns to the door.

     

    “Well, fuck you very much,” Crank replies.

     

    Mason stops dead in his tracks and turns slowly before speaking, “I’m heading over to the Panhandle right now. Maybe my boys have found something.”

     

    Ricco and Crank follow the sheriff over. Brandon sees the parade and goes over too. The deputies have finished a cursory search and report finding no drugs. “There are just some small health code violations here; nothing too bad,” a deputy reports.

     

    The police are about to go when Crank throws out, “Don’t set foot in my place again without a warrant.”

     

    Sheriff Mason looks at his men and tells them, “I don’t think you’ve looked through everything. Bring in the tool kit.”

     

    The deputies spend the next few hours dismantling all the beer dispensers, refrigerators, air conditioners and just about any place drugs could reasonably be hidden. They find nothing, but a few more small health code violations. With just about everything in the Saloon taken apart the deputies leave.

     

    Crank calls in Johnny Tucker, his assistant manager and head bartender, and Jesse James, his other night bartender to start reassembling everything. Brandon offers to help and they discover he is a very handy tech. It takes many hours, but the place will be up and running by tomorrow.

     

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 3: A Change in Management

  14. Episode 2 – Getting to Know the Neighbors

     

    Part One of Two

     

     

     

    Charlie and Beebe put to sea. Along the way, they test a new laser. Beebe is asked out on a date. Ricco continues his efforts to get to know the locals connected to the hotel. The Brazilian ex-cop and Brandon are sworn in as town constables. It’s a mad dash to prepare and file the forms needed to petition the military for a lifting of its ban on the resort. The process gives Crank a new level of respect for Carrie Anne Thorn.

     

    Beebe befriends the members of a hot local band, Velvet Blue. Ricco draws down on yet another vehicle. Sam’s disillusionment with his employees and Team deepens. In the ex-agents eyes, the only one worth his salt is Crank. An inopportune blackout throws the entire area into darkness. Night becomes day as a miniature sun briefly flares near the cottages. Both incidents could spell trouble for the resort and its new manager. Sam surprises everyone with his plan to shake up the management structure. Tensions build. Crank gets in a pissing match with Sheriff Mason; a move that bodes ill for all concerned.

     

     

    Background

     

    Sam Fisher, retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, has finally been ‘officially’ released from prison after serving his sentence for extortion due to a botched operation in the Atlantic City part of the Burn Notice Campaign. Part of his (unofficial) deal for pleading guilty at the time was that he would receive his government pensions on his release from prison, but the government isn’t able to honor that part of the agreement. He is informed by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, Deputy Director for Clandestine Services at the C.I.A., that his pensions could be restored if he assists in a very black operation on United States soil.

     

    President Whindham has decided to bring the four southern states known collectively as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’ to heel. Sam, accompanied by his fiancée Rianna Prescott, will be sent to Santa Rosa County in the Florida panhandle near the Pensacola COG to manage the Petersen Point Resort, a seedy old tourist destination that will serve as a ‘safe house’ for operations to bring down the state government of Alabama. He will also be tasked with the occasional mission himself. To help him, a ‘Dirty Deeds’ group has been assembled whose covers are as employees of the hotel. Only Sam knows this is a government sanctioned operation.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

     

    Beebe Laugherty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major BeatriceBeaLaugherty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first orbital artillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who will serve as a security officer at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to a request by Sam’s daughter to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad who is in the area to work on two projects. The first is a program sponsored by DARPA, to develop next generation laser technology. The second is to augment the defensive capabilities of the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci. This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    OwenCrankWolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco to take over as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion to protect his friends and his daughter from the fallout of a botched operation. He is the general manager of the Petersen Point Resort and Team Leader.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Alice Timmons runs the Trailer Park and the Guest Houses at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Amy Fry is a young Thelas and sister of Jason Fry. She dates Sammy Trang, the drummer of Velvet Blue.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also assistant hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman in her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Carlton Thomas is an old man who has served as magistrate of Blackwater for almost 50 years. His eyesight is going and he has the shakes, but his mind is sharp and he has a steel trap memory.

     

    Eustis (‘Useless’) Saint Claire is an old black man who runs the water and sewer system at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Father Ernesto Rivera is the Puerto Rican born priest of St. Peter’s by the Sea. He is 32 years old and very warm and friendly.

     

    Gardner Weems is the old white cracker who runs the resort’s marina.

     

    Freddy Timmons is a rotund little man in his forties, who stutters a bit and seems almost comically nervous. He is a town constable.

     

    HenryHankTremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths MC.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving aboard Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Jesse James is the sloppy (with the money, but honest) bartender from the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    JohnnySquintTucker, a not overly bright man about 36 years old, is the assistant manager and head bartender for the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Lilly is a girl that gets in trouble at the party. She is a cousin of Paris.

     

    Mayor Mildred Hodges: An older white woman and mayor of Blackwater.

     

    Nancy Petersen is a 25 year old cocktail waitress at the Panhandle saloon.

     

    Natty is the female teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She speaks little English.

     

    ObadiahObieTerhune is an Afro-American male about 51 years old who is the maintenance chief at the Petersen Point Resort. Actually, he is the entire maintenance department which should number at least ten.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire.

     

    Sammy Trang is the drummer of the band, Velvet Blue.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that, as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    Tran Xuan Giap is the elderly patriarch of the Tran family and a town councilman. He is very conservative and old school.

     

    Ty Saint Claire is Paris’s cousin and the smoking hot guitar player of Velvet Blue. He is a bald (he shaves it) ebony skinned teenager.

     

     

    The Action

     

    Thursday, January 10, 2047:

     

    At 4:30 am Charlie and Beebe board the test vessel, Sea Snake, for a scheduled delivery of a 120mm cannon with 3 additional 120mm autoloaders, to the nearby floating colony of Freedom. On the outbound trip, a large home-made canopy is deployed, covering most of the boat’s long open stern deck. Fashioned from sun worn tarps, stretched over a welded frame, the awning provides protection from the elements. It also camouflages the spyteched netting which helps to conceal activities on the stern deck from aerial and orbital surveillance.

     

    Once in open waters, they use the opportunity to test the prototype of a new x-ray laser rifle. Floating spherical targets are deployed and the blast shield surrounding the automated firing mechanism is lowered into place. A round of successful tests with the automated rig, instill Charlie and Beebe with enough confidence to try some hands on target practice. The variable focus control for the beam proves a little tricky. Charlie finds it hard to dial in on the most effective setting. While the test equipment on the Sea Snake is calibrated to pick up the x-ray beam, to the weapon smith it is completely invisible.

     

    Beebe suggests, “What if we cobble together some goggles so the firer can use to see the beam?”

     

    Charlie makes note to start on that project once they return to port.

     

    The Freedom Colony appears on the horizon as if rising out of the sea. Security seems to be on high alert as the Sea Snake pulls into the docks. Their hosts allay any fears of a possible attack (or double cross). The tightened security is merely a precaution in anticipation of the arriving weapons systems. A patchwork canopy of sails and tarps has been strung up over the dock area to cover the offload of the cannon and auto loaders from the Sea Snake. Snake Nation techs accompany the weapons as they are transferred, to supervise their installation. With space cleared on its stern deck, the Sea Snake has more than enough room to ferry the two and a half dozen or so passengers that accompany them on the return voyage to Blackwater.

     

    Thanks to the pain killers pumping through his system Sam feels more than ready to return to work, even if his doctor and fiancé disagree. No bullet to the head is going to keep him down. Try as he might though, Sam can’t fight off the waves of vertigo that assail him as he tries to stand. Giving up the struggle, he decides catch up on the backlog of paperwork from his hospital bed.

     

    First order of business is to find out why the hotel is off-limits to military personnel. He orders a request sent to Pensacola COG to inquire on the reasons for the hotel’s off-limits status and the current procedures in use to have it lifted. Any further work is put on hold by a very angry Rianna. Doctor Ricci and Rianna catch him working in his current condition and Sam’s fiancée reads him the riot act. “You were shot. You need to stay in bed and rest. No more work. If need be, I’ll have Dr. Ricci strap you down.”

     

    Sam is told that he is going to the hospital for tests. In order to counter any possible dissension from her obstinate fiancé, Rianna curtly informs him that she’s already contacted Catherine in Paris. His daughter has arranged for transport by Trauma Team. She is also covering the cost of a Militech security team to guard Sam during his hospital stay. Dr. Ricci assures him that it should only be an overnight stay.

     

    Elsewhere, Catherine Vaduva calls Ricco to brief the new security chief on her father’s visit to the hospital. As if on cue, the scream of jet engines can be heard outside. Cat is polite, but makes it clear she holds Ricco personally responsible for her father’s safety at the hotel. Given the events of last year (in Rio) the thought of failure fills him with trepidation.

     

    After hanging up with Cat, the security chief decides to find out who ordered and installed the armor glass in the general manager’s office. A call to Obie in maintenance reveals that the work wasn’t done in house. When asked Carrie Anne tells Ricco, “Mr. Harrington, the last manager, arranged it.” She has no recollection of workers coming to install the glass and no entry appears in the sign-in log at the front desk.

     

    A request to look over the receipts is denied, at least until the monthly accounting is done in February. While not dismissive towards Ricco, Carrie Anne cuts the conversation short; blaming a busy schedule. As a consolation she invites the security chief to have a private lunch with her later. Ricco readily accepts.

     

    Crank sees Sam beings carried towards an AV on a stretcher. Though made aware of Sam’s hospital visit, no mention was made of where they are taking him. Rianna’s presence allays his concerns that the transport may be anything other than it appears. Still Crank feels it’s only prudent to find out their destination. A call to Trauma Team is answered by a request for the account number connected with the transfer. Crank doesn’t have the number. Attempts to coax the information out of the representative, lead to the call being disconnected. Frustrated, the solo mutters under his breathe, “If I had a spytech missile and a Scorpion launcher, I’d just shoot those fuckers down.”

     

    Like everything else at the Peterson Point Resort, the security department is in dire straights. Sitting in his claustrophobic cubicle in the small security office, Ricco takes stock of his resources. The empty weapons cabinet has already been reported to the local authorities. Communications are hampered by a dead base station (two-way radio system), only three working walkie talkies and six non-functioning ones. There are two 6 unit chargers, but only one works.

     

    A two seat security console has spaces for twenty four monitors. Monitors on the right hand side of the console should cover the main hotel. Of those twelve, two are missing and two are broken. The hotel has a central atrium that rises up five additional floors (for a total of six). There is a fish-eye camera on the second thru fifth floors. The sixth floor is usually not used as business is bad. Based on the security schematic Ricco realizes that there should be two camera’s on each of those floors.

     

    On the ground floor, one camera is trained on the lobby and front desk. A second watches the front entrance. A third looks north up Petersen Point Road (about 60 to 80 meters). Another overlooks the pool and structures surrounding it. There should be another twelve monitors in front of the second chair, but only one is installed. From the images displayed, the camera covers the trailer park to the southeast. Response from the security computer is sluggish. Access to the camera controls is frozen or disabled. Ricco considers rebooting the system, but worries the computer may not restart.

     

    Lunch time rolls around and Ricco joins Carrie Anne in the small private dining room. The assistant manager is in a better mood away from the front desk and the two enjoy their noon repast. The Brazilian ex-cop asks, “So, how long have you worked here?”

     

    “Thirty-two years,” she replies proudly. “The first 5 years working front desk, then 7 years as asst. front desk manager, the following 10 years as bookkeeper, 6 more years as asst. manager & bookkeeper and the last 4 years as asst. manager, front desk manager and bookkeeper.”

     

    Ricco is impressed. He asks Carrie Anne who are the important people here about.

     

    “Depends on who you view as important.” Rather than leaving him hanging, the older woman takes mercy on the new security chief. “Pretty much everyone agrees on these: Mayor Mildred Hodges, Councilman Tran Xuan Giap, Councilman Gardner Weems, you’ve met him, he runs the Marina & fuel dock, Magistrate Carlton Thomas and I’d have to say Angus Young, he owns the largest farm here about and is a county commissioner, he’s not a real friend of the hotel. John Pollock owns the biggest business in town, Pollock’s Heating & Air Conditioning; and Roger Harris owns the Blackwater General Store, which is also the biggest in town. There are the other two boat captains: Greg Altman, captain of the fishing boat, Galveston, and Captain Kim Van Dung of the shrimp boat, Floating Lotus Blossom. Of course, I guess you have to count Father Rivera from St. Peters by the Sea and Reverend Brown of the Jubilee Baptist Church.”

     

    “Can you tell me about any relationships between these people?” the Brazilian inquires.

     

    At this Carrie Anne’s tone turns cautious, “Oh, I’m not comfortable talking about that.”

     

    Ricco doesn’t push her. Carrie Anne is finally opening up. He decides on a different approach. “We clearly need at least one more security person. Can you recommend anyone?”

     

    At this the woman gives a little laugh. “Let me see. I don’t think there is anyone I dislike enough to recommend.” She notices Ricco’s eyes widen with curiosity and explains, “Oh, being security here is a very dangerous job. Gardner (Weems) calculated we have a 36% death rate for our security people.”

     

    “Why were all those security people killed?” Ricco asks.

     

    “Well, most of the ones who came to a bad end were rather disagreeable people.” she explains.

     

    It was time to change the subject, Ricco thinks. “Do you know Nancy Petersen, the waitress at the Panhandle Saloon?”

     

    “Only all my life,” the assistant manager replies with a smile. “She’s a sweet kid.”

     

    “Well, I was at the saloon last Saturday night,” Ricco continues. “She seemed to go to the bathroom a lot.”

     

    Carrie Anne thinks and offers, “Maybe she had a lot to drink?”

     

    Ricco decides to move on to the question he is really curious about. “Why do you think the hotel isn’t doing well?”

     

    The older woman thinks for a moment before responding. “Because Randy Petersen, God rest his soul, was a nice man, but not a great businessman and he could be difficult. His widow Sophie has put her grandson-in-law, Charles Ingersoll, in charge and even made her granddaughter Francis Ingersoll the CFO. They both should pay more attention to the place. Also, they always seem to hire idiots to run the place. Now, I don’t know about Mr. Fisher, he seems nice, but I don’t think he has much experience in the hotel business. I also heard a rumor that he is an ex-con, who just got out of prison. Now I’m not one to judge, but he seems like an odd choice.”

     

    After lunch, Carrie Anne heads back to work. Ricco is pleased with he’s learned. The security chief returns to his office and researches armor glass installers in Santa Rosa County. He finds none and is about to expand his research when a call comes in. Somebody has punched old Gardner Weems in the face and knocked him down at the marina.

     

    By the time Ricco pulls up, the old man is sitting in a chair with a young female nomad tending to him.

     

    “What happened?” he asks.

     

    Weems barks back, “Some little punk attacked me, what do ya think?”

     

    The girl didn’t see the altercation and only came to help up the old man. Dr. Ricci arrives quickly to lend his aid.

     

    “Where did he go, what did he look like,” asks Ricco.

     

    Gardner Weems’ responses are short, curt and his tone is nasty and irascible. The young man came to gas up his boat. Gardner can’t describe the boat beyond its basic shape (a small fishing runabout) or his assailant beyond the fact he was a teenager, blonde and rude. Yes, he did pay for the fuel, so the motive wasn’t robbery. As the security chief tries to complete his investigation, he begins to understand how this might have occurred. Gardner Weems is a rude, cantankerous old cracker. The old man isn’t really hurt and can provide no information to help identify his assailant. Of course, nobody in the area saw anything. There is not much else Ricco can do.

     

     

    Beebe is enjoying the sun and breeze as the Sea Snake cruises back to Blackwater Bay with its human cargo. One of the crew members, a young Thelas nomad named Jason Fry, sits and starts to talk with her. They have known each other about a month. Jason is a handsome with a sunny disposition and a good sense of humor. After a little small talk, he gets around to what he wants to ask her.

     

    “Hey, ah, my sister Amy is dating the drummer in a local band and they’re playing a private party tomorrow. And, ah, it should be a great time. The band is Velvet Blue they’re all the rage now.”

     

    Beebe has heard of the group. They’re supposed to be pretty good.

     

    “Even though the party is private,” Jason continues, “I was told I could come, if I brought a date. So I was wondering, umm, if you would like to go …. with me. It wouldn’t have to be a date, date; unless you wanted it to be?”

     

    Beebe is amused and asks, “What kind of music do they play?”

     

    “Kind of a bluesy rock, with a Cajun feel.”

     

    “Do I have to get dressed up?” she inquires.

     

    “Oh, no,” Jason assures her. “It’s very casual.”

     

    “Good! “Cuz, I’m gonna wear something like this.” Beebe points to her bib overalls. “I’ll go. Sounds like fun.”

     

    “Great, I’ll pick you up at 6pm tomorrow at Charlie’s place,” Jason tells her.

     

     

    That evening is the monthly meeting of the Blackwater Town Council. Ricco, Brandon and Crank are in attendance. Often, members of the hotel security staff are made constables of the town so they can pursue people off hotel grounds into the town. The council consists of Mayor Mildred Hodges, Councilman Tran Xuan Giap, and Councilman Gardner Weems. The three hotel employees recognize Councilman Weems as he runs the fuel dock at the marina. Ricco recognizes Councilman Giap as the older Asian man who held court on the lawn of Saint Peter’s Church last Sunday.

     

    Most of the council business is mundane. They approve funding for sewer repairs in town. Hope Young is granted a permit for her roadside flower stand at the entrance to Young Farm. As the proceedings continue, Sheriff Mason arrives. The council finally gets around to the hotel business. Sheriff Mason gives both Ricco and Brandon glowing recommendations. The two are asked if they wish to make a statement.

     

    The Brazilian ex-cop stands up and states, “I will be honored to be of any assistance to the town.”

     

    Brandon replies, “I will let my record speak for itself.”

     

    Ricco is approved unanimously and Brandon gets two votes for with only Councilman Giap voting against. Mayor Hodges tells the two that Magistrate Carlton Thomas will swear them in after the adjournment and asks if there is any other business. The small, rotund man in the town constable’s uniform raises his hand.

     

    “Yes, Freddy,” the mayor says, “What is it?”

     

    “Well, now that there is more than me on the force, I was hoping that I could be approved as ‘permanent’ chief constable rather than ‘acting’ chief constable?” There is a certain pathetic pleading to the man’s voice.

     

    A quiet chuckle wafts through the room. The mayor sighs and replies, “Alright, all in favor of making Freddy Timmons chief constable raise your hand.”

     

    Mayor Hodges immediately raises hers. Gardner Weems looks on. Councilman Giap just stares. Freddy’s expression crashes into disappointment. Finally, Councilman Weems rolls his eyes, sighs and reluctantly raises his hand too. Freddy bursts into a smile.

     

    “All opposed,” the Mayor asks. Giap raises his hand. “Motion carried, Freddy Timmons is appointed Chief Constable; Carlton will you swear him in too?”

     

    A snore sounds from the chair where the elder magistrate sits.

     

    Carlton!” The mayor’s shout wakes the old man with a start. One she has his attention, she continues in a calmer tone, “Will you swear in the new constables?”

     

    Magistrate Thomas nods and the mayor adjourns the meeting.

     

    People come up to congratulate the new head constable. Freddy sticks out his hand as Alice Timmons, the manager of the Petersen Point Trailer Park, passes. She merely glares at him as she walks by without saying a word. Sheriff Mason approaches Ricco. He received the security chief’s letter and invites him to stop by his office at ten tomorrow for a talk.

     

    Finally Charlton Thomas swears all three in. Freddy turns to the two new town constables and says, “I am so looking forward to working with you two guys. Let me show you our office and give you the keys.”

     

    Ricco and Brandon are brought in, but Crank is politely asked to wait outside. The office is small but clean and efficient. There are desks, two cells, a radio base station and armory with one shotgun; Freddy’s personal weapon. The two new constables are issued badges and a set of keys to the office; cell numbers are exchanged. Finally with business concluded everyone returns home for a well-deserved rest.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, January 11, 2047:

     

    At 8:30 am Carrie Anne calls a partial staff meeting. Attending are Crank and Betty Lu. They have received a reply to their inquiry about the off-limits status of the Hotel. The letter reads as flows:

     

    From the Joint Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Board for the Pensacola COG

     

    January 11, 2047

     

    Dear Sirs,

    In regard to your inquiry as to the status of various establishments in the Blackwater area, I am sending you the following list:

     

    Petersen’s Garage was declared off-limits on April 2, 2031 due to gang activity.

     

    Blackwater Café was declared off-limits on June 9, 2032 due to gang activity.

     

    The Petersen Point Trailer Park and Guest Houses was declared off-limits on December 11, 2039 due to the large number of pirates residing there. It was deemed a security risk.

     

    The Panhandle Saloon was declared off-limits on November 11, 2043 due to excessive violence and drug dealing.

     

    The Blue Moon Revue was declared off-limits on November 15, 2045 due to prostitution charges being filed against various employees and an outbreak of Syphilis II on the base traced to there.

     

    The Petersen Point Hotel was declared off-limits on December 11, 2045 due to an infestation of bedbugs.

     

     

    Sincerely yours,

    Lt Com. Arthur Billings

     

     

     

    A second communication provides the current regulations for appealing the ban. The next meeting of the control board is on February 5, 2047. Applications to have the designations reviewed are due today by five pm! Since Sam has still not returned from the hospital, Carrie Anne announces she has made some decisions. The trailer park and cottages have more pirates (nomads) in residence than when they were first banned, so she doesn’t think it would be wise to appeal that yet. She has all the paperwork made out for the hotel itself and need only change the date.

     

    The paperwork for Crank’s two establishments is much more than he could possibly do in a day. Carrie Anne comes through yet again with all of the employee information, health reports, and county clearances for the Blue Moon Revue. She gives Crank the phone number of a friend in the records department of the sheriff’s office. Her friend is putting together all the recent police reports he will need for the application. Betty Lu looks through the petition procedure. With the head start Carrie Anne has given them, she thinks they can make the deadline. The lawyer and the Food and Beverage manager get to work.

     

    Ricco shows up promptly at 10 am to meet with Marcus Mason. The sheriff is warm and friendly. It is clear that the local lawman has done his research and complements the Disney cop on his work in Rio de Janeiro. Once the pleasantries are out of the way, Ricco asks if there is anything he should be aware of to do his job well?

     

    “Don’t get killed,” Mason tells him. “The locals don’t like strangers.”

     

    That sounds like good advice to Ricco. “Anything I can do for you in my position as head of security at hotel?”

     

    The sheriff smiles and tells him to keep his pirates in line. Ricco presses on this point and inquires about any particular crime problems or suspicions at hotel he should be aware of and/or can pursue?

     

    Sheriff Mason leans back and chuckles. “Other than the place having a reputation of being a den of thieves and criminals? You might start with your new General Manager, Sam Fisher. He has quite the record; a government assassin gone rogue and ex-con from what I hear. And besides, there are more unsolved murders at that hotel than anywhere in the county and no one ever sees shit!”

     

    Ricco informs the sheriff of the assault on Gardner Weems yesterday and the dead end in the investigation.

     

    “Did you check the security feed?” Marcus inquires.

     

    “It doesn’t work,” Ricco informs him.

     

    “Too bad,” the Sheriff muses. “He spent a lot of money on it.”

     

    (GM Note: Here is an example of a pronoun mix-up. Sheriff Mason knows the hotel’s surveillance system is down there and has been for some time. The ‘he’ the sheriff is referring to is Gardner Weems, not anyone in hotel security or management. Gardner bought his own camera a recorder and installed it to watch the dock. At the time Ricco was there, the old man was a bit ‘punch drunk’ so it slipped his mind. Oh well, no biggie.)

     

    Ricco asks, “The Hotel needs both another ‘MacGyver’ type and I need another security person. Do you have any recommendations?:

     

    “MacGyver type?” Marcus laughs. “That’s a great old vid, but I’m not sure if recommending anyone would be appropriate given my position. If you make a formal application about hiring an individual for a specific security position, I can give an official response.”

     

    There is another issue that Ricco is curious about so he asks, “The Visigoths—clearly you know the Prez. Would it be a bad idea to take my car there for service?”

     

    Sheriff Mason thinks for a minute before responding. “I’ve known Hank Tremont for years; even arrested him a few times, but he can be dealt with. The MC is definitely bad-ass and they don’t like cops. Since you are new, and you work for the hotel it should be OK. That is until you tangle with them.”

     

    Ricco mentions his suspicion about the young man he thought might be dealing drugs at the Panhandle Saloon last Saturday night. The Disney cop realizes he has no picture of his suspect. The sheriff questions him about just what he saw. With no money exchanging hands and nothing incriminating said there is little to go on. He tells Ricco if he gets anything substantial give him a call and he will try to act on it.

     

    The two part amicably. Ricco feels (correctly) that he has started to make a friend.

     

    About mid-afternoon, a Trauma Team AV delivers Sam and Rianna back to the hotel. Dr. Ricci examines the ex-C.I.A. operative and orders bed rest for the rest of the day. He can see people tomorrow and start back at work on Monday. Sam calls Crank and Charlie to invite them to a cookout Sunday. He tells Charlie to bring Beebe.

     

     

    At 6 pm Beebe waits at the end of the wooden walkway leading to Charlie’s house on the end of Petersen Point. A faded blue panel van with the words: Velvet Blue, pulls up. Jason is at the wheel. He is all smiles, till he realizes her leather strap over he shoulder isn’t to a purse or bag, but is actually a gun belt. Being from Nevada, wearing a firearm is second nature. With some convincing Beebe returns the gun to her room. She still insists on bringing her knife. Returning to the van, she climbs in back and meets the band.

     

    It’s a close fit with all of the equipment and passengers packed in the back of the van, but they move to make room. Beebe recognizes Jason’s sister, Amy, who introduces her to Sammy Trang. The wiry Asian drummer unwraps himself from Amy long enough to shake hands. Snuggling back into her beau’s embrace Amy continues the introductions. Ty Saint Claire plays guitar. The buff, bald, ebony skinned youth gives a nod and salute in greeting. Natty is the group’s bassist. The pale brown haired girl reacts to her name, but doesn’t seem to catch the rest of the exchange. It takes her a moment to respond when Beebe puts out her hand. Paris Saint Claire is the last member of the quartet and the band’s lead singer. Her Afro-Asian features lend her an exotic quality and according to Amy she plays a mean harmonica.

     

    On the short ride to the venue, Beebe learns that Ty and Paris are cousins. The party is actually really close; just north of the state boat ramp. If not for all of the equipment, they could probably have walked there. The van turns off towards a house, but slows at a barricade across the drive. Through the front window Beebe can make out several young men in slacks and white shirts manning the barrier. They are all armed. For a moment she quietly curses Jason for making her leave her gun at home, but all is well. The band’s van is waived right through. Driving beyond the house into a field, Jason parks the van near a fenced off area behind a large hay wagon. Beebe helps with the set up, but has hard time following the conversation between the band members. They slip from English into something that sounds like French. It could be (Cajun) Creole or possibly some local slang.

     

    Noting her confusion, Ty explains, “Natty’s English sucks.”

     

    “I no suck,” the brown haired girl protests.

     

    “That’s the problem,” the guitarist sighs.

     

    It takes a second and some snickering from the band, before Natty punches the smiling Ty.

     

    Local teenagers pour into the field as the band starts to play. Beebe is impressed. They sound awesome! Paris is soulful and sexy. She makes love to the microphone. Her voice oozes with a sensuality far beyond her years. Ty is a smoking hot guitar player who makes his instrument sing along with his cousin. Sammy and Natty lay down a solid beat the other two weave their music through. Beebe and Jason dance along with the crowd that pulses to the siren call of Velvet Blue’s music.

     

    At 11 pm a deputy sheriff shows up and the band stops. The hosts put on some recorded music that the police make sure the volume is set low. The guests gather around small fires as the night winds down. Suddenly an Asian girl in a torn tee-shirt and no shoes bursts from the woods off behind the stage. She runs wide eyed towards the band. On her heals are three young men. Paris is instantly up and moving towards the girls pursuers.

     

    The lead one starts to shout, “Get out of my …..”

     

    A punch to mouth from Paris cuts him off in mid sentence. Blindsided, he hits the ground hard.

     

    Seeing how fast his buddy went down, one of the two remaining attackers pulls a knife. Natty brandishes her own switchblade and stands by her friend. Beebe steps up on the other side of Paris with her knife at the ready. Ty walks up with a Louisville slugger in hand. With the odds mounting against them, the third youth pulls out a small handgun. It doesn’t have the desired effect. None of them are intimidated by the brandished weapon.

     

    The firearm does draw the attention of the party’s security. A voice booms out from the right, “Put that shit away!”

     

    Two members of the ‘button down brigade’ saunter over. Both have weapons drawn; one a large caliber pistol and the other a 12 gauge (shotgun). The weapons are decidedly pointed at the three interlopers. Having recovered from being decked by Paris, their ring leader picks himself up off the ground. Dismissively he tosses back, “Fuck it, this is a shitty party anyway,” as the three head back towards the woods.

     

    During the standoff, Beebe had been too preoccupied to notice, but now she catches a whiff of turpentine on the air. She asks but none of the others smelled it. The scent is gone after the three leave.

     

    During the fight, Amy and Sammy had moved to protect the girl they were chasing. She seems calmer now, but still ready to bolt at a moment’s notice. Paris approaches, speaking to the girl in Vietnamese. When in arms reach, the singer embraces her.

     

    “They’re cousins,” Ty explains to Beebe; adding, “from the other side of her family.”

     

    Lilly!” The girl’s head jerks up at the shouted name. A young Asian (Vietnamese) male quickly walks up to the group. It’s clear that he’s agitated, but Beebe has trouble reading if he’s just upset or angry. The confusion is not long lived as the lead singer and young man exchange hostile glares. He continues to shout at the girl till she disengages from Paris and walks over to him.

     

    The two walk off; the girl following the boy. Natty consoles her friend, while the rest of the group tries to recapture the earlier festive mood, but can’t. They decide to call it a night. On the ride back to Charlie’s place, Beebe is asked if she wants to come to band practice tomorrow night. The band usually practices at Ty and Paris’ grandfather’s farm. She eagerly accepts. Even with the whole family drama, the nomad had a fun night. Beebe would have liked the opportunity to tussle with those three dick weeds. Guys like that need to be put in their place. As she wends her way home along the walkway, the nomad hums one of Velvet Blue’s songs.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, January 12, 2047:

     

    In the later part of the morning Sheriff Mason comes to interview Sam about the recent murder attempt. He asks about Logan Hawke. With him is Deputy US Marshal ClaytonClayJohnson. The two lawmen tell the ex-C.I.A. operative that they have identified the three hitters. They were out of Philadelphia, which makes this an interstate matter.

     

    (GM Note: During Sam’s time in Atlantic City he didn’t have a great relationship with the Philadelphia LawDiv office to say the least. Therefore this case has been assigned to the US Marshals Service.)

     

    MarshalClayJohnson tells Sam the fixer, the three men normally work with, has gone to ground. They are still looking for him. Sam is helpful and answers all their questions. The two assure Fisher the case is being taken very seriously and the Feds along with local law enforcement are still following fresh leads. Sheriff Mason mentions the attack on Gardner Weems, and Sam is surprised by this. After the two leave he summons Ricco, and angrily demands why he wasn’t informed. The security chief points out that Sam was off the grounds and in the hospital at the time. He tactfully doesn’t mention that Fisher is officially not back at his job. Rianna has made it quite clear that Sam’s recovery is not to be disturbed. Ricco gives a full report on the incident and the facts that Gardner could not describe his attacker and there were no witnesses. The Brazilian does comment on the old man’s ‘difficult’ attitude and adds, “I think I know why (the kid hit him).”

     

    Sam is not pleased.

     

    The sound of a heavy truck pulling up, outside, ends any further discussion of the matter. Fisher runs for his handguns while Ricco moves to protect Rianna. Sam comes back into the front room, but doesn’t look outside. He may not admit it openly, but the though of another attempt on his life weighs heavily on his mind.

     

    There is a knock on the door. Sam tells Rianna, “Answer it.”

     

    She may be many things; stupid is not one of them. Both men are obviously expecting trouble and he expects her to answer the door. Rianna has a lot more that she wants to say to Sam on the matter, but for the moment, she simply answers “No.”

     

    Ricco bites the bullet (so to speak) and moves to answer the door. Sam moves to the side, out of sight. Hiding his sidearm behind his back, the security chief opens the portal to confront the man on the stoop. Their would-be attacker is dressed in coveralls, carrying an electronic clip board. “Sam Fisher?” he asks.

     

    Ricco isn’t sure how to respond. Was he asking if he was Sam Fisher or asking if Sam Fisher was home? Rather than asking for clarification, he looks over to Sam, who shakes his head, no. Turning back to the man at the door, the security chief states, “No, he’s not here right now.”

     

    The deliveryman does his best to stay cool. Petersen Point’s Trailer Park and Cottages have a reputation as a den of thieves and murderers. The cargo is Sam Fisher’s mint condition 1970 Charger. It costs a fortune and is worth killing for. He looks down at the clip board to buy time, trying to figure out if he can walk away from the sketchy Latino (Ricco) without getting shot. If holding an arm behind his back wasn’t enough of a giveaway, the delivery man caught sight of the muzzle of the gun, when the Ricco turned to look at Sam

     

    “OK, tell Mr. Fisher we’ll be back Monday.” The deliveryman walks back to his truck with sweat rolling down his brow; all the while thinking, “Oh God, please don’t let me get shot today.”

     

    (GM Note: The delivery man has pictures of both Sam Fisher and Rianna, along with instructions to not release his delivery to anyone but them)

     

    With the immediate danger passed, Sam remembers his car was supposed to arrive today. Turning to Ricco he shouts, “Stop that truck! Don’t let it get away!”

     

    Ricco jumps in his car and flies down the road after the fleeing moving van. Pulling up behind the truck he holds down the horn and flashes the headlights. The truck driver stomps on the gas, but is unable to pull away. Ricco edges past the swerving truck. Once in front, he speeds up the road. Cutting the wheel, to block the lane with his car, the security chief steps out with gun drawn and badge in the air. The terrified driver tries to run him down. Ricco puts a bullet through the window into the man’s chest, causing the truck to veer off the road and come to a stop. The driver’s assistant bails out. He pleads with the security chief to spare his life. Angered by the whole situation Ricco cuffs the blubbering man before calling the sheriff’s department and Dr. Ricci. The doctor arrives but the driver is dead. He was killed instantly. (No skinweave or armor vs. 12mm Dual Purpose)

     

    The driver’s assistant confirms that Ricco identified himself as a policeman. His friend just didn’t believe it due to what happened at the house. Even though he’s off the hook, the security chief spends the next couple of hours filling out paperwork at the sheriff’s office. The truck and Charger are impounded as evidence. Sheriff Mason’s report of a tragic but justified shooting is sent to the county prosecutor, and Ricco is released.

     

    Ricco returns to the security office. Brandon comes on duty. The security chief tries to issue him a walkie talkie, but Heath tells the Disney cop he doesn’t need it. He has a cyber-radio implant and can set the frequencies to those used by the hotel’s security. Given the scarce number of working radios, Ricco is fine with this solution. He takes the walkie talkie over to Rianna to give to Sam. The Brazilian then continues his investigation on who ordered and installed the armor glass in Sam’s office.

     

    Crank spends the day studying the records showing how this hotel operates. By late afternoon he has a good overview. Each of the money making entities operates autonomously. The hotel proper, the fuel dock, the two clubs with the restaurant and bar, the Marina (if it was open) and the Trailer Park and Cottages handle their own finances monthly. Their independence keeps all from being shut down if one entity gets in trouble. The profits (if any) are sent to a main account at the end of the month. It is cumbersome, but an acceptable business model. What surprises Crank is that this place is even still open given its financial situation. Carrie Anne Thorn, the assistant manager, bookkeeper et al isn’t the somewhat sweet, batty old woman behind the front desk he had thought. She is a financial and organizational genius! Carrie Anne has single-handedly kept this place going for years. Crank has a new found respect for the woman.

     

     

    About 6:30 pm Ricco has narrowed the candidates for the window installation down to four possible places in Pensacola. He will deal with that next week as all of them are closed. What grabs his, and everyone else’s attention now, is the sounds of motorcycles coming down Petersen Point Road. A score of the Visigoths in full colors are escorting an old, battered yellow school bus. Ricco watches through the security monitors, Brandon and Crank step outside. The column drives by the main hotel building and into the school parking lot. Twelve of the bikers loop around the parking lot and head back up the road out of sight. A bunch of teenagers pour off the bus. Crank and Brandon head towards the school.

     

    A male student gets on the back of one bike and a cheerleader jumps on the back of another. Those two bikers pull away. The remaining six watch as the kids get picked up by waiting vehicles or disappear into the trailer park. Brandon slows to a stop and waits just across the road from the school and watches. Crank is furious. The Visigoths are banned from the hotel. The roar of their Harleys and sight of their colors may well frighten away guests. Crank walks up to one of the bikers and asks, “What are you doing here?”

     

    The Visigoth who is covered in road grim and sweat from his multi-hour ride looks at Crank dressed in his tailored suit (to hide his weapon) and his hair combed in place. The biker’s rely is, “Fuck off, asshole!”

     

    Owen considers ripping him off his hog and pounding the crap out of him, but there are five other bikers there. He looks to Brandon, across the street. It doesn’t appear as he is going to back him up. Heath can’t hear the exchange over the sound of the motorcycles. Ricco is not to be seen. Well, the security chief is monitoring the situation from the security console. By now the bus is empty and the kids are gone. The remaining six Visigoths ride leisurely up Petersen Point Road and out of sight.

     

    Crank goes up to Brandon and shouts, “Why didn’t you back me up?”

     

    “Over what?” the security officer replies.

     

    “They (the Visigoths) are banned. They’re not supposed to be here.”

     

    Brandon just looks at him and says, “They were dropping off some kids, so what?”

     

    “When there was only six, we could have taken them,” Crank responds.

     

    “Oh, yeah, then the rest of them come back and what happens then?”

     

    Crank stalks away and calls Sam. Rianna gives Sam the phone. After hearing Crank’s account of events, he calls Ricco to demand an explanation for his inaction. Ricco points out that there was little they could do to stop them and the situation really didn’t merit intervention.

     

    “Do your job!” Sam shouts into the phone, before hanging up on his security chief. Rianna takes the phone from him and tells the ex-Delta Force sniper to calm down.

     

     

    Jason Fry borrows an old pickup truck from Charlie, so that he and Beebe can head over to the Saint Claire Farm. Beebe brought her gun, just in case, but promises to leave it in the truck. Jason doesn’t object. After last night, it seems a sensible precaution. The farm is out of town down Hickory Hammock Road. There are two houses, a barn and some smaller outbuildings, but what really catches Beebe’s eye as they drive up is the large screened in tent. The band practices in the barn. The dynamics of this group are becoming clear to Beebe. Paris is the leader with her cousin, Ty, serving as her strong right arm. Natty and Paris are BFFs, but there is a hint of something more. Sammy and Amy are the good time followers. Jason, like herself, is a recent addition to their tight knit circle. Standing with them last night seems to have made an impression.

     

    The band is hot and they practice hard. Sure, they drink a little booze and smoke a little pot, but it’s all about the music. A little after 9 the power goes out, ending the rehearsal. Beebe looks back towards town. Blackwater is dark too. The band members take it in stride, pulling out flashlights and lighting lanterns. Ty explains it’s not an uncommon occurrence. While the band cleans up, Jason heads off to light the fire in the tent. Beebe tags along, with nothing better to do. A low platform strewn with cushions encircles the open fire pit. Smoke from the fire is vented through a screened smoke hole at the peak of the tent. Jason takes a hoe and carefully pokes and moves the cushions. This seems curious to Beebe till she hears the telltale sound of a rattler. Jason lifts a large diamondback from among the cushions. Ty unrolls an electric cord from one of the houses to the tent. The main house has a backup generator. Confirming Beebe’s earlier guess, he tells the two nomads that the power is out all over town.

     

    Taking the hoe from Jason, Ty coaxes the snake into wrapping itself around the end of the gardening implement. He takes the reptile to the edge of the woods and lets it go. Beebe is surprised, “Why didn’t you cut off its head? Rattlers are tasty.”

     

    Ty explains that there have been a lot of chemical spills and outright dumping in the area. Catching and eating the local wildlife can be risky.

     

    The band checks the perimeter of the tent’s screen and fixes the place where the snake got through. They get a fire going, put on some Cajun/Blues, and flop onto the cushions.

     

    Beebe learns more about her new friends. Ty works for his (and Paris’) grandfather, Eustis Saint Claire, on the local water and sewer system. He is paid by the town. Natty’s mother is a dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She attends the hotel school. Beebe wonders how much she’s learned, given her atrocious English. Sammy’s parents are dead. He lives with his sister who works as a cocktail waitress at the Blue Moon.

     

    A soft sensual tune starts to play and the group of friends call to Natty in Cajun French. The girl stands and starts to dance an erotic striptease. Paris may be the siren of song, but Natty is mistress of movement. It takes her a few endless minutes to shed her two pieces of clothes. With her young body glistening in the firelight, she slowly pushes Ty down with her toe, straddles his stomach and grinds her hips on his chiseled abs. The music ends and there is silence.

     

    Ty looks up at her with a matter of fact expression and asks, “Eskize m ', men tout cheve nan tèt piblik nou an, ap pikotman nan vant mwen.”

     

    The group shrieks with laughter. Natty falls off Ty and rolls around on the ground giggling. She gets up and looks for her shorts and tank top. The brown haired girl finds her pants and pulls them on. Paris holds up her T, but rather than handing it over, she makes the other girl come to her. She coyly holds it away, making her friend get close. Paris’ hand grasps the bassist’s waist band and pulls the brown haired girl down to sit in her lap. The two kiss.

     

    Ty smiles, gets up and says, “OK, time for me to go to sleep. I’m on call tomorrow.” He heads for the darkened house.

     

    All that can be seen of Sammy and Amy are limbs moving slowly amongst the pillows and cushions. Jason looks at Beebe and asks, “I can drive you home, or …. We could stay awhile?”

     

    Beebe agrees to stay, but tells the young nomad not to expect to get to second base. The two cuddle and an occasional kiss is exchanged. Mostly they just enjoy the warm Florida night, the low fire and sounds of nature around them.

     

     

    When the power goes out at the hotel, the emergency lights cut in. Within ten seconds the backup generators roar to life. Power is restored along with the air conditioning. Blackwater is still dark. Before the power outage, the Panhandle Saloon was having yet another slow night. But, as one of the few places still with electricity, people begin to show up; drawn in like moths to a flame. Within an hour, the place is rocking. Brandon is on duty and Crank is there as well. With the sudden increase in customers, Crank jumps behind the bar and assists his grateful bartenders. This could be their best night in months!

     

     

    Next: Part Two of Getting to Know the Neighbors

  15. Episode 1 – Welcome to the Petersen Point Resort

     

     

     

    Sam Fisher arrives on site with his fiancée, Rianna Prescott. The new manager gets his first look at the Petersen Point Resort. First impressions, this is no fixer-upper, it’s a complete train wreck. A deteriorating physical plant skeletally staffed by sullen, if not down right hostile workers, two of who quit soon after his arrival. And what tour is complete without a fight and stabbing. It’s not turning out to be an auspicious first day.

     

    Even with all its problems, ‘The Point’ does function, after a fashion. This is in no small part thanks to the un-sung heroic efforts of the resort’s assistant manager. Sam and his ‘hand picked’ management team are just beginning to ease themselves into the working rhythm of the place when things are thrown into chaos by a sniper’s bullet. A manhunt for the would be assassin(s), with the aid of local law enforcement, turns up more questions than answers.

     

     

    Background

     

    Retired Delta Force colonel and former C.I.A. assassin, Sam Fisher is ‘officially’ released from prison. Publically, he just wants to put his 5-years sentence behind him and get on with his life; something made exceedingly difficult by the government’s failure to honor its promise. As part of the unofficial deal for pleading guilty to extortion (resulting from a botched operation during the Atlantic City ‘season’ of the Burn Notice Campaign) Sam was guaranteed his government pensions upon release. Deprived of retirement benefits and with few prospects of legal employment, now that he is a felon, the future looks bleak. An old friend (Nathan Forrest Deputy Director for Clandestine Services at the C.I.A.) offers Sam a way out of his troubles, in return for help with a little problem of his own.

     

    President Whindam has decided to bring the four southern states, collectively known as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’, to heel. Sam, accompanied by his fiancée Rianna Prescott, will be sent to Santa Rosa County in the Florida panhandle near the Pensacola COG to manage the Petersen Point Resort, a seedy old tourist destination that will serve as a ‘safe house’ for operations to bring down the state government of Alabama. He will also be tasked with the occasional mission himself. To aide him, a ‘Dirty Deeds’ group has been assembled. They will be inserted with cover identities as new employees of the hotel. Only Sam will be aware of the government’s involvement in this operation.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Laugherty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major BeatriceBeaLaugherty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first orbital artillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who will serve as a security officer at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to a request by Sam’s daughter to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad who is in the area to work on two projects. The first is a program sponsored by DARPA, to develop next generation laser technology. The second is to augment the defensive capabilities of the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci. This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    OwenCrankWolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco to take over as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion to protect his friends and his daughter from the fallout of a botched operation. He is the general manager of the Petersen Point Resort and Team Leader.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Alice Timmons runs the Trailer Park and the Guest Houses at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Angela Bauer is an older woman from the Snake Nation who serves as a teacher at the school. She settled in Blackwater and lives in the hotel trailer park.

     

    Beulah St.John, an old black woman, is head of housekeeping at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Cathy Hodges is the head of the school and a hotel employee.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also assistant hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman in her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Eustis (‘Useless’) Saint Claire is an old black man who runs the water and sewer system at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Father Ernesto Rivera is the Puerto Rican born priest of St. Peter’s by the Sea. He is 32 years old and very warm and friendly.

     

    Gardner Weems is the old white cracker who runs the resort’s marina.

     

    Heather Strong is a pregnant Thelas nomad on land for her high risk pregnancy and another teacher at the school.

     

    HenryHankTremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths MC.

     

    Jesse James is the sloppy (with the money, but honest) bartender from the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    JohnnySquintTucker, a not overly bright man about 36 years old, is the assistant manager and head bartender for the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Kelly O’Donnell is a 22 year old Irish dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She has bright red hair and lots of freckles. ATTR 9

     

    Loc Thi Mai is a local Vietnamese-American girl who dances at the Blue Moon Revue. She is 20 years old. ATTR 8

     

    Mona du Bois is a tall powerfully built Cajun black woman, another dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is 26 years old. ATTR 8

     

    Nancy Petersen is a 25 year old cocktail waitress at the Panhandle saloon.

     

    ObadiahObieTerhune is an Afro-American male about 51 years old who is the maintenance chief at the Petersen Point Resort. Actually, he is the entire maintenance department which should number at least ten.

     

    Paul Gambier is the head chef at the Petersen Point Resort and from an old Cajun family of the area.

     

    Philbert Gagnon is a local from the town, and teacher at the school.

     

    Sergeant Willard Broome is the senior patrol officer for Florida Department of Law Enforcement (State Police) in this area. He is a crew-cut wearing no-nonsense trooper.

     

    Selena Rodrigues is a young ATTR 9 Mexican-American dancer at the Blue Moon Revue, aged 19.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that, as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    Sheriff Roger Calhoun of Escambia County is a hard ass white cop, who has had his job for 24 years.

     

    SimonSlyTremont is the MC and assistant manager for the Blue Moon Revue. He is a greasy looking white man with black hair and a pencil thin mustache.

     

    StefanSteveZelinsky is a prospect of the Visigoths MC. He has some audio visual skills. He is ‘seeing’ Alina Lanikova’s 14 year old daughter.

     

    Trooper Seth Hunt of the FDLE (Florida State Police) is Sergeant Broome’s usual partner.

     

    A whole bunch of local kids whose names nobody bothered to find out (including one who stabs Sam Fisher).

     

     

    The Action

     

    Friday, January 4, 2047:

     

    As Sam Fisher and his fiancée, Rianna Prescott, get ready to leave for Florida and the Petersen Point Resort, he gets a letter from the outgoing manager that reads:

     

    January 2, 2047

    Petersen Point Resort

    Blackwater, Florida

     

    Mr. Sam Fisher;

    Enclosed is the list of Department Heads of the hotel per your request. In my personal opinion they are the biggest group of lying, thieving self-indulgent little pricks I have ever had the misfortune of working with. I believe they have tried to frame me for embezzlement which didn’t work. They hardly do their job and if I was going to stay, I would fire them all. However, since I was denied that option, I have found better employment. Anyway here is the list:

     

    Mrs. Carrie Anne Thorn
    is Front Desk Manager, also asst. hotel manager and bookkeeper.

     

    Paul Gambier
    is the head chef.

     

    Eustis
    Saint Claire runs the water and sewer system.

     

    Gardner Weems
    runs the marina.

     

    Beulah St.John
    is head of housekeeping.

     

    Simon Tremont
    is assistant manager for the Blue Moon Revue.

     

    Johnny Tucker
    is the assistant manager and head bartender for the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Obadiah Terhune
    is the maintenance chief.

     

    Alice Timmons
    runs the Trailer Park and the Guest Houses.

     

    Cathy Hodges
    is the head of the school and a hotel employee.

     

    Good luck (you’ll need it),

    Fredrick Harrington

     

    To Sam’s mind, this doesn’t sound promising.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, January 5, 2047:

     

    Ricco Torres arrives at Petersen Point Resort unannounced. His plan is to use the opportunity to check out the Panhandle Saloon, for any thieves and drug dealers. There’s just one snag to the ex-cop’s plan of blending in with the Saturday night crowd. The Panhandle is almost completely dead.

     

    Even with the sparse number of patrons no one pays him any mind, including the staff. He finally secures a drink, and he sits back to watch. One of the bartenders draws his attention. The way the man handles money, makes Ricco suspect he may be skimming from the till. Careful observation shows he’s ringing up the correct amounts, so maybe he’s honest; just sloppy in the way he handles money. Going over his receipts should clear up the matter.

     

    The bartender is not the only questionable member of the staff. One of the waitresses is constantly sneaking off to the ladies washroom. The ex-cop examines her with a critical eye, but detects no sign of recent drug use.

     

    Among the patrons, one table holds his attention. A young man flanked by two other youths, appears to be holding court at the corner table. Throughout the night other patrons come up to their table, sit for a minute or two then go outside. As far as Ricco can tell, nothing changes hands, but the Brazilian finally decided to walk over and say “Hi.”

     

    His salutation is greeted with a, “Fuck off!” and sneer from the center youth.

     

    Rather than revealing his identity or making a scene, the head of security gets up and leaves the table. Business is slow enough. There’s no need to drive a way customer. If he proves to be dirty, there will be other opportunities to take him down.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, January 6, 2047:

     

    Ricco attends the early mass at the local Catholic Church, St. Peter’s By the Sea. The congregation is predominately Asian and white, except for two older black women. The Brazilian ex-cop is greeted with friendly curiosity. After the service he meets Father Ernesto Rivera. The Puerto Rican born priest looks to be in his thirties. He is warm, friendly, and to all outward appearances beloved by his parishioners.

     

    Among the gathered worshipers one elderly Asian gentleman stands out. As neighbors stop to visit after the service, nearly three quarters of the assembled congregation pause to confer or pay their respects to the old man. Two young strong Asian males stand to either side, protectively. His popularity seems to eclipse even that of Father Rivera.

     

    Ricco decides to join the steady stream of well-wishers, and introduces himself as the new head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. The older man makes no reply, beyond bowing his head in acknowledgment. It is immediately clear the conversation is over, before it even really starts.

     

    In the early hours of the afternoon the rest of Team wings their way into Pensacola International Airport. After gathering their luggage at the baggage claim, they wander outside to the loading zone. Just beyond the cab stand, is an older model mini-bus. The young man standing in front of it holds a sign reading: Petersen Point Resort.

     

    OwenCrankWolf, a muscle bound solo type; Betty Lu, a female Asian lawyer; Brandon Heath, a man in a light suit and tie; along with Sam Fisher and his fiancée, Rianna Prescott, clamber aboard, with bags in tow. With a low rumble, the minibus lurches from the curb. The driver studiously watches the road, avoiding conversation with his passengers. During the 40 minute ride down Interstate 10 the mini-bus’s aging air conditioner gamely tried to keep the group from melting under the oppressive Florida heat.

     

    There appears to be a welcoming committee waiting as the minibus pulls up in front of the main building at the Petersen Point Resort. The small group is fronted by a grim middle-aged man, in a suit and an older woman, leaning heavily on a cane. Standing slightly behind the pair are three men attired in light tropical suits. Of the three, one is Anglo and the other two appear Latino.

     

    The minibus has barely come to a stop, before the driver is out of the vehicle. Bounding down the steps he tosses the keys at the older man, who snatches the jangling projectile out of the air without looking. His gaze never wavers from the driver. Hostility simmers in the old man’s eyes. The driver casually flips him the bird as he passes. Stopping in front of the old woman, he holds out his hand. Wordlessly she hands over an envelope. He spares her a look before turning his back and walking toward an impatient young woman leaning against a car.

     

    The older man (who caught the keys and got the bird) calls out to the retreating figure, “Have a safe trip!” It’s clear he doesn’t mean it; probably even hoping they end up dead in a ditch.

     

    The younger man doesn’t even bother to turn. He flips the old man off over his shoulder, while continuing towards the waiting vehicle. His traveling companion is more vocal. “Fuck off and die, asshole!”

     

    As that pair speeds off, the older man walks up to Sam and hands over the bus keys and a second larger key ring. Proffering a clip board he officiously intones, “Sign here.” There is only one document, a receipt for the master keys. Once he has Sam’s signature, the old man walks away towards another car.

     

    Hobbling forward, the older woman, sounding somewhat abashed, greets the new manager. “Welcome to the Petersen Point Resort. I am Carrie Anne Thorn, the assistant manager. Would you like to get settled or take a tour first?”

     

    The Anglo youth standing behind Carrie Anne, doesn’t give Sam a chance to respond. “They take the tour now or I won’t be here to do it. My time is up here, and I’m not waiting.”

     

    Seemingly unfazed, Carrie Anne uses the interruption to introduce the three men standing behind her. Since he had already drawn their attention she begins with their anxious tour guide. “This is Jack Davis, one of our security people.”

     

    Davis quickly corrects her. “Former security person,”

     

    Carrie Anne concedes the point with a quiet, “Yes.” Rather than dwelling on what appears to be a sore subject, she continues the introductions. “This is Doctor Eduardo Ricci, the hotel physician and Ricco Torres, the new head of security. Dr. Ricci and Mr. Torres were the only other department heads who could make it today. You will meet the rest at the meeting tomorrow morning.”

     

    Sam shakes both their hands. He greets Ricco warmly, inquiring as to how things have been since they met at his daughter Catherine’s wedding a few weeks ago. Unbeknownst to the new head of security, the wedding was not their first meeting. While in Rio Sam had met and worked with the former Brazilian cop under the cover identity of Tyree Jones. It’s one of the reasons Ricco was selected for the ‘Dirty Deeds’ team.

     

    Since Jack Davis has made it clear he’ll be leaving right after the tour, Sam sees no need to shake his hand. He doesn’t like the man’s attitude, but it would be a wasted opportunity to not find out what he knows about their new digs. Resigned to the situation, he gestures to Davis “All right, let’s get this tour over with.” Jack asks for the keys to the minibus. The new arrivals find themselves piling back into the hot bus for the tour of the resort.

     

    IPB Image

    The Petersen Point Resort

     

    One of the first stops is the fuel dock. There is a high amount of activity around a large armed vessel tied at the dock. Sam catches sight his old friend, Charlie Bibbliodoc, at the center of a group of sea nomads. Like Ricco, the nomad weapon-smith had been one of the guests at his daughter’s wedding. The ex-C.I.A. agent calls out to his friend while heading toward the milling group of nomads.

     

    Sam is an imposing figure; even when not intending to be. His unexpected appearance has many of the pirates (nomads) reaching for their weapons. This tenseness evaporates as Charlie breaks out into a broad grin and yells back his own greeting. The pair share a brief, but animated chat. Charlie takes the opportunity to introduce Sam to his assistant, Beebe Laugherty.

     

    The two would like to visit longer, but Davis testily beeps the horn. As the new manager re-boards the mini-bus, Charlie shouts after him, “Hey, Sam, I’m doing a weapons test at my shooting range tomorrow afternoon. You should come down and watch.”

     

    Sam waves an acknowledgement as the bus rumbles away from the fuel dock. Jack drives them around the trailer park and shows them the cottage area. While looping back towards the hotel he points out the executive housing and Sam’s large bungalow. Rianna asks if she can be dropped off with the luggage. Though impatient to depart, Jack relents. He’s not a complete dick. Besides, it doesn’t hurt that the request comes from a pretty girl.

     

    Leaving Rianna to shower and unpack the bus heads north past the school, tennis and basketball courts. Jack parks in the maintenance area and continues the tour on foot across the par 3 golf course. Lack of landscaping has left the entire course in sorry shape. Nature is well on its way to reclaiming the land. The only evidence of human intervention is matted sections of dead grass that spell out obscenities on the fairways and greens. This is the major reason that the course is closed at present.

     

    Close to the northern edge of the property, the members of the tour begin to hear yelling and screaming. The noises of a fight carry from the direction of the state boat ramp, behind a long lunch wagon on the other side of a low rail fence marking the boundary of the resort. Sam and Crank quickly hop the fence. Seeing as how he is technically no longer employed by the hotel, Jack has no interest in investigating.

     

    The pair comes upon the scene of a brawl. Two combatants are down. Another two are still going at it. Other than the new arrivals, the only spectators are two groups of girls standing on opposite sides of the melee. Neither group seems all that interested in the fighters still squaring off or the two on the ground. They are too busy hurling insults at each other.

     

    Though they mix in jibes about their opposition’s mixed parentage, ‘Skank’ appears to be the ‘go to’ insult for a lithe Asian girl and her two fair haired compatriots. The target of their derision is the white girl with her brown stringy hair, who is with an Asian/black teenage girl whose decidedly Asian features are muted by a mix of ancestry. This mixed race Asian teen alternates between consoling her friend and screeching out a barrage of obscenities at three girls. As for the brunette, she seems unwilling or incapable of joining in the verbal fray. The redness spreading up the left side of her face may have something to do with this. It may also explain her wan complexion. Rather than her normal complexion, it might be the early stages of shock.

     

    Sam and Crank take stock of the situation. One of the downed fighters sits up groggily. The other, an Asian teen appears down for the count. The remaining combatants are both white. One is wearing biker leathers, with a patch that reads, ‘Prospect’. As the pair approaches, the prospect catches the other teen with a left jab, setting him up for a right handed pile driver that drops his opponent. The deluge of insults ceases as the fighter hits the ground.

     

    Sam does not interfere, when it becomes clear that the leather clad teenager isn’t going to take advantage of his fallen opponent. He and Crank, both realize the victor is probably a member of the local motorcycle ‘club’, the Visigoths that they had been briefed about.

     

    Looking back smugly, the young biker walks over to the two teenage girls. He gently pulls the injured girl’s hand away from her cheek. Bending down, he tenderly kisses the angry red welt. A new torrent of obscenities follows the three as they walk towards a motorcycle with a side car. The biker wraps his arm protectively around the young brunette as if to ward off the hurled abuse from the three harpies, who still haven’t shown any concern for the welfare of the three downed fighters.

     

    Sam steps forward to check on the unmoving Asian teen. As the boy begins to come round, his vision is eclipse by the massive shadow. Reflexively, a knife flashes out and upward. Sam registers the knife blow (Only a single point of damage) and grabs the kid’s wrist. The ex-agent’s hands are enormous. They cover the wrist and most of the hand holding the knife. His attempts to carefully extract the knife (to minimize the damage to his suit) are complicated by a new attacker.

     

    With a scream, “Don’t you hurt my brother,” the Asian girl jumps on his back. Though her punches are ineffectual, the continued screaming is quite annoying. Once the knife is free of his suit, Sam easily disarms the youth.

     

    A single gunshot cuts through the din, stopping everyone. Now that he has their attention, Crank lowers his ‘Arno’ pistol, but does not holster it. Standing upright, Sam unintentionally dislodges the hellcat pounding on his back. She hits the ground with a yelp of pain, touching off a new chorus of insults (directed at Sam) from her blonde haired friends. The moment is broken by deep rolls of laughter from the biker. Kicking his bike to life he rides off with the petit brunette at his back and the mixed Asian girl in the sidecar; still laughing.

     

    The Asian boy rolls away from Sam and gets to his feet. He helps up the girl, before checking on the other boy. The shot draws the attention of those who remained at the fence. They all jump that obstacle to check on Sam and Crank. All that is, save Jack. At the approach of the more adults the kids just fade away. It seems everyone just wants to forget about the altercation.

     

    Ricco asks their guide the reason for his hesitation.

     

    “We don’t have any authority on the north side of the fence.” And that’s all he has to say on the subject.

     

    Jack drives them back to the hotel, hands over the keys and takes his leave. Everyone is shown to their bungalows. Needless to say, Rianna is not pleased that her man was stabbed on their first day at the resort.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, January 7, 2047:

     

    Sam convenes a staff meeting promptly at 8:30 am. In attendance are Mrs. Carrie Anne Thorn, Front Desk Manager, asst. Hotel manager and bookkeeper; Paul Gambier, head chef; Eustis Saint Claire, an elderly black man who runs the water and sewer system; Gardner Weems, an old white cracker who runs the marina; Beulah St. John, an old black woman who is head of housekeeping; Simon Tremont, MC and assistant manager of the Blue Moon Revue, a greasy looking white man with black hair and a pencil thin mustache; JohnnySquintTucker, a not overly bright (but honest) man about 36 years old who is the assistant manager and head bartender for the Panhandle Saloon. Alice Timmons, who runs the trailer park and guest cottages, is there as well.

     

    Cathy Hodges, the head of the school, is absent, but with an excuse. She’s covering for another teacher who is out sick. Her absence doesn’t concern Sam. He has an 11 am appointment to tour the school and he will catch up with her then. ObadiahObieTerhune, the maintenance chief, is also out sick.

     

    Sam calls the meeting to order. He introduces Ricco Torres, as the new head of security, OwenCrankWolf as the Food and Beverage Manager and Betty Lu as the new Hotel legal counsel. The ex-Delta Force sniper hands out personnel forms that he prepared the previous evening. He expects each employee to fill out the form. In addition, he wants all department heads to prepare a report of the condition and needs of their departments.

     

    What he stresses most is that there be no bad language used in front of the guests. The employees who greeted him yesterday (ex-employees now) did not impress him. He also lays down his first new rule. No one is to carry a firearm openly at the hotel. Crank vocally objects. His ‘style’ is that of a gunfighter. Without the large Arno revolvers, strapped at his hips, the cowboy hat he refuses to take off, even when inside, would just look ridiculous. Sam’s response is basically, “Get a new style!”

     

    After a dry recitation of weekly reports the meeting breaks up. Crank arranges a walk-through of the resort’s two clubs. He will meet JohnnySquintTucker, at the Panhandle Saloon at the bar at one 1 pm, and Simon Tremont at 4 pm in the Blue Moon Revue. Ricco asks to have a word with Johnny Tucker at 11 am. Later in the afternoon, Ricco calls Betty Lu and asks her if he can legally force employees to take a drug test. Unless the employee is mandated in his/her job description to drive the public or there is a court order, the answer is no (in Florida).

     

    Sam, Crank, Betty Lu and Dr. Ricci visit the hotel school at 11 am. They are met by Philbert Gagnon, a local from Blackwater, paid by the town. He shows them around the facilities, which occupy the ground floor of a two story structure. The second floor has been closed to save money. Philbert introduces them to Cathy Hodges, the head of the school and a hotel employee, and Angela Bauer, an older woman whose Snake Nation markings are clearly evident. Heather Strong, another Nomad teacher is out sick today. The classrooms are large and open. In the high school area there are only 22 students working on various projects. Five of the teenagers (four girls and one boy) from yesterday’s altercation are among the students. The girls look a little younger as the heavy make-up of Sunday has been scrubbed off for school. The kids ignore the adults as they walk by. Sam asks Cathy to make a list of what the school needs and he will try to provide it.

     

    While the rest are at the school, Ricco has his meeting with Johnny Tucker. The security chief asks about the guy sitting at the corner table. Johnny says he doesn’t know who he means. Ricco describes the two other guys sitting with him and how other patrons would stop by the table, talk briefly, then leave, only to come back in a few minutes later. Johnny’s expression never changes. He really has no idea what Ricco is talking about. The security chief begins to wonder if Johnny is a few cans short of a six pack.

     

    Crank meets Johnny at the salon at 1 pm. He is surprised that the bar is not open. Johnny clues him in to the county ordinance. All establishments that serve alcohol must be closed on Sunday and one other day of the week. The assistant manager lists of the names of the staff. One name in particular catches Crank’s attention. So as not to interrupt Johnny’s train of thought, he waits for him to finish the list, before asking about Nancy Petersen.

     

    “Is she related to the family that owns the Hotel?”

     

    Johnny actually seems shocked, as if he never noticed that Nancy’s last name was the same as the resort where they work. She isn’t part of the family, as far as he is aware.

     

    Realizing his assistant manager is not overly blessed with intelligence, Owen decides to keep the conversation light. What Johnny lacks in wit, he make up for by being a good listener; an important skill for a good bartender.

     

    Ricco drives to the Sheriff’s office, in the county seat of Milton, to deliver the application for one of the hotel’s automatic weapons permits to be issued to Brandon Heath. He sees Sheriff Mason and tries to speak with him. The man claims he is too busy and blows him off.

     

    A little after two pm, a small boat comes to pick up Sam and take him to the laser test. When he arrives at the range he is surprised to see the name on the structure: Petersen Point Resort Rifle and Pistol Range.

     

    “Hey, this is my range,” Sam protests.

     

    “No,” Charlie corrects him. “It is my range, and I have the lease to prove it.”

     

    Re-opening the range for use by guests won’t be happening any time soon.

     

    Charlie shows Sam a cyberarm rigged to a table, gripping one of his experimental hand lasers. Down range two men in industrial frames (exoskeleton loaders) maneuver thick sheets of steel into position. Once the target is in place, the friends take cover behind a blast shield. Charlie activates the firearm remotely. A brilliant beam quickly burns through the steel plating and impacts the high sandy berm behind the targets. More steel plates are wrangled into position, and Charlie drains weapons power pack. With every shot Sam tenses waiting for the inevitable explosion. Charlie has refined the design since the catastrophic failure of his prototype (See Episode 4 of the C.I.A. Blues 2040 for details).

     

    The current model even allows the user to quickly swap out power packs. Satisfied with the weapons safety, the nomad gunsmith slips in a fresh battery and dismounts the weapon from the cyberarm. Charlie drains the weapon, before handing it off to his assistant, Beebe Laugherty. She matches her boss shot for shot. Through it all the weapon performs like a champ.

     

    When offered a go, Sam demurs. Beebe notes the hint of fear in his voice, and just can’t keep it to herself. The young woman’s chiding goes unheard by the ex-agent. His full attention is centered on the cooling weapon. The memory of the explosion still haunts his dreams; like a miniature supernova.

     

    Beebe is left to wonder where this supposed tough ex-Delta Force sniper and C.I.A. hit man is keeping his ‘balls’. With the test over, Charlie breaks out the whiskey and cigars. The two old friends sit and swap stories of the ‘good old days’.

     

     

    At 4pm Crank makes his way to the Blue Moon Revue. Sly Simons meets him out front. Like the Panhandle, The Blue Moon is closed on Monday. In fact it is only open from Wednesday thru Saturday. This is less a legal requirement and more due to a lack of a customer base to be open more often. As they enter, music can be heard coming from the main room. The dancers are rehearsing on stage. Sly explains that some of the girls are not the most experienced, so the lead dancer, Alina Lanikova, holds classes one day a week.

     

    Sly introduces the girls to Crank. There is Alina, who he already pointed out. Kelly O’Donnell is a 22 year old Irish girl with bright red hair and lots of freckles. Mona du Bois is a tall powerfully build Cajun black woman. Loc Thi Mai is a Vietnamese-American girl and Selena Rodrigues, a Mexican woman. After the introductions, the dancers get back to work. Owen notices one other person in the room. It is the light brown haired teenage girl from the state boat ramp who rode off with the Visigoth prospect. She is sitting at a table in the back doing her homework. When asked, Sly tells him, “That’s Alina’s daughter.”

     

    Crank finishes his inspection and sees potential. He asks why the military declared the place: Off Limits. Sly doesn’t know. As the dancers finish up Crank goes up and talks to Alina. By her accent she is clearly foreign. The new Food and Beverage Manager expresses his gratitude that she is helping the other dancers on her day off. Then he politely mentions that perhaps her daughter is not hanging out with a good class of people, meaning the biker prospect.

     

    Alina replies, “Why do you think she is sitting back there doing her homework? At least here I can keep an eye on her.”

     

    “Why don’t you tell her she just can’t see him anymore?” Owen asks,

     

    “You don’t have kids, do you,” the dancer asks. “Look, if I forbid her to see him, it will just make her want to sneak out to be with him even more.”

     

    She calls out to the studying teen in a language that Crank can’t understand. The girl gathers up her books and leaves with her mother. Owen goes back to his office and continues to study the hotel’s accounts.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, January 8, 2047:

     

    Ricco is in his office when he is notified that two vehicles of the Alabama State Police have entered the Resort’s trailer park. He calls Sam on his way over. Sam has Carrie Anne phone the Florida State Police, before sticking his head in Crank’s office. The Team has yet to set up a communications NET. Since he can’t contact Brandon, he taps Crank to ride shotgun.

     

    Ricco arrives on the scene first, with Sam and Crank thirty paces behind. A tight perimeter of four heavily cybered Alabama officers cover two more roughly cuffing a ‘suspect’ in front of his hysterical wife and children. The Brazilian security chief calls to the officers and points out that they are out of their jurisdiction.

     

    “Fuck off, asshole,” replies one officer. “This is a hot pursuit case.”

     

    Since the man and his family already have their camper and lawn furniture set up, Ricco doubts this, but two of the Alabama cops are wrestling their prisoner into their police van. The Brazilian ex-cop pulls out his sidearm and tries to disable the vehicle by shooting out a tire. The round does negligible damage to the solid rubber tire. The three round burst from the nearest trooper’s assault rifle is not as kind.

     

    Bullets tear threw both his legs. But for his skinweave, Ricco would have been cut off at the knees. The damage is still serious and the security chief goes down. The remaining officers train their weapons on Sam and Crank. Both hit the ground with their arms outstretched.

     

    Having secured their prisoner, the arresting officers grab Ricco. It appears that they are going to take him into custody too. Turning out his pockets, the Alabama officers come across the Brazilian’s ID. Seeing his corporate badge and credentials (granting him corporate immunity by Disney) the trooper in charge decides he’s not worth the hassle. They pocket Ricco’s firearm and leave him lying on the ground as they drive off with their other prisoner.

     

    Sam and Crank make sure Ricco sees the hotel doctor and then interview the wife. She tells them they were on their way to Disney World. After passing into Alabama they were stopped twice. Their camper was searched both times. Crank notes that the trailer has New York plates. Their car was searched a third time at the Florida state border, by the bridge on the old Spanish Trail, US 90 (where Alabama Route 10 ends and Florida Route 16 begins). Not satisfied with searching the vehicles, the cops resorted to body cavity searches. Not even the children were spared.

     

    They began to pull away after the search, but the police ordered them to stop and submit to another full search. This was the last straw. Her husband gunned the van and drove into Florida without stopping. That was an hour and a half ago.

     

    Sargent Willard Broome and Trooper Seth Hunt of the Florida State Police show up twenty minutes after the Alabama troopers had left. They are sympathetic and take a report, but there is little they can do. They are very understaffed and spread so thinly across the state that response times are not good. They speak sympathetic words to the distraught wife, but inform the Team that her husband will probably disappear into the gulag that is the Alabama prison system and will never be seen again.

     

    Sam, Crank and Ricco are informed by Carrie Anne that this happens every now and then. The three discuss what to do and come up with a plan to block the hotel road with heavy equipment the next time out of state troopers try to pull a raid on the property. After he is patched up, Ricco writes a letter to Sheriff Mason and requests a meeting. Given their first encounter yesterday, the letter is an ‘I think we may have gotten off on the wrong foot; can we start again?’ type of thing.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, January 9, 2047:

     

    9 am finds Sam is in his office, going through the records of the nightmare called Petersen Point Resort. Taking a breather he paces around his new office. Something about the large north-facing window catches his eye. Looking closely he realizes that the window has recently been replaced. Outside the hotel (and to a lesser extent inside also) the report of a Barrett-Arasaka Light 20 is heard. Sam doesn’t hear the gun shot but feels the impact as the round penetrates the window and strikes him in the forehead (for 11 points of damage). The ex-C.I.A. operative goes down hard. If not for his orbital steel skeleton, he would be dead. Still, someone just rocked his world.

     

    Hearing the shot, Crank runs out of his office to find out what happened. Sam stays low to present a harder target to the sniper. He also isn’t sure if his legs will hold him. Crawling slowly he makes it to the door. Crank and Ricco find him there, still hugging the floor. The alert goes out and the sheriff is called. Given the severity of the situation, Sheriff Mason comes himself. News travels fast, especially bad news. Charlie and Beebe rush to the scene to try to help.

     

    Sam is taken to the hotel infirmary. This is no simple clinic or dispensary. Time and money has obviously spent to. As medical facilities go, it’s top of the line. Given the distance to a good hospital and the resorts target clientele, it makes good business sense. Still it could denote a hint of paranoia from the previous management; the same paranoia, which paid for the armored glass which just saved Sam’s life.

     

    Even with the armored glass and his thick skull, things are touch and go. Rianna, Charlie and Betty Lu sit with him as Dr. Ricci works on the wound. Ricco, Brandon, Crank and Beebe talk with the sheriff and his investigators. Sheriff Mason lets Ricco check out the crime scene. From the blood splatter they can tell where Sam was standing. Tracing the trajectory of the shot would put the shooters position somewhere near Bluegill Lane. From there it would be a shot of almost 500 meters; definitely the work of a pro. The sheriff, a couple of deputies and the Team head over there.

     

    Housing near the end of the lane is spare. They begin searching near the water’s edge and work back towards the houses. As the search continues, Ricco notices some children playing in one of the yards. He walks up the road to speak to them, but the kids rush inside at his approach. The Brazilian security chief knocks on the door and identifies himself. There is no answer. Repeated attempts bring the same result.

     

    Sheriff Mason joins Ricco at the door, and tries to coax out the occupants. “Harriet, I know you’re in there. This is Sheriff Mason, open the door!” The door remains firmly closed. Frustrated, the peace officer changes tactics. Pounding on the door he shouts at Harriet, “Your son, Jimmy, is scheduled to get released from county in two weeks, isn’t he? It would be a shame if he got into more trouble on the inside and his sentence was extended.”

     

    After a long movement the door opens; just a crack. A woman’s pinched face appears in the gap. “Nobody saw nuthin’,”she declares.

     

    “Let me speak to Bobby,” Mason tells her.

     

    The door opens wider and one of the children Ricco saw playing in the yard steps out. He looks up at the assembled adults with wide eyes.

     

    “Did you see anybody down the end of the road by the water?” the sheriff asks.

     

    Little Bobby looks back at his mother who sighs and nods to the child. Bobby turns to the sheriff and says,” Yes, sir, there was a couple men and a light colored van.”

     

    “Did you see which way they went?”

     

    “They took a left on Bass Avenue and then turned right on Rube Pace Road. They was driving too fast,” the boy adds.

     

    “Well, thank you, Bobby,” Sheriff Mason tells the boy, “And you too, Harriet. I think Jimmy may have a few days of ‘good time’ coming for this.”

     

    The mother pulls her young son back inside and closes the door as the group heads back to their cars. “Well, we might as well give this a try,” Mason remarks with a sigh as he gets into his car.

     

    The small column of vehicles heads out to the main road towards the Interstate 10 interchange. The lead police vehicle turns into the Blackwater Café parking lot and goes around the back of the building into the area of Petersen’s Garage and the Visigoth MC’s clubhouse. Everyone can feel the tension in the air as a dozen leather clad bikers wearing colors scowl at the motorcade. Sheriff Mason steps out of his cruiser and walks towards the garage office as a hard looking man wearing Visigoth colors comes out to greet him. The patch on the biker’s chest reads ‘President’.

     

    “Hello, Hank,” Marcus begins.

     

    “Is there a problem, Sheriff?” the biker asks.

     

    “Someone just tried to kill the new General Manager of the Petersen Point Resort.”

     

    Hank chuckles a bit. “Well, that’s a dangerous job.”

     

    “Yeah, well we think the shooters passed by the front of the Café about forty to fifty minutes ago. I was wondering if your security cameras watching the road might have caught them passing by.”

     

    “Ah, you need our help.” Hank breaks into a big smile and then opens his arms out wide. “We are always happy to do our civic duty. Come on into the office.”

     

    The president turns and walks towards an open door. Beebe looks around and notices that about half of the bikers are looking at her and smiling. She begins to feel like a slab of meat on display in the butcher shop window with a pack of hungry dogs sitting there with their mouths watering.

     

    Hank shouts in the direction of the garage’s repair bays, “Steve, get your ass out here!”

     

    Out of that building walks a young man in overalls. He looks at the Team and breaks into a self-satisfied smile. The recognition is mutual. It’s the teenage prospect from the fight at the boat ramp last Sunday. Hank gives the young man the approximate time when the van would have passed and Steve searches the recording. Right at the time Sheriff Mason predicted, a light colored van drives by. Steve freezes the image and zeroes in on the license plate. The sheriff calls it in. The prospect then tries to get an image of the occupants, but the van has tinted windows. At the touch of a button, a couple of copies of the plate and van are printed up. The Visigoths also provide the police with a digital copy of the van passing by.

     

    Marcus turns to Hank and thanks him.

     

    “Oh, we will talk about this later, my friend,” Hank replies with a smile.

     

    “No doubt,” the sheriff responds glumly.

     

    By the time the Team and police get back to their cars, dispatch has a name. It is a rental from Pensacola. The sheriff asks and yes, it has a GPS. As they pull out to the main road, dispatch has an address. It is a fleabag hotel just outside Pensacola. Sheriff Mason tells dispatch to call the Escambia County Sheriff, fill them in and asks that they meet him a couple of blocks from the motel.

     

    A couple of Escambia County cruisers are waiting, led by Escambia County Sheriff Roger Calhoun. They have checked and the van is parked there. Sheriff Calhoun has a team in position and the room isolated. He sends in his men, but the room is empty. The motel manager tells them that three men did get in a Pensacola cab recently. The cab company is called and they get the address of a restaurant in Pensacola. Deputies are dispatched to check it out.

     

    The two sheriffs look through the suspect’s room. Ricco is allowed to accompany them as a professional courtesy. There isn’t much to see. Ricco notices a used notepad on the table by the bedside. There faint depressions in the top sheet. The Brazilian ex-cop carefully rubs the side of a pencil lead on the markings. The depressions become legible against the dark background of the graphite.

     

    ‘F347’

    ‘G3’

    ‘1630’

     

    Ricco and the two sheriffs look at it, but can’t make any sense of it. They take it outside to show others. Crank suddenly has an idea. “Could it mean Flight 347, Gate 3 and maybe that is 4:30pm written in military time?”

     

    Sheriff Calhoun calls the Pensacola airport. Yes, there is a Flight 347 leaving at Gate 3 at 4:30pm. Four sheriff cruisers (two from each county) and the Team speed to the airport. Two cruisers go around to a side gate and onto the tarmac. Exiting the vehicles the four deputies take up positions to cover the exits to the terminal. The Sheriffs accompanied by a deputy and the Team enter the front of the terminal and begin working their way toward Gate 3.

     

    They have no idea what the suspects look like, but the would-be assassins quickly give themselves away. Surprised by the appearance of the police, three men pull handguns and draw down on the cops and team. A firefight erupts.

     

    As a biomechanical cyborg, Brandon’s augmented reflexes allow him to fire before the three gunmen can get off a round. He aims his 14mm Big Governments to wing one suspect. The intent is to take the man alive, but the large caliber rounds tear through the gunman’s arms. The target is down and quickly bleeding out.

     

    Lacking the time to aim carefully, the second assassin’s shot goes wide, missing the deputy. Crank unloads with two shots from his Arnos. Dual hits to the head of the second gunman splatter gouts of blood and brain matter onto the wall and passengers cowering behind him.

     

    A shot from the third would be killer hits Sheriff Mason square in the chest (and his armored vest). Beebe fires back, scoring a lucky shot to the head (rolled a 1 for location). The final gunman is already dead, but catches more lead from Ricco and the Deputy before he hits the floor.

     

    No civilians are hit, but the terminal is thrown into chaos. The follow up investigation takes hours. The three gunmen are posthumously fingerprinted. Their prints match those found in the hotel room and rental van. A Barrett-Arasaka sniper rifle is recovered from the vehicle. The IDs the three carried prove to be false and initially no positive identification can be made. Each carries a phone registered to the same name, Logan Hawke. It is the name of a man who died of a brain aneurism five years ago in Atlantic City, New Jersey. This revelation holds no significance for the Team or police.

     

    (GM Note: Logan Hawke was an associate and employee of Sam Fisher, who attempted to blow up a bar in the Atlantic City area and murdered a bartender who had offended him. Logan was in reality killed on the orders of Nathan Forrest, Deputy Director for Clandestine Services for the C.I.A., to prevent him from being brain danced to obtain evidence in the murder investigation. Logan had worked as a C.I.A. asset on some sensitive (and illegal) missions. The Agency could not afford to let him be braindanced and the accused killer refused to plead guilty to Manslaughter to avoid the mind probing. It was this investigation that led to the arrest, conviction and imprisonment of Sam Fisher for extortion. See Episodes 10 through 22 of the Burn Notice Campaign for Logan’s story.)

     

    Eventually, the Team returns to the hotel. They have done well. Sheriff Mason and Sheriff Calhoun are impressed with the group. Ricco and Crank proved themselves able investigators. Beebe has earned Sheriff Mason’s gratitude by killing the gunman who shot him. Still, the question remains: Who sent these assassins? B)

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 2: Getting to Know the Neighbors

  16. Episode 55 – Death in the Amazon

     

     

     

    It’s time for the Team to step aside and let the ‘big boys’ handle things in Rio. Ricco still has his part to play in their little scheme. He has to stay in Rio. Roca and Doc Freeman have their research. They too will be remaining behind after the group splits up. Others (mainly Kyle, Cat, Allison and Sam) finalize plans to be elsewhere when things go down. Being subpoenaed to testify is not their chief concern. The frame job could still unravel. There is also the danger Bozeman will figure out who Tyree really is. But, before heading for the hills, there’s one last job.

     

     

    Background

     

    The Team has arrived in Rio de Janeiro aboard their (pilfered) 194 foot mega yacht, the Windfall. They have been brought here by the Disney Corporation, who runs the giant theme park, Fantasia. The Brazilian Supreme Court is expected to overturn the 1975 Presidential Decree (The Fusion) effectively re-establishing the city of Rio as an independent city-state within Brazil. Factions have begun to align, in anticipation of this decision, to vie for control of the city. The notorious favelas of Rio de Janeiro present a powerful voting bloc, one that several of the players in the political struggle seek to eliminate. By taking away the voting rights of the poor, the conspirators hope to move closer to their ultimate goal of eliminating the favelas, thereby reclaiming the valuable real estate for redevelopment. The Disney Corporation opposes this agenda and has contracted the Team as ‘consultants’ to counter the maneuvers of rival factions.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Allison Cole: 17 yo kleptomaniac sex pot and one of Cat Fisher’s best friends from Atlantic City High School. She just graduated from that school and—when she became a suspect in a recent heist in Atlantic City—followed her friend to Jamaica. Perhaps not yet “world class”, her skill as a Prowler is formidable.

     

    Cat Fisher/Ortiz: Officially she is Sam Fisher and the late Maria Ortiz’s 19 yo daughter. In actuality she is a full memory clone of late Caitlin Jones, the original biogenetic assassin construct built by the now defunct Bio Works Corporation. This is known only to Kyle Vaduva. Some on the Team know she is a Caitlin clone.

     

    Doc Freeman: Former professor at UNLV, former assistant coroner and (formally) disgraced cyber researcher. He is the inventor of the “cyberbrain” with which he claims to have cured death itself. Although courts around the world are now looking into ramifications of his work, Disney Corporation has honored their agreements with the man and he is now rich beyond his wildest dreams.

     

    Kyle Vaduva: Former C.I.A. agent, burned by the agency for crimes he did not commit. His efforts to expose and eliminate the Section, a freelance spy-and-black-ops ring that had infiltrated the C.I.A., led to a review of his record and exoneration. He was allowed to retire with full benefits. Kyle has been reunited with his lover from the Romanian Operation, Caitlin Jones (see Cat (Fisher) Ortiz above).

     

    Victor Kane: He is a 28 year old street racer (Runner) who until recently made extra money by doing a bit of smuggling on the side. Before that he served as a security soldier with Petrochem before he was ‘let go’.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. Although he was not corrupt, he left the force before a case could be ‘made’ (manufactured) against him. Recently he has been hired by the Disney Corporation and been given a corporate ‘badge’. He serves as liaison between the Team and Disney.

     

    Roca Terrier: Actually, she is one of the oldest characters from our game group. She is the only self-mobile A.I. in our game universe. Her existence is a result of a now ended secret military project. Her creator was a genius, who saw his attempt to create a self-learning A.I. built from his memories of his deceased daughter, perverted by the Pentagon in an attempt to create the perfect weapon system. Now a citizen of the Republic of Mars and a respected scientist, she was formerly married to General Pershing, the current Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff of the United States. Their divorce was a political move to advance the general’s career and the two are still very close. Roca is also a member of the Collective and sits on their ruling council. She and Cat know each other.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been ‘unofficially’ released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, and sent to Rio to help Cat and Kyle. He is there under one of his old aliases, Tyree Jones, a mixed race Virgin Islander.

     

    Nicholas (Nicky) Vaduva: Zar’s (Kyle’s) 18-year-old son from our Romanian adventure. Nicholas is unaware that Kyle is his father and believes the man is his cousin. He serves as second officer on the Team’s yacht, SS Windfall.

     

    Wyatt: Roca’s personal technician. He is the son the original chief tech on the project that created the A.I. The father and Roca are fast friends and this son has replaced his dad who is now retired. To Wyatt, Roca is family and visa versa.

     

    4.06531: A 4th generation Nietzschean operative, who is masquerading as Kyle (Kyle 2.0) on the Windfall. He is also known as Janko Mesic during this mission.

     

    Caitlin Diaz: One of Cat Biotechnica created clones, who is working with the Team masquerading as Catherine Ortiz (Cat 2.0).

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Colin Hughes: He is a (senior) executive from Petrochem on assignment in Rio de Janeiro. The man is from Victor Kane’s life path. Kane and Colin vied for the affections of Marybeth Bascom, daughter of Texas US Senator Howard Bascom. All three young people were “gear heads”. Kane beat out Colin, who arranged Kane’s separation from his job at Petrochem.

     

    David Lau: A Chinese gun runner in Rio who is working with George.

     

    George Brazzo: A high level fixer and criminal in Rio. He is a facilitator that rarely gets his hands dirty himself. He has a large bribery slush fund and two lawyers that keep him out of trouble. When he was a Rio civil policeman, Rico Torres tried unsuccessfully to put him away several times.

     

    Gustavo Benaziz: A follower of the Voice of the Wastes and a known Islamic terrorist and half-brother of Marcellana Barbieri, a Commonwealth media. He is working with Pedro de Costa of the Third Command.

     

    Marcellana Barbieri: She is a minor media who works for the Sky News Network. She is a dual national of Great Britain and Morocco. Her mother is Moroccan and her father Italian. Her half-brother is Gustavo Benaziz, a known and wanted Islamic terrorist.

     

    Major Victor Katanga: Formally a colonel in the Army of Mali, who was cashiered for the massacre of Islamist rebels in the north of that country a year or two back. He now works for the Orochi Resource Group (ORG) and heads one of their Special Reaction Forces (SRF). ORG is working with the C.I.A. in this area.

     

    Nathan Forrest: CIA Deputy Director of Covert Ops. Nathan is also an old friend of Cat father, Sam Fisher, who is currently in Rio under an old cover identity from his C.I.A. days, Tyree Jones.

     

    Nine Person Edgerunner Team: Working for the China National Offshore Oil Corporation (CNOOC).

     

    Roger Kincaid: the Disney executive in charge of the political situation in Rio.

     

    Solon: The A.I. that runs Kaliba Integrated Systems which built and runs the Rio Operations Center that controls the city’s security cameras, power distribution and police/fire communications. Solon wants to dispossess the favela residents of their voting rights and have them forced from the city.

     

     

    The Action

     

    Wednesday, February 7, 2046: Ash Wednesday

     

    The splendors of Carnival give way to the beginning of the Lenten season. Crews are still cleaning up remnants of the four day festival as Kyle, Cat, Roca and Allison drive out of the city for a meeting with Colin Hughes. The Petrochem exec confirms Allison’s reports (to the Team) of corporate sabotage. Attacks on the corporation’s offshore test rigs have delayed exploratory drilling. These ‘accidents’, along with planted memorandums, have called into question the energy giant’s safety record, jeopardizing negotiations with the Brazilian government.

     

    With time and some effort, Petrochem corporate security has been able to identify the parties responsible for these acts of sabotage. There is also strong intelligence pointing to the identity of their employer, the China National Offshore Oil Corporation (CNOOC). The sources of this evidence and how it was acquired make it problematic to involve the local authorities. Even if they could, Chinese influence within the Brazilian government would most likely quash any investigation. Petrochem would take the matter into their own hands, but negotiations are already tenuous. They can ill afford to be associated with a counter assault on the saboteurs, but they need the attacks to cease.

     

    The Petrochem executive is more than willing to support Disney’s political agenda, if the Team will take care of his problem. Intel indicates that the CNOOC squad is preparing for another hit on Petrochem. Colin’s people have pinpointed their current location and mode of transport. In order to move negotiations along (help the Team decide quickly) Colin emphasizes the time-sensitivity of the intel. They have less than a week. After that he doesn’t know where the CNOOC squad will be.

     

    (GM Note: Petrochem is encountering strong resistance in their attempts to expand into the Brazilian energy market. The strong ties between Chinese and Brazilian energy concerns are hard to break through. While Petrochem corporate doesn’t care one way or the other about voting rights in the favelas, forging an alliance with Disney and its political allies could help their own interests.)

     

    Securing the Team’s assistance, Colin happily turns over briefing material provided by Petrochem security. The saboteurs are currently aboard a freighter moored at the floating docks in the Port of Manaus. Manaus is the capital of the Brazilian State of Amazonia and main transport hub for the entire upper Amazon Basin. That ship is scheduled to sail for the coast in one week.

     

    Included in the file is a ship schematic. Before there is any confusion, Colin explains, “This is not the target vessel, but it’s a fairly common bulk freighter. This is the standard layout for a ship of its class. I can’t guarantee the target hasn’t been modified below decks, but this should give you something to go by. The crew compliment is approximately 25.”

     

    He continues, “We have been able to nominally identify at least 9 saboteurs. We’re still running down leads, but the preliminaries are in the sub-file, there.”

     

    The file contains a scattering of surveillance images and details on the CNOOC operatives.

     

    Gersen Villiers
    , a bio-podded cyborg with four known bodies: an Eclipse, a highly modified Sampson and two Gemini’s.

    Deng Xang Zhuan
    , a partially modified explosives expert. Augmentation occurred after injury during a bomb disposal mission.

    Maruf
    , there is no information on him other than a name.

    Marisol
    , a female close combat expert and semi-professional fighter. There is file footage of several of her bouts.

    Zev
    ’ (
    Sevigne
    ), a French woman who is a remote operations specialist and weapons tech.

    Carlton Griess
    , another close combat specialist experienced in Sambo, Muay Thai and small arms.

    Mora
    , sex unknown, a netrunner and backup weapons specialist.

    Benedict Cullen
    , an explosives and communications specialist.

    Gerald Kuss
    , nothing is known for sure, but rumored to be a solo.

     

    The four return to Rio to study the intel and confer with members of the Team not present at the meeting with Colin Hughes. While awaiting their arrival, Cat contacts the Collective with ‘checkbook in hand’ to arrange transportation and two safe houses in Manaus. Expecting the need for a quick exit, she also secures extraction routes out of the city. The preparations will be expensive, but worth the effort.

     

    Victor and Ricco are absent from that evening’s planning session. The group has come to the consensus that the runner just doesn’t have the skills for this job. Rather than making the trip, Victor will remain behind to maintain the illusion that Doc Freeman is still in Rio. Ricco’s work with the task force makes it too dangerous for the ex-cop to attend. Kyle and Cat don’t feel that he would be totally on board with a contract hit anyway.

     

    The plan is simple. The safe house inside the city will be the operational HQ and weapons depot. The house close to the docks will provide a forward observation post from which to run surveillance. Once their targets have been identified, they will look for patterns. Do they congregate off the ship at a local watering hole? Do they travel alone or in small numbers? The Team has a few days to observe their targets, before they make their assault on the boat.

     

    Tyree suggests a backup plan. The Team has access to just about any equipment. Why not take out the boat with a small cruise missile. It’s a messy alternative, especially given the cargo vessel’s volatile cargo. Still, it would be effective. Cat is loath to use a missile strike while the ship is still moored. With the proximity of other vessels and the size of the explosion, the collateral damage would be catastrophic. If however the ship sails early or storming the vessel proves untenable, they can bring up the C-23 and blow the vessel out of the water!

     

    Cat contacts the crew of her C-23 Sherpa, to have them break down her weapons workshop and chemistry lab and fly the equipment to Paraguay. This should provide plausible deniability if they are forced to go to plan B. With a plan in place, Cat broaches the subject of what comes after the mission is over. Regardless of the outcome of the operation in Rio, the Windfall will be a target. Since they won’t be able to enjoy their prize, she floats the idea of selling of the Windfall to William Eller, Doc Freeman and his hotel group. Regardless of the group’s decision (on the sale) the crew will be informed to quietly begin making preparations for a voyage.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, February 8, 2046:

     

    The Team’s gear is transported to the two safe houses. Wyatt is briefed on his role to convince everyone that Roca is still in Rio. Doc Freeman’s secretary cancels all appointments for the next week as the doctor will be busy with ‘very sensitive experiments’. Kyle and Cat visit Victor. They give him the racing car free and clear. Cat makes an additional gift of her two master mechanic tool sets (one of which is a +2) and suggests he open a speed shop. All she asks is that he work on her race car when she and Kyle are back in town. The three part as friends.

     

    Leaving the runner, they meet with Roger Kincaid for the last time. All agree, now would be the best time to terminate the Team’s contract. Kyle and Cat do however request that their corporate immunity be extended till the original end date of the contract. This is not only to protect themselves (and the Windfall), but Disney. It’s in everyone’s best interest if they don’t have to answer potentially damaging questions about their time in Rio. After they assure Kincaid that they’ll be leaving the country for an extended cruise, he has no issue with continuing their coverage. He thanks them both for their efforts and authorizes full payment. The entire Team (except for maybe Victor) has delivered beyond all expectations, but the Disney executive won’t be sad to see them go.

     

    Later that evening Cat turns to Kyle and says, “We have to save Gustavo Benaziz and his sister.”

     

    Shocked, Kyle asks, “Why?”

     

    “Insurance. Look, Goren and Ivanka are going to escape. Even though Pedro (de Costa) will take the heat for bringing down Gustavo’s cell, they’ll (Goren and Ivanka) share a bit of the blame. What if just before they kick in his door (in the Tri-border area) we tip Gustavo off about the raid? We may also want to tell him they’re looking for his sister (Marcellana) too. It will solidify our terrorist credentials. We warn him. Tell him we are going underground, but keep up contact and maybe slip him and his group some funds every now and then. If things go wrong, we’ll still have a ‘card’ to play to save our lives.”

     

    Kyle has to admit, it’s a good idea. “OK, Ricco is going to give us a heads up when this goes down. We’ll give it a try.”

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, February 9, 2046:

     

    Cat 2.0, Kyle 2.0, Tyree & Allison (the doubles) board a commercial flight to Fortaleza, to put on a show of being on vacation in the Brazilian State of Ceara. 1500 miles away, the Team members begin to arrive in Manaus. Everyone has taken the time to alter their appearance prior to arrival. Roca and Cat begin drone surveillance with visible light, IR and thermographic sensors. They begin to identify the ship’s crew and members of the CNOOC squad. Positions aboard and movements on and off the ship are recorded.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, February 10, 2046:

     

    The deck under the stern castle and rear cargo areas appear to be IR baffled. Allison, Roca, Tyree, Cat and Kyle commence physical surveillance sweeps and take turns following their targets when they leave the boat. With a few exceptions, the crew of the ship and the sabotage group do not appear to interact. There are also two crab-like remotes prowling the area around the stern of the ship.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, February 11, 2046:

     

    The Team has a good idea of patrols and general movements of the crew, the opposing team and the remotes aboard ship. They have only seen eight of the suspected saboteurs. It’s decided that a Grid Bug (drone remote) should be sent in for a closer inspection. If all goes well, they’ll strike Tuesday night.

     

    Kyle 2.0, Cat 2.0 along with the recently hired doubles for Allison and Tyree continue their vacation in and around Fortaleza. Being an A.I., Roca is able to bounce back to her Gemini body in Rio. She makes sure to be seen in public.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, February 12, 2046:

     

    An hour after midnight, Cat flies a Bell Mini-Bee to the target ship. Roca pilots a GRID bug out of the Mini-Bee’s storage compartment. With its cargo inserted, Cat moves the Mini-Bee to a position high above the ship, to await extraction. The grid-bug’s progress is painfully slow, but eventually it reaches the stern castle hatch. Before it can attempt to negotiate the portal, one of the enemy drones skitters around the corner of the bulkhead.

     

    Threats quickly mount, as the hatch is hastily thrown open and Gerald Kuss steps onto the deck. Roca holds the GRID bug very still. Kuss’s drone appears to be searching for the tiny remote, but the deep shadows on the deck obscure its position. After half a minute of fruitless searching, the saboteur turns to the crab-like remote. “Where?” he asks in frustration. The enemy remote extends an accusatory limb and points directly at the GRID bug.

     

    Realizing that the jig is up, Roca skitters as fast as possible towards the edge of the deck. Vibrations, felt through the sensitive appendages of the GRID bug, indicate Kuss is in hot pursuit. The tiny remote reaches the edge and jumps over the side into the dark waters below. Those Team members watching the small remote’s progress all hear the sound of 9000 euro flushing down the toilet—or in this case the Amazon. The Mini-Bee watches as the whole ship goes on alert; so much for the drone intrusion.

     

    (GM Note: In addition to the patrolling drones, the opposing squad had set up surveillance cameras to watch the access points and approaches to their area of the ship. The precautions were as much to watch the crew as for any thought of outside attack. A player rolled both the awareness / notice roll for the guard and the stealth roll for the Grid Bug. It was multiple 10s for 27 on the dice alone for the guard, and a 3 for the stealth roll. Still, the Grid Bug only lost by 2 due to modifiers.)

     

    Daylight brings new activity aboard ship. Two specially constructed cargo containers are hauled out of the aft hold and deposited on the back of a flatbed. The Team scrambles for vehicles as the saboteurs pile into two SUV’s bound for god knows where. They are able to follow their quarry to the airport. Shadowing the CNOOC operatives into the terminal, Kyle and Cat observe five members checking luggage. The pair balks at following the saboteurs past airport security, but it appears that most of the CNOOC squad is catching a commercial flight to the Atlantic coast.

     

    The remaining three escort the flatbed with its cargo to a commercial hanger on the other side of the airport. Cat tells the group to bug out. Roca bounces back to her Gemini in Rio. Doc Freeman heads for his exit route, with the A.I.’s eclipse body in tow. Kyle, Allison and Tyree (all in disguise) board their rented spinner and head for Fortaleza on the coast. Armed with a scorpion missile launcher and one spytech covered missile, Cat maneuvers her stealth spinner bike into the forest outside the airport. She hunkers down in specially tailored (and really expensive) spytech clothing (pants, jacket and helmet) and waits.

     

    A commercial flight, possibly the very one carrying the five CNOOC operatives, accelerates down the runway towards her position. Ten years ago she would have cheerfully killed all the innocents on the plane to get at those five targets. That was another life and in many ways another person. She spares the climbing plane one fleeting glance before turning back to the tarmac to scan for her true target.

     

    Cat doesn’t need to kill the entire squad to put them out of action. Gersen Villiers, his two companions and their precious cargo are about to have a bad day. The Wyvern taxis to a position not far from the tree line. A flight crew of two is acceptable collateral damage in the biogen’s mind. Cat takes aim, but waits to fire till the tilt-rotor’s crucial transition from horizontal to vertical flight. The anti-missile system on the Wyvern fails to detect the spyteched weapon and does not engage. An engine hit (motive gear hit) catastrophically destabilizes the craft. It begins to pinwheel.

     

    Twin jets of fire unexpectedly erupt from the cockpit as the pilot and co-pilot are catapulted from the dying craft in their ejection seats. Cat absently hopes the crew survives the low-level bail out, while watching the Wyvern finish its death roll and crash to the ground. There is an initial explosion, but no secondaries. There are also no additional chutes. Satisfied that the three edgerunners are somewhere in the burning wreckage, Cat slips the launcher into the makeshift sleeve on the side of her spinner bike. With the weapon secured, she quickly escapes the area at tree top level.

     

    Rendezvousing with Kyle, Allison and Tyree outside of Fortaleza, she leaves her bike and gear to her Collective contacts. Elsewhere that evening, the Windfall drops anchor in the harbor of the island of Fernando de Noronha and goes through Brazilian customs. The shooting down of a chartered Wyvern in Manaus is all over the news. There were only two deaths (Zev and Mora). The biopod of the cyborg, Gersen Villiers, survived, but authorities have been unable to establish contact with its occupant.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, February 13, 2046:

     

    Cat, Kyle, Tyree & Allison change places with their doppelgangers during a day trip out of Fortaleza. With their job finished, the doubles scatter and leave the country by separate routes.

     

    Coverage of the downed cargo plane and the expanding investigation leads the news, but the tenor of the stories has shifted (thanks in part to Petrochem). Questions about the victims and their cargo accompany images of broken borg bodies strewn among the wreckage. With few answers, the talking heads veer into speculation and wild conjecture. The news cycle continues to spin as the four catch a flight to Fernando de Noronha and board the Windfall. After their arrival, William Eller and his staff leave the ship and fly back to Port-of-Spain, Trinidad.

     

    Back in Rio, Doc Freeman and Roca make carefully staged appearances. Their press people focus on their research and what it means for the ‘betterment’ of mankind and the economy of Brazil. Ricco and the task force will begin making arrests tomorrow. Kyle and Cat use the ship’s sophisticated communications gear to warn Gustavo. No mention is made of what is about to go down in Rio.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, February 14, 2046:

     

    The Windfall sails out from Fernando de Noronha for Rio de Janeiro. On board are the Vaduva and Fisher families and Allison. Kyle and Cat move to the owner’s deck. Rianna is overjoyed to be reunited with Sam, though adjusting to his new appearance (as Tyree) may take a while. Sharin is cautiously happy for Kyle, Cat and their impending nuptials. Allison realizes that these people are more than co-workers or friends. They are her family, the only one she really has. Those Team members with a stake in the Windfall gladly sell. Like them, the ship is too hot. The extra money will help them stay under the radar that much longer.

     

    (GM Note: The Windfall is being sold to William Eller and Doc Freeman’s hotel interests, to be operated as an exclusive ‘floating hotel’ in West Australia.)

     

    Massive raids sweep up the plotters, some of their patrons and the Islamic terrorists operating Luka and Lena’s/i] offices in Rio. Operations in the tri-border area are a blood bath. Forewarned, the terrorists put up spirited resistance. Gustavo is not among the dead or captured.

     

    The Russian government, Disney, ORG and France grab the lion’s share of the press and public thanks from the Brazilian government. Still there needs to be a home town hero. The Team’s handpicked media contacts are in place to cover Ricco’s arrest of George Brazzo. Vids of the ex-cop, backed by a cadre of police in tactical gear, confronting the fixer in his private box at the Hippodrome (Hipodromo de Gavea), go viral. He becomes an overnight celebrity.

     

    As intended, nowhere are Kyle, Cat, Doc Freeman, Roca, Victor, Tyree, Nip or Allison mentioned. None of them want to take credit. They are happy to console themselves with the ridiculous sum of cash they were paid for successfully pulling off the mission. This is not to say that they get away scott free. They may be publicly anonymous, but those in the know, chiefly the aforementioned members of the task force, have their eyes on the Team. Kyle and Cat realize there is now nowhere in the world they can go and not attract such attention. That’s fine. They’re retired now.

     

    The Windfall turns southeast, heading towards Cape Town, South Africa. From there, it is a slow cruise to Perth, West Australia to turn over the vessel to its new owners. Sam Fisher’s prison sentence should be over by the time they arrive. The wedding will have to wait till Sam is officially released. Cat is adamant that her father walk her down the aisle. She also feels that Nicholas Vaduva deserves to know the truth about his own parentage (that Kyle is really his father). Then there are the issues of Nip’s past and current mental health. So much to sort out, but there’s plenty of time for that. Now, it’s time to relax and reflect on a job well done.

     

    In Washington, Nathan Forrest spares a moment to consider his wayward ‘children’ cruising happily in the South Atlantic. He will let Kyle and Cat play house, but retire? Silly girl! Sam and Kyle should know better. They are all too valuable. Yes, they’ve earned a break, but Sam still owes him. For now, though they can enjoy the illusion of a happy ending!

     

    (GM Note: What force of arms could not have achieved, was won through guile, deceit and trickery. We’ve reached the end of the Rio story arc and of the Burn Notice Campaign. Looking back on the most recent leg of the story, I’m amazed at how it played out. The mission to undermine Disney’s opposition definitely felt more like a long con than an intelligence operation. A good agent’s skill set is not all that dissimilar from that of a con-artist. The difference lies in execution and motivation.

     

    Kyle and Cat wanted one last big score to set up their retirement and get them out of the game. The way they managed the Team and dealt with the competing powers in Rio was always towards achieving that goal. As the PCs broke down their operations, divvied-up the take (or made arrangements for where to send their share) and then quietly slipped out of town, I couldn’t help but hear the theme from ‘The Sting’ playing in the back of my head. Cue “the Entertainer”.) B)

     

     

     

    Next: Epilogue

     

  17. Introduction: Fall of the Cotton Kingdoms – 2047

     

     

     

    Finally, after almost two years we have finished our Burn Notice Campaign (55 episodes), and will be embarking on a new story arc dealing with the Cyberpunk American South in 2047. New PCs will be joining old PCs in a tale of government and corporate conspiracy to bring down the reactionary and corrupt regime of the Lowndes Family in Alabama. The current American President, David Whindam, has a vision of a strong centralized corporate America and the four petty dictatorships ruling Alabama, Georgia, Mississippi and Louisiana stand in his way. That is not a healthy place to stand. Those who know Whindam well see through his carefully cultivated image as a Nobel Prize winning politician who saved the world from the ravages of the Carbon Plague. Now in his fourth full term as President it is becoming apparent that he will not give up power until he succeeds in remaking America according to that vision. While his popularity is flagging a bit, the electorate keeps sending him back to the White House. An election is coming in 2048, and he needs a new accomplishment to rally his base.

     

    Of course a “Dirty Tricks” campaign to bring down a legal state government flies in the face of any accepted legal standard. An operation of this nature would have to be totally black and completely off the books. Due to the scope many would be involved, few would actually know what is really going on. The parts of the conspiracy would be very compartmentalized. The participants need to be desperate, deniable people who are also expendable. In short, this is a perfect job for a group of Edgerunners.

     

     

    The Opening Moves

     

    In October 2046, Nathan Forrest, Deputy Director for Clandestine Operations is invited to lunch at the White House. In attendance is C.I.A. Deputy Director Hamilton Greeley, US Attorney for the District of Northern Florida Richard Sharkey, Presidential Legal Counsel Sandra Woo and President David Whindam, who has directed Greeley and Sharkey to come up with a plan to break the power of the dictators who rule the four Cotton Kingdoms: Alabama, Georgia, Mississippi and Louisiana. They will start with Alabama.

     

    “Deputy Director Greeley and US Attorney Sharkey have briefed me on their plan,” the President begins. “My own Attorney Ms. Woo has reviewed it and assures me that while it might skate the edge of legality it is within our rights to attempt it. Nathan, we need your help. Although it is normally LawDiv’s responsibility for operations inside the United States proper we feel they are compromised. You will be given a Presidential Action Letter to cooperate with US Attorney Sharkey and provide a Team Leader to assist with their plan. I have a meeting with Senator deChartier in a few minutes so he and Deputy Director Greeley will brief you.”

     

    With that Whindam and Woo leave the room. There is his plausible deniability if this goes sideways, Forrest thinks.

     

    After the briefing and back in his office at Langley, Nathan Forrest mulls over his mission. Greeley and Sharkey are right. They need a top military mind versed in small unit tactics who will not be suspected as a government operative. Greeley’s assessment that his old friend, Sam Fisher is the man for the job is correct. His recent five year stint in prison and resulting felon status put him above suspicion as a government operative now. The lure of cutting through the red tape that is delaying that man’s pensions will be the carrot that may bring him on board. After all Sam owes him for Rio. Having Fisher run the Petersen Point Resort hotel as a cover bothers him, but he has been assured that the current assistant manager can help his friend pull off that part. The C.I.A. honcho has the perfect opportunity to approach him. In two months Sam’s daughter Catherine is getting married to another retired C.I.A agent, Kyle Vaduva. Nathan has already received his invitation. He can mix business with pleasure. No one will question their meeting there.

     

    Forrest looks over the dossiers of the other members of the Team that have been selected. Ricco Torres is a Disney corporate security executive with an impressive record in Rio de Janeiro and Orlando, Florida. He will serve as hotel security chief. Torres is being sent by Disney since they have a financial interest in the Petersen Point Resort. All the rest were hired through fixer cutouts by the various agencies that selected them: OwenCrankWolf is an experienced bar and club manager and is ex-military. Betty Lu is an up and coming attorney who has recently moved from Texas to Florida. She just handed Richard Sharkey a stunning defeat in the Tallahassee Federal Court. The Department of Justice found those two. Doctor Eduardo Ricci is another Brazilian, who will not arouse suspicion. This man also has military experience. Brandon Heath is the last of the Team selected and will be a security officer. He comes well recommended. He had made few to no waves in his work as an undercover investigator for the Bast Corporation. His anonymity is a testament to his work. These last two come to the group by way of the President’s Counsel, Sandra Woo. These six should do nicely. They will serve as Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. This group is only a small part of a much larger operation. Deputy Director Greeley didn’t read Forrest in on the rest of the plan. Despite Ms. Woo’s assurances, Nathan knows this project is totally illegal, but that has never stopped President Whindam before. Forrest will keep his Presidential Action Letter safe. It is his insurance.

     

    ***************

     

     

    The PCs will be using a seedy Florida panhandle resort as their headquarters and cover for this operation. The Petersen Point Resort was quite a place in its day, but bad management and years of neglect have taken its toll. Its location is excellent. The place is less than a mile from an interchange on Interstate 10. That road has been kept up due to the fact that the Pensacola COG is here. The resort is a couple of miles from a major gate to the old Eglin Air Force Base reservation, now part of that COG. The rising waters have sunk the main barrier island across Pensacola Bay. The only part of that island above water is the high ground that old Fort Pulaski was built on.

     

    IPB Image

    Pensacola Area After Ocean Level Rises

     

    This change in the water level has had an unintended positive effect. Large navy vessels can now easily use the port and harbor since a channel has been cut across thru the shoals created by the now sunken barrier island. The fleet anchorage is well protected by this. Up on Blackwater Bay where the resort and the Town of Blackwater are, larger boats can get there and the small town handles three good size fishing vessels which constitute the second largest industry for that community. The surrounding farms which lie inland fight their perennial battle with the encroaching Kudzu that has engulfed all untended land. These family-owned agricultural enterprises are the third reason the town has been able to hang on. The loss of the resort might sound the death knell for this community.

     

    Over the years the upper Blackwater Bay area has gained another dubious distinction. The deeper water at the Resort Trailer Park and Cottages has attracted groups of nomads. The resort now serves as a point of contact between the Thelas Nation (sea nomads) and their land traveling cousins. Bad management has enabled the Nomad Nations to permanently occupy two thirds of the Trailer Park spaces and half of the guest cottages. This is a mixed blessing. During the tourist season, the hotel loses money that more well-heeled guests would pay. During the slower summer months there is a guaranteed income. Since the resort’s maintenance department is also in shambles, the nomads keep up the parts of the resort they occupy. Another issue is, while some use the term ‘nomads’ or ‘Thelas Nation’, the authorities view them as ‘pirates’. Yes, this place is also a conduit for smuggling. These activities don’t hurt the locals; in fact, it brings in goods at prices these poor southerners can afford. The local sheriff’s department has enough trouble with the crazies from the bayous in the north part of Santa Rosa County (created by the rising waters) and the Alabama State Police, so they generally leave the ‘pirates’ alone. This lack of cooperation aggravates Federal authorities no end.

     

    IPB Image

    Petersen Point Area

     

    Here is where the last two PCs involved in the campaign enter. Charlie Bibbliodoc, a nomad weaponsmith (and long standing PC), along with his assistant Beebe Laugherty, daughter of another PC named Beatrice Laugherty (see write up on our Fourth Corporate War Campaign about the mother), are here working on two projects. The first is for the Department of Defense developing next generation laser technology at a government protected facility on the lower Blackwater Bay across from the resort. Charlie is also helping the Thelas Nation refurbish the heavy weapon defenses on their floating colonies in the Gulf and on some of their vessels. While parts of the government are outraged by this, the DoD and DARPA feel that his government work far outweighs the minor annoyance of the better defended colonies that lie outside of US territorial waters. Charlie and Beebe live in the largest cottage (a large house really) at the Petersen Point Resort. Charlie and Sam Fisher are old friends (both took part in the Romanian Campaign).

     

    As previously stated, the Resort is in sad shape. The following list of problems was made available to the PCs a week before game play started:

     

    Main Hotel building (Off Limits to Military personnel)

    Rooms (on 5 floors and in small buildings around pool)

    Palmetto Room (small bar)

    Restaurant & Dining room (This has four star cuisine rating)

    Outdoor Pool (closed)

    Whirlpool & mini-gym (closed)

    Offices

     

    Outside Land Sports

    Tennis/basketball courts

    Rifle and pistol range (leased out to other parties and unavailable for use)

    Baseball/softball field

    Soccer field

     

    Outside Water Sports (Off Limits to Military personnel)

    Beach w/swimming

    Waterskiing (closed; boat down)

    Fishing: Deep Sea and coastal fishing (1 of 2 boats working and that one is leased out)

    Water Taxi and bay tours (closed, boat down)

    8 small (10’) rental boats w/outboard motors for local sport fishing (all not functioning)

    Airboat rides (closed; both airboats non-functioning)

     

    Facilities (All are Off Limits to Military personnel)

    Marina with fuel dock (and fast food kitchen – closed)

    Boat repair yard (closed) last manager shot by dead by a Thelas Nomad

    Trailer Park: 2/3 of spaces permanently rented to nomads.

    Cottages: ½ permanently rented to Nomads.

    Blackwater Café: highway breakfast spot (leased to and run by the Visigoths MC)

    Blue Moon Revue (a “gentlemen’s” club)

    Panhandle Saloon (a country western bar)

    School which is run in cooperation with the Town of Blackwater & various nomads.

    Water & Sewer system serving the resort and the Town of Blackwater.

    Par 3 Golf Course; closed since fairways and greens have been vandalized.

     

     

    As you can see there are formidable problems facing the PCs beyond the standard missions they will be sent on. I have spent 3 ½ months scribbling notes every now and then to come up with this ‘sandbox’ for the PCs to play in. In the process I have created initially 82 named NPCs and their interrelationships. Most are just a line or two at present, but about 10% are fully developed and important characters. It may sound like a lot, but most are based on people I have met over my life; a few years of which were working at a seedy resort in the swamps of Florida. I want to thank Companero, Dog Soldier, Rockwolf66 and gomiville for their excellent input on our development thread under Cybercountries here on vfte. Many of their insights and suggestions have found their way into our upcoming story or refined the focus of previously planned plot threads. Of course, I also would like to thank my perennial conspirators Destecado and SnowCrystal for all their time, patience and ideas.

     

    OK. As those who follow our stories here know, we run in our own little Cyberpunk Universe with an expanded timeline. The following is a brief overview of events from the end of our Burn Notice Campaign’s Rio de Janeiro Adventures (no spoilers since the last Episode and Epilogue are in the editorial phase) and the beginning of the Fall of the Cotton Kingdoms.

     

     

     

     

    Timeline from End of Burn Notice Campaign

     

    2046

     

    February 27: The cruiser EUS Lisbon (last of the Strasbourg Class) is launched from the EU space docks.

     

    March 7: MSS Phobus departs Mars for the Jovian System.

     

    March 15: Senator Mariska Benes, a hero of the Martian War of Independence, (formerly the netrunner for the Edgerunner team: the Firemen and Europe 3000 terrorist, Raggedy Anne) is elected to a 12 year term as a Consul of the Martian Republic. The EU issues a formal protest on the election of the wanted Czech terrorist.

     

    May 8: A wave of bombings against EU corporate interests is unleashed across the Czech Republic by the Free Czech Army on Liberation Day, which commemorates the end of WWII in Europe, in protest of the EU supported dictatorship of President (formally General) Skroup.

     

    May 19: The first of the Commonwealth space frigates are launched without much fanfare. Plans call for the construction of eight more over the next eight years. Every other one constructed goes to EU.

     

    July 11: Construction commences on the MSS Chryse, sister ship to the MSS Isidis off the Galileo Cylinder.

     

    [i[August 6: Doctor Gordon Freeman, Roca Terrier, Wyatt[/i] and the five Rio orphans adopted by the Martian A.I. leave for the Galileo Cylinder aboard a Martian diplomatic vessel equipped with Mark II Ion engines.

     

    September 3: The EU battle cruiser EUS Bismarck is launched from the expanded EU construction facilities at their space docks in Earth orbit.

     

    October 18: Zahra Baudin (from the Port Royal ‘Season’ of our Burn Notice Campaign) is aquitted of the murder charge that hung over her head (from her Life Path) in Kingston, Jamaica.

     

    November 17: German troops serving under EU auspices fire on Czech students in Prague during the annual national Struggle for Freedom and Democracy Day commemorating the student protest against the Nazis in 1939 and the protests in 1989 that brought about the Velvet Revolution ending Communist rule. The demonstrators had forced their way into an EU controlled neighborhood when local Czech police refused orders to open fire on the students.

     

    November 27: Construction commences on the Bismarck’s sister ship the EUS Tirpitz.

     

    December 2: Kyle Vaduva and CatherineCatOrtiz-Fisher are married in Atlantic City, New Jersey with all their family and friends in attendance. Sam Fisher walks his ‘daughter’ down the aisle. Quite a few representatives of the world’s intelligence agencies attend whether they were invited or not.

     

     

    2047

     

    January 2: EUS Orleans arrives off Mercury and relieves EUS Madrid, which heads out on a return patrol to Earth.

     

    January 5: Ricco Torres arrives at the Petersen Point Resort one day ahead of the rest of the hired Team. Dr. Eduardo Ricci had arrived two days before. Charlie Bibbliodoc and Beebe Laugherty have already been here about two months but have spent most of their time in their government funded workshop across the Blackwater Bay or out at sea working with the Thelas Nation nomads. The Fall of the Cotton Kingdoms Campaign begins.

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 1: Welcome to the Petersen Point Resort

  18. Episode 54 – Oh What a Tangled Web We Weave!

     

     

     

    Solon and Roca meet to discuss the problems of A.I.s in Rio and the general relations between their ‘race’ and humanity. Roca realizes that Solon’s support of Disney’s corporate enemies is not strong. Solving the impending power issue looming over Rio is the key of winning him over.

     

    Roca adopts a brood of burned and dying orphans. While she has them put in cyborg bodies, she keeps DNA samples of their tissue in hopes of growing the children new bodies once they return to Mars.

     

    Kyle and Cat finish tying their tale of Islamist terrorists to George Brazzo’s plans to clear the favelas. The two ‘shop’ their version of the truth, to numerous government agencies and corporations. Roger Kincaid proves he is more than just a corporate flack. Allison offers Colin Hughes a way out of Petrochem’s current troubles.

     

    Kyle gives Cat the one thing she needs to make her a person, real and whole.

     

     

    Background

     

    The Team has arrived in Rio de Janeiro aboard their (pilfered) 194 foot mega yacht, the Windfall. They have been brought here by the Disney Corporation, who runs the giant theme park, Fantasia. The Brazilian Supreme Court is expected to overturn the 1975 Presidential Decree (The Fusion) effectively re-establishing the city of Rio as an independent city-state within Brazil. Factions have begun to align, in anticipation of this decision, to vie for control of the city. The notorious favelas of Rio de Janeiro present a powerful voting block; one that several of the players in the political struggle seek to eliminate. By taking away the voting rights of the poor, the conspirators hope to move closer to their ultimate goal of eliminating the favelas; reclaiming the valuable real estate for redevelopment. The Disney Corporation opposes this agenda and has contracted the Team as ‘consultants’ to counter the maneuvers of rival factions.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Allison Cole: 17 yo kleptomaniac sex pot and one of Cat Fisher’s best friends from Atlantic City High School. She just graduated from that school and—when she became a suspect in a recent heist in Atlantic City—followed her friend to Jamaica. Perhaps not yet “world class”, her skill as a Prowler is formidable.

     

    Cat Fisher/Ortiz: Officially she is Sam Fisher and the late Maria Ortiz’s 19 yo daughter. In actuality she is a full memory clone of late Caitlin Jones, the original biogenetic assassin construct built by the now defunct Bio Works Corporation. This is known only to Kyle Vaduva. Some on the Team know she is a Caitlin clone.

     

    Doc Freeman: Former professor at UNLV, former assistant coroner and (formally) disgraced cyber researcher. He is the inventor of the “cyberbrain” with which he claims to have cured death itself. Although courts around the world are now looking into ramifications of his work, Disney Corporation has honored their agreements with the man and he is now rich beyond his wildest dreams.

     

    Kyle Vaduva: Former C.I.A. agent, burned by the agency for crimes he did not commit. His efforts to expose and eliminate, the Section, a freelance spy ring that had infiltrated the C.I.A., led to a review of his record and exoneration. He was allowed to retire with full benefits. Kyle has been reunited with his lover from the Romanian Operation, Caitlin Jones (see Cat (Fisher) Ortiz above).

     

    Victor Kane: He is a 28 year old street racer (Runner) who until recently made extra money by doing a bit of smuggling on the side. Before that he served as a security soldier with Petrochem before he was ‘let go’.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. Although he was not corrupt, he left the force before a case could be ‘made’ (manufactured) against him. Recently he has been hired by the Disney Corporation and been given a corporate ‘badge’. He serves as liaison between the Team and Disney.

     

    Roca Terrier: Actually, she is one of the oldest characters from our game group. She is the only self-mobile A.I. in our game universe. Her existence is a result of a now ended secret military project. Her creator was a genius, who saw his attempt to create a self-learning A.I. build from his memories of his deceased daughter, perverted by the Pentagon in an attempt to create the perfect weapon system. Now a citizen of the Republic of Mars and a respected scientist, she was formally married to General Pershing, the current Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff of the United States. Their divorce was a political move to advance the general’s career and the two are still very close. Roca is also a member of the Collective and sits on their ruling council. She and Cat know each other.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been ‘unofficially’ released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, and sent to Rio to help Cat and Kyle. He is there under one of his old aliases, Tyree Jones, a mixed race Virgin Islander.

     

    Nicholas (Nicky) Vaduva: Zar’s (Kyle’s) 18-year-old son from our Romanian adventure. Nicholas is unaware that Kyle is his father and believes the man is his cousin. He serves as second officer on the Team’s yacht, SS Windfall.

     

    Wyatt: Roca’s personal technician. He is the son the original chief tech on the project that created the A.I. The father and Roca are fast friends and this son has replaced his dad who is now retired. To Wyatt, Roca is family and visa versa.

     

    4.06531: A 4th generation Nietzschean operative, who is masquerading as Kyle (Kyle 2.0) on the Windfall. He is also known as Janko Mesic during this mission.

     

    Caitlin Diaz: One of Cat Biotechnica created clones, who is working with the Team masquerading as Catherine Ortiz (Cat 2.0).

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Captain Salazar: A BOPE commander who is an honest and hardworking policeman friend of Ricco Torres.

     

    Carlos: A young boy from the Favela do Vidigal dying of his burns in a public hospital.

     

    Colin Hughes: He is a (senior) executive from Petrochem on assignment in Rio de Janeiro. The man is from Victor Kane’s life path. Kane and Colin vied for the affections of Marybeth Bascom, daughter of Texas US Senator Howard Bascom. All three young people were “gear heads”. Kane beat out Colin, who arranged Kane’s separation from his job at Petrochem.

     

    George Brazzo: A high level fixer and criminal in Rio. He is a facilitator that rarely gets his hands dirty himself. He has a large bribery slush fund and two lawyers that keep him out of trouble. When he was a Rio civil policeman, Rico Torres tried unsuccessfully to put him away several times.

     

    Gustavo Benaziz: A follower of the Voice of the Wastes and a known Islamic terrorist and half-brother of Marcellana Barbieri, a Commonwealth media. He is working with Pedro de Costa of the Third Command.

     

    Hank Bozeman: The head of the C.I.A. South American desk. James Marsden, who is working with ORG reports to him.

     

    James Marsden: A world class sniper and contract killer. He ostensibly works for the highest bidder but many of his employers are friendly with the United States or indirectly tied to the C.I.A. Under his latest cover identity, Simon Cahill, he is acting as liaison between the Agency and ORG. Marsdenl is known to Kyle, Cat and Doc Freeman. He was first introduced in the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Jarren Jareauxl: An agent of the French DSGE (Secret Service). He draws the short straw and is sent to deal with Kyle, Cat and the Disney Corporation.

     

    Kiril Vadjekl: A Russian gun runner who also served as a C.I.A. asset for Deputy Director Nathan Forrest. Kiril was working with George Brazzo until Cat (as Lena) assassinated him entering one of his favorite nightclubs. He was originally from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Logan Hawke: A deceased ex C.I.A. asset silenced by the agency to avoid his being braindanced due to a murder he committed in Atlantic City in 2042.

     

    Major Victor Katanga: Formally a colonel in the Army of Mali, who was cashiered for the massacre of Islamist rebels in the north of that country a year or two back. He now works for the Orochi Resource Group (ORG) and heads one of their Special Reaction Forces (SRF). ORG is working with the C.I.A. in this area.

     

    Marcellana Barbieri: She is a minor media who works for the Sky News Network. She is a dual national of Great Britain and Morocco. Her mother is Moroccan and her father Italian. Her half-brother is Gustavo Benaziz, a known and wanted Islamic terrorist.

     

    Maria: A local girl who works as a maid for one of the hotels in Disney’s Fantasia. She gets picked up by Victor in a bar and her whole life starts getting turned upside down.

     

    Nathan Forrest: CIA Deputy Director of Covert Ops. Nathan is also an old friend of Cat father, Sam Fisher, who is currently in Rio under an old cover identity from his C.I.A. days, Tyree Jones.

     

    Roger Kincaid: the Disney executive in charge of the political situation in Rio.

     

    Solon: The A.I. that runs Kaliba Integrated Systems which built and runs the Rio Operations Center that controls the city’s security cameras, power distribution and police/fire communications. Solon wants to dispossess the favela residents of their voting rights and have them forced from the city.

     

    Veronique: A Russian SVR operative sent to bring FSB officer, Yorgi Valenchenko back to Russia when his government learned about his personal crusade.

     

    Yorgi Valenchenko: A Russian FSB operative, cousin and partner of the late Kiril Vadjekl, a gun runner working with George who was recently assassinated by Cat at Kyle’s bidding.

     

     

    The Action

     

    Thursday, February 1, 2046:

     

    Solon and Roca meet in the NET on a work shack in LEO (Low Earth Orbit). Roca wastes no time beating around the bush and asks the Kaliba A.I. if it’s true that he wants to have the favelas cleared and their residents banished from Rio. Solon seems to take this blunt questioning in stride and replies in kind.

     

    “If you wish strip out all of the complexities of the situation and portray me as a villain, then yes, such a simplified explanation would be appropriate.”

     

    Roca makes an impassioned plea for Solon to use his power to help the people. The Kaliba A.I. laughs ironically. “What power do you think I have? I manage the system, but have power to set policy. You would have better luck talking with a politician…well maybe not.”

     

    While it’s true Solon oversees the city’s support systems: security cams, power flow, water and sewer etc, any changes, repairs or upgrades to the status quo must run the gauntlet through a gauntlet of committees staffed by corrupt politicians and bureaucrats. If it’s possible the Kaliba A.I. sounds tired and disheartened as he describes the top heavy political machine that is driving Rio towards destruction. It becomes apparent to Roca, that Solon, while not a monster, is a bitter cynic.

     

    He holds out little hope that the situation will improve after Rio becomes an independent city-state. “Corruption is endemic. The vote of the Favelas is not based on any democratic values. It is a popularity contest. If politicians can’t buy the vote, they hire the gangs to suppress supporters or their rivals. After the change over, we need time to establish a new system. Things can not keep going the way they are. I’ve done the projections.”

     

    The Kaliba A.I. grants Roca access to an enormous pool of data. In his mind the numbers don’t lie. “The people in the favelas need to be counted (to pay taxes) and included in a city ID system. As it is, the millions of favela residents siphon water, power and other resources from the city.” Solon’s projections are dire. Rio faces collapse and revolution in ten years.

     

    “The existing government can’t or won’t make the radical changes necessary to avert this. In the end the favela residents will be powerless and more will die in the ensuing riots and crack downs. The collapse of the power grid may also mean the deaths of many A.I.s.” To Solon, the logic is inescapable. The favelas as they currently exist are not sustainable. Some will perish in the relocation, but many more will die if the inevitable collapse is allowed to occur.

     

    The data pool opened up to Roca reveals startling information about how bad things really are.

     

    There are aging power stations 20 years beyond their life expectancy still in use, because their projected replacements have yet to come on line. One plant is operating at 40% due to a fire that killed 10.

     

    Intentional rolling blackouts plague the city.

     

    Two substations damaged in mudslides; one almost completely buried.

     

    Projected growth rates of the favelas and resource (power, water, food, etc) consumption levels.

     

    Projected drop-off of output from hydroelectric resources due to increased water usage and lowered rainfall.

     

    The files roll on and on.

     

    Roca proposes a possible solution to removing some of the demand on the collapsing power grid. She presents various low tech solutions utilized in New York City that could be adapted to bring power to the favelas. Many could be initiated quickly and cheaply.

     

    (GM Note: Roca had prepared for her meeting with Solon with Cat. The biogen saw many of these low tech solutions, first hand, when she lived for a time in the Manhattan combat zone; during our New York Campaign)

     

    Before the Kaliba A.I. has an opportunity to raise any objections (or ask any questions), Roca launches into the second phase of her pitch, lauding Henrique’s investment firm and its microloan program. Solon appears intrigue, but other matters require his attention. The two A.I.s agree to meet again in the near future.

     

     

    While they await news of Roca’s meeting with Solon, Kyle and Cat refine the details of their plot to frame George. Exposing the fixer is not enough. Neither is just killing him. The only way to make sure his backers cannot ‘sweep this under the rug’ is to bring a level of scrutiny, so great, that they are left with no room to maneuver. Their intent had been to form an alliance of intelligence agencies, corporations, media outlets and government officials working together to take down the conspirators. Distrust and self interest being what is, the best they can hope to manage is a loose collection of competing factions vying to outdo their rivals. It’s messy and inefficient. Factions will probably spend as much time keeping an eye on their competitors as they do ferreting out the conspiracy, but in the end it should work.

     

    Kyle and Cat have no illusion that they can control events once the scandal breaks. Their only hope is press the right buttons then escape the shit storm coming down the pipe.

     

     

    Major Katanga calls to inform them of ORG’s interest in their proposal. He invites them to a late lunch, tomorrow, at his hacienda outside of Rio.

     

     

    The DNA tests are back and (Uncle) Nathan wastes no time contacting Cat. Based on the genetic samples she collected Luka Graso and Lena Petkov are actually Goren Kovac and Ivanka Balakov. Cat asks the C.I.A. honcho if he can arrange a meeting with representative of the French DSGE. She and Kyle need to find out why they tried to extract Ricco and want to do the same to them.

     

    Forrest has a strong suspicion as to the reasons, but does not share them. “I’ll see what I can do, but lately it’s been ‘shoot first, ask questions later’ when terrorists are involved.”

     

    (GM Note: The Agency’s (C.I.A.) investigation of the nuclear terrorist attack on the U.S. space dock has been hampered by this European policy. The Easies have in recent years stepped up their efforts to eradicate terrorist cells, both at home and abroad.)

     

    Kyle (as Luka) responds to a request left by George (Brazzo) in the gunrunner’s drop box. He lets the fixer know, the items he requested (ten Stinger V missile launchers) are obtainable. Acquiring them will however require that both he and Lena meet with their contact personally. George considers delaying the transaction, but Luka assures the fixer that their staff (those sent by Gustavo Benaziz) are more than up to the task of delivering arms to the Fraternidade de Anjos. Though not the way he would prefer it be handled, George agrees to Luka’s solution.

     

    After disconnecting, Kyle and Cat smile to each other. Sometimes things do work out!

     

    The pair decides it’s time to bring Ricco up to speed on what is going on. Roca (accompanied by her security team) brings the Disney cop over to their Ipanema penthouse. It is a comprehensive overview of the situation, with a few minor details omitted; such as the fact that they are Goren and Ivanka. Neither sees a need to burden Ricco with such knowledge. His mind is already blown by the information they do share.

     

    What they need now is to bring in an honest (Rio) cop to act as the local representative on the task force they are putting together. Ricco suggests Captain Salazar, a BOPE commander that helped ‘mop up’ after the destruction of Vidigal (the Favela do Vidigal). A meeting is arranged for tomorrow morning. For the time being, Ricco will remain at their apartment.

     

    That night Tyree/Sam pulls Cat aside to talk. His expression is a mixture of guilt and concern. Once sure that they are alone, he opens up. “Cat, you are my daughter and biology be damned. I love you more than you can imagine. You need to get out of this business. In Romania, you gave me back my soul. Now, I‘m not sure if I can ever escape my past. I seem to be doomed to be sucked back into this life, but I don’t want that for you. For you it’s not too late, please get out while you can.”

     

    The biogen looks in the man’s eyes. There is the same love that greeted a frightened and confused child, five years ago when she arrived in Atlantic City. All that had grown between them since, Maria, Logan Hawke and Kyle melts away. Standing before her is the love of a father she always craved.

     

    The biogen hugs the man and speaks, “Kyle and I already decided this would be our last job. I‘m tired of all this death. I want to live a life with Kyle and be happy.”

     

    “You’re sure you can do this?” her father asks.

     

    “Yes,” she replies with confidence, “And so can you.”

     

    The man hugs his ‘child’, who is more important than his own life. He pushes aside the doubts and fear in his heart, at least for a moment.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, February 2, 2046:

     

    In the morning the Windfall departs Port-of-Spain, Trinidad for Rio de Janeiro by way of island of Fernando de Noronha. Aboard are Rianna Prescott, Sharin Vaduva, William Eller and a security contingent. Meanwhile, the streets of Rio explode with a riot of color, music and dancing as Carnival begins!

     

    BOPE Captain Salazar arrives promptly. Ricco makes introductions and the two Disney operatives launch into their (by now) well rehearsed briefing / sales pitch. George’s plan (with their own additions of course) is laid out in stark detail. The BOPE commander is no friend to Rio’s poor, any crimes committed by residents of the favelas pale against those perpetrated by George and his supporters. The Captain appears to be on board, if a little less enthusiastically than they had hoped. He, of course, wants to confirm the information presented before proceeding.

     

    Doc Freeman, Roca and Victor go out to enjoy Carnival. Their participation and enjoyment of the vibrant street celebrations is hampered by the tight security they feel forced to bring with them. Allison remains close at Colin Hughes. She continues to listen and learn what she can about Petrochem’s current problems.

     

    As Kyle, Cat and Tyree prepare for their meeting with ORG, Veronique calls. They are ready to talk. She invites the two to join her at a local roller rink. If her tone is anything to go by, it sounds as if the Russians may be on board. Time enough to ponder that later, for the moment they need to concentrate on the meeting with Major Katanga.

     

    Cat Jaguar XKF – AV 3 lands at a hacienda outside the city. The compound and surrounding area is deceptively pastoral, but even an untrained eye could spot the weapons and man power deployed to protect the estate. ORG is either making a statement to their enemies or things are more dangerous that Kyle and Cat suspected.

     

    Major Katanga greets the three warmly and introduces his staff. Along with the ORG personnel, the Major introduces Simon Cahill as a liaison for Hank Bozeman. It goes unsaid that Bozeman is the C.I.A. Director for South American Operations. While Mr. Bozeman was not implicated in Gregory Michael’s intrusion of the Agency, he was portrayed (by the Team) as a dupe to Section’s plot.

     

    Bringing the meeting to order Major Katanga informs the Disney operatives that ORG is willing to participate. Their interests lie in the elimination of Pedro de Costa and the destruction of Gustavo Benaziz’s group. Neither Kyle nor Cat has a problem with this. To further the operation (and ORG’s goals) Katanga shares the corporation’s file on Youseff Kabir. The name is new to the team members, the face unfamiliar. Katanga explains that Kabir is one of Gustavo’s bagmen. They discuss the feasibility of disrupting the terrorist organization’s revenues or planting tagged currency to track their income stream (money trail).

     

    Dissatisfied with the direction of the conversation, Cat tries to draw them back to focus on what, to her mind, is the primary objective of their operation. “George’s backers can not be allowed to get away. They can get more pawns. We need to hit them where it hurts. They think they are above the law and must be brought to justice.”

     

    The biogen’s idealistic view of things is in the minority among those assembled. Still Katanga and his staff have no objections to the end result. Several of the fixer’s supporters have hindered ORG’s expansion into Brazil. Taking them down will open opportunities. The good publicity wouldn’t hurt either. The Major easily agrees to Kyle and Cat one concession. When the time comes to arrest George, Ricco Torres will be the one to bring him in. So long as the corporation shares in the credit, Katanga could care less who slaps the cuffs on the fixer.

     

    With an agreement in place, the subject turns to tactics. Rather than sticking to the role of silent sentinel guarding his principles (Kyle & Cat), Tyree (Sam Fisher) can’t help but throw in his own ideas. His astute assessment and insightful suggestions are met with stunned silence.

    Kyle is aghast. Tyree (Sam Fisher) was instructed not to speak.

     

    Katanga finally enquires, “Do you usually let your bodyguard participate in tactical discussions?” His tone is mild; almost apologetic. Typically he would rebuff a subordinate for speaking out of turn, but ever the consummate host, he is willing to accommodate the customs of his guests (within reason). From the expressions around the table, it is clear that not all of his men are concerned with such niceties.

     

    Cat covers for her father’s faux pas by vouching for his skill. “Tyree Jones is much more than a mere bodyguard. We value his tactical advice.”

     

    The Major and his staff seem mollified. Cahill’s expression is harder to read. Kyle struggles to present a calm exterior. Sam may just have blown his cover, to James Marsden. A photo of Cahill along with some other choice pieces of intel came to light while Kyle was investigating C.I.A. operations in Brazil. It was only upon meeting the liaison and listening to him deliver his evaluation during the briefing that the ex-agent put the pieces together. Looking to his two companions, it is clear, that they are dangerously unaware of whom they are talking to.

     

    Emboldened by Cat praise of his abilities, Tyree makes a critical error by boasting, “I’ve done some work for Bozeman in the past,”

     

    Hyper-attentive to the actions of the disguised assassin across the table, Kyle catches a subtle change in posture and facial expression at Tyree’s unintended revelation. He wants to scream at Sam to shut up, but it is already too late. Marsdenl may not know that Tyree is Sam, but with his connections (and who he works for) it may not be long till he makes the connection. Such a revelation might put Nathan Forrest in an awkward position and could throw the Team’s entire operation into jeopardy.

     

    The ‘liaison’ tries to engage the ‘bodyguard’ in conversation about his past dealings with his boss (Bozeman). Tyree rebuffs his inquiries with a snarky reply, “That’s classified.” Kyle quickly tries to turn the conversation back to the business at hand.

     

    Once safely back in their penthouse in Ipanema, Kyle dresses down Tyree/Sam.

     

    “Great! You just outed yourself to the rest of the C.I.A.”

     

    “I don’t see how?” Sam growls.

     

    “Oh, no?” Kyle says. “Simon Cahill is really James Marsden.”

     

    “So?” retorts Sam. “This ID is classified. As an asset, he doesn’t have the clearance to uncover it.”

     

    Kyle’s eyes narrow, as he assesses his old friend. The ex-agent can’t decide if 5 years in jail has made him sloppy or if he just no longer cares. Either way, it puts the operation and more importantly Cat and himself in danger.

     

    “He will certainly report the presence of Tyree Jones to his boss, Hank Bozeman, who is NOT one of our biggest fans. That man does have the clearance. How long do you think it will take him to put this together?”

     

    Silence descends on the room. Ricco is suddenly wishing he was back at Roca’s. The threat of violence hangs in the air. Cat breaks the standoff by interjecting. “In a few days the task force will hopefully be a reality. It will take time for Bozeman to figure it out. Besides, I don’t think he hates us enough to commit treason and betray us.”

     

    On this, all do agree.

     

    (GM Note: Cat assessment is true, though there will be complications down the road from this. The players can expect that Hank Bozeman will figure out that Sam Fisher was not in isolation in Super Max and that it was Nathan Forrest who arranged it. Hank will tuck this card away to play another day!)

     

    Kyle calls Roger Kincaid and asks (demands) that he stop by their beachside condo (now). Otherwise engaged, (it is Carnival after all) the Disney executive tries to postpone the meeting. Kyle insists that the matter can not wait. Sobered by his tone, Roger tells the Disney operative, “I’m on my way.”

     

    Kincaid arrives within the hour. The last vestiges pf his festive mood melt away as he catches sight of the grim expressions on the faces of Kyle, Cat, Ricco and Tyree. He is offered a chair facing the large display on the wall.

     

    “As you know,” Kyle starts, “We began running a surveillance operation as part of our efforts here in Rio. We’ve run across a plot that is counter to Disney’s corporate interest. We now feel we have enough evidence to bring you so Cat, if will you begin please?”

     

    The biogen activates the video board and commences her now well-rehearsed power point presentation of their punched up version of George’s Plot. The images of fiery death and destruction flicker in Kincaid’s eyes. The surreptitiously recorded ‘confessions’ of terrorists, gang leaders and others are played for the executive. The physical evidence with the independent verification (by Gen Pro) is presented. The status of the growing international task force is reported.

     

    When Cat finishes, Roger Kincaid is speechless. Kyle quickly takes over. “What we need now is for you to bring in the Federal officials and police who backed you on the Deputy Minister Chaves’ incident. Also, Disney’s media machine needs to be prepped to put this in the headlines and keep it there. Once the Russians are on board, which should be tomorrow, Yorgi Valenchenko’s testimony will be able to break George Brazzo’s organization. With everything we have, your corporate enemies will not be able to wiggle out of this.”

     

    Roger had begun to consider hiring Kyle and Cat Team as a mistake; before this meeting there hadn’t appeared to be much movement. He now looks upon them with a mixture of respect and fear.

     

    “Oh, one more thing,” Kyle adds. “We have been having trouble with the French Secret Service, the DSGE. They have tried to extract Ricco and are planning to do the same for us. We have put out feelers to talk with them and find out what they want, but all we get is denials. Maybe you could do something to get us an interview to settle our differences peacefully before we have to take ‘other measures’ to stop their interference.”

     

    An hour ago Roger would not have been concerned about the term ‘other measures’. But now, he has no illusions this team is willing and capable of going to war with the DSGE. In hopes of forestalling more violence (and bad publicity for Disney) he agrees to see what he can do.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, February 3, 2046:

     

    Doc Freeman, Victor, Maria and Roca continue to enjoy the Carnival festivities going out of their way to be seen in public. Allison and Colin enjoy carnival, but it is clear to the prowler that something is weighing heavily on her boyfriend’s mind. The high level meetings, snippets of information about oil rig ‘accidents’ and other bits of information are beginning to point to corporate sabotage.

     

    Kyle, Cat, Caitlin Diaz and 4.06531 go to the roller rink to meet Yorgi and Veronique. On the surface it seems like an odd place for a clandestine rendezvous, but with the music and noise from skaters eavesdropping would virtually impossible. The party members skate their way to a lounge –like area at the center of the rink. Veronique lounges on one of several comfortable couches arrayed within the oval. Kyle and Cat suspect that Veronique was sold quickly on the plan, but didn’t want to appear too eager. For Yorgi, who looks extremely uncomfortable (and out of place) in their current surroundings, this is the only way to salvage his career and perhaps his life.

     

    The details of Russia cooperation are hammered out quickly over the roar of skates and the blare of retro pop music. Publicly, credit will go to the Russian police and intelligence agencies for undertaking the initial investigation. The international nature of the conspiracy necessitated the cooperation of Brazilian police services and the Brazilian government. Corporate security for both Disney and ORG will be specially commended for the aid and support each provided during the investigation. Like Major Katanga, Veronique has no issue with Ricco having the honor of making the arrest of his arch-enemy George Brazzo.

     

    With their business concluded, most are more than ready to leave. Veronique, appears ready to skate the floor. Cat, eagerly joins her. Between her genetically modified reflexes and high Athletics skill the biogen makes a good show of it. As they skate and talk, Catherine begins to like the Russian agent. In some ways they have much in common. Given different circumstances they might have even become friends. For Cat, her antipathy for all things Russian (due to her experiences in one of their prisons) is fading.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, February 4, 2046:

     

    The Team continues to enjoy the Carnival festivities, but still take precautions. They do not appear all together. Kyle, Cat and Ricco especially make very few appearances. The French DSGE continues to ignore attempts to arrange a detent. They instead make another grab for the Disney liaison at a smaller Samba competition. With his body guard suitably distracted the Brazilian ex-cop is taken down with knock out darts. Two agents sweep up the unconscious body and start to whisk him away. They receive a rude surprise when ‘Ricco’, or rather the cyborg masquerading as the ex-cop, ‘wakes up’ and detains his attackers. A Disney security team that has been waiting out of sight quickly swoops to grab-up the rest of the extraction team.

     

    The plan had been arranged by Roger Kincaid. With his overtures for a peaceful meeting rebuffed, the Disney executive decided to put a gun to their head. Rather than risk a potentially embarrassing international incident, the French Secret Service agrees to a ‘friendly’ sit-down to discuss the situation. The DSGE will send a representative to Disney’s Fantasia tomorrow to talk with Cat, Kyle and Ricco.

     

    In addition to baiting the French, Roger has secured the support of the Brazilian Federal Police and two trusted Prosecutors. They will join the international task force, working with Major Katanga (representing ORG), Ricco Torres (Disney’s man), Veronique and Yorgi Valenchenko (representatives of the SVR and FSB respectively). Kyle and Cat turn over all the surveillance feeds (Pedro’s HQ, Luka and Lena’s office and apartment) to Ricco for the task force.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, February 5, 2046:

     

    Just past noon a very unhappy Jarren Jareauxl (of the French DSGE) shows up for a meeting in a secure room at Disney’s Fantasia. Again Cat gives her power presentation on George’s Plot. To sweeten the pot for the French, Cat makes it a point to highlight the plot’s ties to illicit gold smuggling from French Guyana. While they have no proof to tie the smuggling to Islamic terrorists, they do offer rumor and supposition that could be construed as confirmation.

     

    Given their involvement in other aspects of the plot (supplying arms to the favela) they see no reason that Islamic terrorists might not be involved in the financing as well. This provides a perfect segue in discussing the payments from the law firm in which one of George’s lawyers is a partner, to Elash Husseine. The pair is ‘forthright’ in their declaration that they have no information on Husseine, beyond the payments. His name came up as part of their investigation and after the attempted extraction of Ricco, they haven’t had a chance to look into him any further.

     

    Cat and Kyle’s participation in the rescue of the Timbuktu 12 (Episode27 – 29), shows they are not friends to terrorists. The two hope that their past history and candor during the meeting will satisfy the DSGE. It may also give the French security agency a new target. If a case could be made against the law firm or George’s attorney was to disappear into a French interrogation chamber, the fixer would lose a key layer of protection.

     

    (GM Note: Of course, it is not public knowledge that Kyle and Cat under the guise of Goren and Ivanka helped the Azawad rebels seize the city in the first place.)

     

    The two make it clear to Monsieur Jareaux that they feel trials for these ‘terrorists’ would be a waste of time. ‘Justice’ should be served quickly. These words are music to the DSGE man’s ears. The meeting which started as a tense confrontation has become downright friendly. As a sign of good faith the French agents are released. Jareaux gives his personal assurance that Ricco will be removed the DSGE’s ‘to do list’. The DSGE officer readily accepts the spot offered on the task force.

     

    Roca’s plan to augment and adopt the remaining four dying orphans from the Favela do Vidigal fires has reached the ears of the Roman Catholic Church. Her plans are protested by the Brazilian Church, but the Rio diocese does little to actually hinder her plans. Doc Freeman again does the surgeries over the next few days after Ash Wednesday. Five poor children from the slums of Rio escape death ….. for now.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, February 6, 2046:

     

    Fat Tuesday and the end of Carnival arrive. The celebrations in Rio reach their climax. Kyle and Cat intricate web of lies and conspiracies has spawned an international task force that should bring down George and his sponsors. The situation is now out of their hands. If all goes well, they will have succeeded (to their minds) in pulling off one of the greatest cons of all time. If their machinations are exposed, there is no place on Earth that they can hide.

     

    One last thing remains. In order to bring overwhelming support to the side of Disney, they need to line up one last corporation. Allison has spent months on Colin Hughes. It is now time to reel in the Petrochem executive. The energy conglomerate is obviously experiencing serious issues within the region. If the high level meetings are anything to go buy, they are searching for a solution. For their support, the Team may be able to offer them a solution.

     

    That evening the entire Team attends the Gay Gala Ball. Allison is escorted by Colin Hughes. It takes little effort to get the Petrochem executive alone for a private conversation. The approach is straight forward. Kyle, Cat, Roca and Allison make their pitch to bring Petrochem off the fence. Colin’s interest is stirred by the possible involvement of Furnas in George’s plot, but his support won’t be bought so easily.

     

    Roca weaves her tale of a brewing A.I. civil war. Petrochem, as a power company, could provide the solution to the looming energy meltdown. The advantages of being the ‘white knight’ that saves the A.I.s of Rio are not lost on Colin. Having them in his company’s corner would provide a key advantage in dealing with his Russian and Chinese rivals.

     

    As everyone is putting their cards on the table, the Petrochem executive decides to show his own hand. While very fond of Allison he is not an idiot. He looked into the Team. Petrochem has a problem that needs attention, but given the current political climate, the corporation can’t be seen to be involved with the solution. If the team takes care of his ‘little problem’, he sees no reason why Petrochem shouldn’t support Disney (and profit in the downfall of their rivals). He will of course need to clear it with corporate.

     

    Finally alone in their apartment, Kyle looks at a pensive Cat. “What’s wrong? And don’t say nothing, I know you too well.”

     

    “What do we do now, when this is all over?” she asks.

     

    “As long as this doesn’t blow up in our faces and we are not hunted down like rabid dogs before being killed slowly and horribly, you can finish college like you wanted. The French might even let you into their country to go the Sorbonne. You’ve always talked about that,” Kyle replies in a cheerful tone. “Maybe I’ll open an agency that hunts down missing and stolen antiquities.”

     

    “No, what about us?” the biogen responded. “I know you love me, and that could be enough for me, but ….”

     

    It finally dawns on Kyle. She is more human than even she will admit, so he asks, “Do you want to get married or something?”

     

    “Yes,” she fires back almost before he finishes his question. As she looks at him with eyes wide in anticipation, the realization of what she just said makes her break his gaze.

     

    “When I was created, it was pounded into my head that I was not a person. I was a thing, a tool. The only sense of pride I was allowed was to be the best ‘tool’ any master could hope for. Those of my kind who did not ‘measure’ up were terminated often in ways as an object lesson to the rest of us. A child will do and believe anything to please a parent figure. In me they created a monster and I didn’t even see it.”

     

    Cat turns to stare at the ex-C.I.A. agent. Barely contained tears moisten the corner of her eyes and glow in the reflected light.

     

    “Ten years ago in Romania, I told you that I was a cat, and that I had imprinted on you as my master. Despite everything that happened, through disaster and death, you’re still here. You have never treated me like a ‘pet’, regardless of the occasional ‘ball of string’ jokes. We have pledged to each other ‘us against the world’ (Episode 22). I told you then that I was not sure that I was even capable of loving anybody but myself. Well, now I know I can and I do, and I don’t doubt for a second that you love me. I want the whole world to know. That is what getting married means to me.”

     

    Kyle Vaduva looked at the woman before him, not a cat or a biogen, but a woman. He placed one knee on the ground before her and asked, “Catherine, will you marry me?”

     

    Cat wrapped her arms around the man kneeling before her. Tears flow and she quietly gasps, “Yes.” B)

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 55: Death in the Amazon

     

  19. Skill Level...Bonus

    1-3.............0

    4-5...........+1

    7-8...........+2

    9..............+3

    10............+4

    Where is 6?

    Oh, if your skill is 6 you don't get jack! Just kidding, I turned the 6 into a 5 as I tried to get the columns to lined, silly me!

     

    Also, I personally find the techie as a very powerful class. Run across a door that is locked with card scanner? Jury Rig it, now it is open for 1d6+1 turns. Need to disable a security camera but don't have access to the computer it is connected to? Some Basic Tech and you can blind it, or jam it into a useless position (like have it look at a wall 2 inches away). Come across a Full Borg and don't have much in the way of anti-borg munitions? A few quick Tech rolls and you could know where the floor joists are, a few well placed shots and that floor is not going to hold any borg. Hope the borg likes falling damage.

     

    In short the Tech stat is not underpowered at all. It just needs to be applied in non-conventional ways.....

     

     

    I personally don't interpret the Jury Rig skill in the way you do above, except for maybe the camera thing. Oh, go ahead and tap the floor looking for the joists under the floor while a borg is attacking. You'll be paste before you know it. Still to each his own. If it works for your game, go with it! The only thing really wrong with a rule interpretation in the long run, is if it makes things not fun. B)

  20. Episode 53 – Kyle and Cat Start to Make Their Move

     

     

    Bella helps Victor with his phobia about A.I.s and cyborgs. They plus Maria, Roca and Doc Freeman visit victims of the violence that destroyed the Favela do Vidigal. The A.I. and the doctor save a young child by ‘borging him out’. Maternal feelings stir in Roca as she contemplates adopting the young boy they have ‘saved’.

     

    Kyle and Cat begin to put together an alliance of corporations and agencies to bring down George Brazzo. Cat uses the situation to try and free her father from Federal prison before his enemies have him killed.

     

     

    Background

     

    The Team has arrived in Rio de Janeiro aboard their (pilfered) 194 foot mega yacht, the Windfall. They have been brought here by the Disney Corporation, who runs the giant theme park, Fantasia. The Brazilian Supreme Court is expected to overturn the 1975 Presidential Decree (The Fusion) effectively re-establishing the city of Rio as an independent city-state within Brazil. Factions have begun to align, in anticipation of this decision, to vie for control of the city. The notorious favelas of Rio de Janeiro present a powerful voting bloc, one that several of the players in the political struggle seek to eliminate. By taking away the voting rights of the poor, the conspirators hope to move closer to their ultimate goal of eliminating the favelas, thereby reclaiming the valuable real estate for redevelopment. The Disney Corporation opposes this agenda and has contracted the Team as ‘consultants’ to counter the maneuvers of rival factions.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Allison Cole: 17 yo kleptomaniac sex pot and one of Cat Fisher’s best friends from Atlantic City High School. She just graduated from that school and—when she became a suspect in a recent heist in Atlantic City—followed her friend to Jamaica. Perhaps not yet “world class”, her skill as a Prowler is formidable.

     

    Cat Fisher/Ortiz: Officially she is Sam Fisher and the late Maria Ortiz’s 19 yo daughter. In actuality she is a full memory clone of late Caitlin Jones, the original biogenetic assassin construct built by the now defunct Bio Works Corporation. This is known only to Kyle Vaduva. Some on the Team know she is a Caitlin clone.

     

    Doc Freeman: Former professor at UNLV, former assistant coroner and (formally) disgraced cyber researcher. He is the inventor of the “cyberbrain” with which he claims to have cured death itself. Although courts around the world are now looking into ramifications of his work, Disney Corporation has honored their agreements with the man and he is now rich beyond his wildest dreams.

     

    Kyle Vaduva: Former C.I.A. agent, burned by the agency for crimes he did not commit. His efforts to expose and eliminate, the Section, a freelance spy and black ops ring that had infiltrated the C.I.A., led to a review of his record and exoneration. He was allowed to retire with full benefits. Kyle has been reunited with his lover from the Romanian Operation, Caitlin Jones (see Cat (Fisher) Ortiz above).

     

    Victor Kane: He is a 28 year old street racer (Runner) who until recently made extra money by doing a bit of smuggling on the side. Before that he served as a security soldier with Petrochem before he was ‘let go’.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. Although he was not corrupt, he left the force before a case could be ‘made’ (manufactured) against him. Recently he has been hired by the Disney Corporation and been given a corporate ‘badge’. He serves as liaison between the Team and Disney.

     

    Roca Terrier: Actually, she is one of the oldest characters from our game group. She is the only self-mobile A.I. in our game universe. Her existence is a result of a now ended secret military project. Her creator was a genius, who saw his attempt to create a self-learning A.I. built from his memories of his deceased daughter, perverted by the Pentagon in an attempt to create the perfect weapon system. Now a citizen of the Republic of Mars and a respected scientist, she was formerly married to General Pershing, the current Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff of the United States. Their divorce was a political move to advance the general’s career and the two are still very close. Roca is also a member of the Collective and sits on their ruling council. She and Cat know each other.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been ‘unofficially’ released from prison—after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion—by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, and sent to Rio to help Cat and Kyle. He is there under one of his old aliases, Tyree Jones, a mixed race Virgin Islander.

     

    Nicholas (Nicky) Vaduva: Zar’s (Kyle’s) 18-year-old son from our Romanian adventure. Nicholas is unaware that Kyle is his father and believes the man is his cousin. He serves as first officer on the Team’s yacht, SS Windfall.

     

    Wyatt: Roca’s personal technician. He is the son the original chief tech on the project that created the A.I. The father and Roca are fast friends and this son has replaced his dad who is now retired. To Wyatt, Roca is family and visa versa.

     

    4.06531: A 4th generation Nietzschean operative, who is masquerading as Kyle (Kyle 2.0) on the Windfall. He is also known as Janko Mesic during this mission.

     

    Caitlin Diaz: One of Cat’s Biotechnica created clones, who is working with the Team masquerading as Catherine Ortiz (Cat 2.0).

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Adgiwe Matombo, a male black African member of Gustavo Benaziz’s terrorist cell, who comes to Rio to help Luka and Lena run their gun running operation.

     

    Barabbas: A sociopathic thief and murderer attached to Pedro de Costa’s set of the Third Command. He is actually a spy of Gustavo Benaziz set to watch Pedro.

     

    Brita Seguera: She is a former member of FARC and friend of Isadore. There is a rumored execution order out on her.

     

    Carlos: A young boy from the Favela do Vidigal dying of his burns in a public hospital.

     

    Colin Hughes: He is a (senior) executive from Petrochem on assignment in Rio de Janeiro. The man is from Victor Kane’s life path. Kane and Colin vied for the affections of Marybeth Bascom, daughter of Texas US Senator Howard Bascom. All three young people were “gear heads”. Kane beat out Colin, who arranged Kane’s separation from his job at Petrochem.

     

    Consuelo: A female member of Gustavo Benaziz’s terrorist cell, who comes to Rio to help Luka and Lena run their gun running operation.

     

    David Lau: A Chinese gun runner in Rio who is working with George.

     

    Dorit: A female member of Gustavo Benaziz’s terrorist cell, who comes to Rio to help Luka and Lena run their gun running operation.

     

    Ernesto Cruz: A major leader of the Rio gang, the Red Command, and rival of Pedro de Costa.

     

    George Brazzo: A high level fixer and criminal in Rio. He is a facilitator that rarely gets his hands dirty himself. He has a large bribery slush fund and two lawyers that keep him out of trouble. When he was a Rio civil policeman, Ricco Torres tried unsuccessfully to put him away several times.

     

    Gustavo Benaziz: A follower of the Voice of the Wastes and a known Islamic terrorist and half-brother of Marcellana Barbieri, a Commonwealth media. He is working with Pedro de Costa of the Third Command.

     

    Isadore Abuelo: An Argentine ‘bad guy’ and former member of FARC. It is rumored that FARC has ordered his execution.

     

    Kiril Vadjek: A Russian gun runner who also served as a C.I.A. asset for Deputy Director Nathan Forrest. Kiril was working with George Brazzo until Cat (as Lena) assassinated him entering one of his favorite nightclubs. He was originally from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Lorne: A female member of Gustavo Benaziz’s terrorist cell, who comes to Rio to help Luka and Lena run their gun running operation.

     

    Maria: A local girl who works as a maid for one of the hotels in Disney’s Fantasia. She gets picked up by Victor in a bar and her whole life starts getting turned upside down.

     

    Marcellana Barbieri: She is a minor media who works for the Sky News Network. She is a dual national of Great Britain and Morocco. Her mother is Moroccan and her father Italian. Her half-brother is Gustavo Benaziz, a known and wanted Islamic terrorist.

     

    Major Victor Katanga: Formally a colonel in the Army of Mali, who was cashiered for the massacre of Islamist rebels in the north of that country a year or two back. He now works for the Orochi Resource Group (ORG) and heads one of their Special Reaction Forces (SRF). ORG is working with the C.I.A. in this area.

     

    Morris: A male member of Gustavo Benaziz’s terrorist cell, who comes to Rio to help Luka and Lena run their gun running operation, who looks to be Spanish but Kyle suspects he might have had a ‘white man’s shot’.

     

    Nathan Forrest: C.I.A. Deputy Director of Covert Ops. Nathan is also an old friend of Cat’s father, Sam Fisher, who until now has been in jail back in the States.

     

    Pedro de Costa: Leader of the set of the Rio gang, the Third Command, in charge of the Favela Barrio Nova Alianca. He is working with Gustavo Benaziz, a known Islamic terrorist and half-brother of Marcellana Barbieri, a Commonwealth media. Pedro is having an affair with Marcellana.

     

    Roger Kincaid: the Disney executive in charge of the political situation in Rio.

     

    Sharin Vaduva: She is Kyle Vaduva’s mother.

     

    Solon: The A.I. that runs Kaliba Integrated Systems which built and runs the Rio Operations Center that controls the city’s security cameras, power distribution and police/fire communications. Solon wants to dispossess the favela residents of their voting rights and have them forced from the city.

     

    Veronique: A Russian SVR operative sent to bring FSB officer Yorgi Valenchenko back to Russia when his government learned about his personal crusade.

     

    Yorgi Valenchenko: A Russian FSB operative, cousin and partner of the late Kiril Vadjek, a gun runner working with George who was recently assassinated by Cat at Kyle’s bidding.

     

    Youssef: An associate of Gustavo Benaziz.

     

     

    The Action

     

    Friday, January 26, 2046:

     

    Luka leaves an emergency message in Gustavo Benazzi’s drop ‘box’, asking for a meeting as soon as possible. The Windfall arrives in Port-of-Spain, Trinidad.

     

    Victor and Maria lunch with Bella. The A.I. attempts to engage Victor in a conversation about how A.I.’s treat humans compared to how humans treat each other. Bella calls on the lessons in torture imparted to her by Dr. Vera Zelinke (during the Romanian Campaign), as well as deep knowledge of the atrocities perpetrated by the Third Reich (studied under the suggestion of Dr. Zelinke, when her own meager knowledge of the art of torture was exhausted).

     

    (GM Note: Rather than finding an apt pupil that reveled in sadism for its own sake, Dr. Zelinke’s tutelage had the opposite effect on Bella’s development. It contributed to a cognitive crisis that helped the A.I. move beyond her programming and achieve true sentience.)

     

    After several graphic descriptions of “man’s inhumanity to man”, Victor stops her—mostly for the sake of Maria, who is fighting to keep her lunch down. The runner cuts to the chase and asks, “What’s your point?”

     

    Bella explains that humans are in the end insignificant as far as most A.I.’s are concerned. “Why should A.I.’s even bother to try to wipe you out?” She is quick to point out that she and Walt do not share this opinion.

     

    Kane expresses the opinion that humans and A.I.’s should be equal in status and work together. Both species are exponentially stronger working together than working separately. Victor says that his main fear is in regard to cyborgs. They often go cyberpsycho and can kill you in a heartbeat. Bella explains that these stories are highly sensationalized and, with the exception of Roca, there is a huge difference between A.I.’s and cyborgs.

     

    The three enjoy their lunch and Bella ends by offering to take Victor and Maria to visit a hospital where the remaining victims of the Favela do Vidigal fires are being treated. The two accept. Bella then calls Doc Freeman and Roca and invites them as well.

     

    Meanwhile Allison is soaking up the rays pool-side at the hacienda in the north. Colin is in another endless meeting, leaving her to amuse herself for most of the day. Her quiet siesta is interrupted by the buzzsaw roar of a minigun. Turning quickly, she catches sight of a puff of smoke in the distance, as the anti-aircraft weapon eliminates a small flying target, possibly a spy drone. With the excitement over, she turns to lay back down on her chaisse, doing her best to present an air of blasé indifference. As a precaution, security asks guests to move inside. Unable to enjoy the sun or a dip in the pool, Allison tries to find other diversions to amuse herself.

     

    Bowing to political pressure, the United States Marine guard detachment at Roca’s penthouse is replaced by a security contingent from the Martian Diplomatic Security Service. Three of six security personnel are Nietzschean warriors, one is a cyborg and two are exceptionally trained human operatives. Ricco continues his research at Roca’s apartment behind its formidable wall of security. The French DSGE don’t wish to create an international incident by trying to snatch the Brazilian ex-cop from a protected diplomatic residence.

     

    Gustavo responds to Luka’s message and a secure NET link is established. Luka tells Gustavo that Pedro is hopelessly compromised and must be eliminated. The ‘gunrunner’ admits to the terrorist that he had bugged Pedro’s headquarters, quickly adding that it was before they reached their current arrangement (to share the Brazilian gang lord’s services). Luka explains that the surveillance devices do not stream data, but must be physically picked up. Given their new working relationship with the gang leader, he has been more respectful of ‘operational boundaries’, but some disturbing information has come to light.

     

    Luka plays the footage of the intrusion team planting devices and releasing drones in Pedro’s headquarters. Gustavo is still reluctant to cut Pedro loose, so Luka plays his ace. The gunrunner asks Lena to leave the room and asks Gustavo to have his people do likewise. With great sadness and feigned reluctance (backed by a great acting roll) Luka plays the footage of Pedro in ‘flagrante delicto’ with Gustavo’s sister, Marcellana Barbieri (Episode 44). He follows up with the recording of Pedro bragging about his conquest to his fellow gang members and saying that he will/intends to ‘off’ Gustavo if it becomes a problem. It is apparent that Gustavo’s plant in Pedro’s organization didn’t inform him of this. The recording does the trick. Benaziz is visibly angry, but maintains his cool.

     

    Luka defends Marcellana as an unwitting dupe of Pedro’s machinations. The gunrunner plays the confidant, telling Gustavo that it is time for truth between them. He reveals that he and Lena are actually Goren Kovac and Ivanka Balakov, the terrorists wanted for the incident in Timbuktu a few years back (Episodes 27 thru 29). This doesn’t appear to surprise Gustavo. It seems the bread crumbs the two have been dropping in this regard had been picked up.

     

    Gustavo now agrees that Pedro must be dealt with. He reveals that his agent in Pedro’s set is Barabbas. He and Barabbas have a contingency plan in this regard. Pedro and his group will be led to attack Ernesto Cruz. In that way, the Red Command will rid them of their problem (and hide their involvement with Pedro). For now, Gustavo will contact Barabbas and start putting the plan into action. He agrees that Luka and Lena should go to Pedro’s and ‘discover’ the bugs planted there.

     

    Luka brings up one more issue. With Pedro now about to be out of the picture, Luka still needs ‘boots on the ground’ in Rio. Could Gustavo provide personnel to help run their operations in Rio? They have a major deal going down soon and need people to do the grunt work since they will be out of the country handling other operations. They offer to split the profits with Gustavo’s group. The Islamic terrorist leader promises them a few people by Monday. All three agree to work together on this.

     

    Kyle and Cat are ecstatic. When (and if) they succeed in exposing George Brazzo’s plot to the Brazilian government and the world, half of the arms dealers caught will be bona fide wanted international terrorists.

     

    Luka and Lena go to Pedro’s headquarters and ask for a meet. Prior to any discussion, Lena pulls out her bug detector to sweep the room. Low and behold, she ‘discovers’ a listening device. Further examination finds that the place is literally infested with bugs of various designs and functions. There are many more than the two they saw planted. In addition to the bugs within the structure, a sharp sighted survey of the surrounding buildings reveals at least two cameras angled to watch the approach and entrance to Pedro’s headquarters. Pedro seems strangely unconcerned about this discovery.

     

    The two collect a sampling of the devices to study later. They also meet privately with Barabbas and discuss the implementation of Gustavo’s plan to end Pedro and his group. Lena talks with Luka in front of one of their own operational camera/listening devices and speaks about George’s promise that she can kill Yorgi Valenchenko when the Favela Vila Parque da Cidade operation is complete. She says she will shoot the Russian with the same gun that George had her use to kill the FSB agent’s cousin, Kiril Vadjek.

     

    Later Cat and Kyle examine the now deactivated bugs found at Pedro’s. It is a collection of Brazilian, Chinese, Russian and custom devices. It seems as if the entire world was listening to everything going on in there.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, January 27, 2046:

     

    Bella brings Victor and Maria to the burn ward at one of the hospitals treating victims of the fires that ravaged the Favela do Vidigal. Doc Freeman and Roca accompany them. Maria is horrified. The ward holds the most terminal cases (those most seriously burned). Disney has been helping to cover the cost of their treatments, but the outlook is bleak. Most heartbreaking of all, at least half a dozen children are among the victims. The doctors accompanying them say it is only a matter of time before they die.

     

    As the group walks by the beds, one of the young patients recognizes Doctor Freeman. He asks hopefully, “Doc Freeman, can you save me?”

     

    “Not legally,” the doctor replies.

     

    “What does that matter?” The kid challenges him. “I’m going to die anyway.”

     

    “Ask your parents,” the Doc tells him.

     

    “They’re dead,” the youth shoots back.

     

    “Write your congressman then,” Freeman instructs him.

     

    The burned child looks at the doctor and asks, “What’s a congressman?”

     

    Roca is listening to this conversation and becomes quite taken by this boy’s attitude. Here he is, dying, in pain, and his spirit has not been broken. (It helps that he’s also shot full of pain killers.) An idea comes into her head. She turns to Doc Freeman and asks, “What if we put him in a borg body? They do make them for children.”

     

    This takes Gordon Freeman by surprise, but he thinks about it. They ask the Brazilian doctor who is escorting them through the ward if he thinks the young man could survive the surgery. The answer is a qualified probably, but it would have to be done quickly. Roca asks the boy his name.

     

    Carlos,” he tells her.

     

    Carlos what?" She inquires.

     

    “Just Carlos,” he says.

     

    “Well, Carlos, would you like to be put into a cyborg body?” Roca asks.

     

    “If it means I’m not gonna die now, yes!” is the response.

     

    It just so happens that child borg bodies are manufactured in Brazil. The factory that produces the Belo Horizonte Sebastian, a borg body for children, is located nearby. The burns make it difficult to tell what the boy’s appearance was like before the fire, so Roca asks Carlos what he wants to look like.

     

    “I want to look like Henrique,” he replies.

     

    Doc Freeman and Roca call Disney and the corporation’s legal and publicity teams spring into action. The A.I. and Freeman agree to split the cost with the Doc doing the surgery. Roca asks to become young Carlos’ legal guardian and begins to consider adopting the child. Somewhere in Roca’s electronics, the soul of her creator’s daughter—on who her personality was originally based—stirs.

     

    That evening, Cat, as Sasha, goes to the favela where Ricco’s investigations indicated that Isadore Abuelo and Brita Seguera were living. As darkness falls, Kyle and Roca join her in stealth mode sliding across the roof tops. It only takes a few hours, but the three locate the two ex-FARC members who now work for George Brazzo. It is Cat’s belief that these two have a part to play in the upcoming plot against the Favela Vila Parque da Cidade. The two’s skill sets will be needed by George.

     

    Isadore and Brita are good, but no match for Cat. She puts two bullets in each one’s brain before they know what is happening. With Roca and Kyle on overwatch, the biogen cuts off the two’s heads and hands and bags them up for delivery to the fixer holding the contract. She deliberately leaves the place a bloody mess. Sasha delivers the grisly proof and collects the reward. She makes the exchange just sloppy enough that, if George looks into it, he will discover the name Sasha.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, January 28, 2046:

     

    In Trinidad, Cat 2.0 quietly hands over command of the Windfall and Nicholas is promoted to 1st Officer. Sharin Vaduva is flown by executive Disney jet to Trinidad and boards the Windfall. Kyle and Cat 2.0 continue on with the executive Disney jet arriving early evening in Rio. They go directly to the apartment which Roca has ‘opened up’ and staffed with a new security force. Two members of the new ‘security force’ are Kyle and Cat. Everyone changes identities!

     

    Victor and Roca go to church as usual. Kane and Maria spend the day together. Their relationship is beginning to blossom into something serious.

     

    In the early afternoon, Doc Freeman operates and puts young Carlos in a borg body, thus saving him from his impending death. Afterwards he reads a statement to the press that he and Roca Terrier will be forming and funding a charity to help the victims of the fiery holocaust of the Favela do Vidigal. While applauding the two’s generosity, local religious leaders express concern over putting children in borg bodies.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, January 29, 2046:

     

    In the morning, five members of Gustavo Benaziz’s terror cell arrive to meet Luka and Lena at their offices in Rio. They take over the day to day operations and begin supplying weapons to the Fraternidade de Anjos (Brotherhood of Angels). There are three women of mixed race: Consuelo, Dorit and Lorne and two men. Adgiwe Matombo is a black African. Morris looks to be Spanish but Kyle and Cat suspect he may have altered his pigmentation using a nano-booster.

     

    Luka and Lena make sure that all engage in enough ‘incriminating conversation’ in range of their surveillance devices to make it appear that this terrorist cell is fully involved in George Brazzo’s plans to burn down the favelas. After turning over the operation, the pair leaves to ‘acquire more ordinance’.

     

    Upon returning home as Kyle and Cat, they report to Disney security that Sasha is fired and they suspect her of being a ‘contract killer’. Disney security and the Brazilian police are provided with her pictures and fingerprints. While it may seem odd to burn your own false ID, it serves the purpose of legitimizing this new identity as a different person for use later, on other operations. Cat calls her ‘Uncle Nathan’ (Forrest) at the C.I.A. and lets him know that she and Kyle have arrived back in Rio. The agency honcho feigns disinterest. The biogen plays her card and asks his help in identifying a ‘man’ that has come to their attention during a surveillance operation. Nathan says he’ll try. Cat forwards him a file with Gustavo Benaziz’s photo. Kyle calls Major Katanga of ORG and asks him to lunch, tomorrow at the two’s beachfront penthouse in Ipanema. The Major eagerly accepts.

     

    That evening, Roca’s tech, Wyatt, performs a series of AV hops in the area surrounding Pedro’s headquarters and Luka and Lena’s house and offices. These quick landings and dust-offs are meant to provide ‘proof’ that the team is retrieving data caches from their surveillance equipment. The hops also provide an opportunity to simulate upgrading the surveillance recorders to live feeds. (In anticipation of turning them over to the police and intelligence agencies they are trying to put together to bring down George and his backers.)

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, January 30, 2046:

     

    In the morning, Cat receives an encrypted call from Nathan Forrest at the C.I.A. She is to meet him immediately at a secure location in the NET. When she arrives, the man does not look pleased. The biogen breaks into a big smile and says, “Hi, Uncle Nathan, how are you?”

     

    The spook just replies, “You push that picture (of Gustavo Benaziz) across my desk; what do you want?”

     

    “What do you mean?” Cat asks innocently.

     

    Forrest’s eyes narrow at the young woman. “I know you, Cat. Don’t play games with me.”

     

    The biogen drops her smile and says, “I want my father back.”

     

    “You know I can’t do that.”

     

    “You could if you wanted to,” the young woman insists.

     

    “He’ll be out of prison in about ten months, if he continues his good behavior.”

     

    Cat’s voice breaks. “They’ll never let him out, Uncle Nathan. He’ll be framed for something to keep him in jail or just killed in some random ‘incident’, you know that.”

     

    The deputy director breaks her gaze for a moment. In his heart he had considered this a likely possibility, but had always pushed it to the back of his mind.

     

    “Look,” the biogen continues. “Our surveillance program has uncovered something really big; too big. You said it yourself. The DSGE is looking to extract us. They already have tried to pick up some of our team. We need protection here. I need him.”

     

    “What is this all about?” he asks.

     

    “You heard about the fighting and fires in the Favela do Vidigal a few weeks ago? We believe the man in the picture is involved along with a few of his associates and a lot of locals down here. I am short of personnel and resources. If the French get to us, then it will all happen again.”

     

    The deputy director thinks for a moment before replying. With a weary sigh he tells her, “I’ll see what I can do,” then disconnects.

     

    Major Katanga arrives promptly for lunch. The meal is pleasant as is the conversation. The major is forth coming with his account of the incident (massacre) at Taoudenni that led to his ‘retirement’ from the Army of Mali. He does not come off as a cold heartless mass murderer, as is his typical portrayal in the media. Katanga again makes a pitch for the pair to return to his beautiful home country. Rather than decline the offer, Kyle turns to the business at hand.

     

    They show him photos of Gustavo Benaziz and Youssef. The Major’s face hardens. Kyle takes the lead and lays out the plot they have uncovered that threatens ORG’s interest in the Favela Vila Parque da Cidade. They play surveillance recordings proving Pedro’s people were responsible for the deaths of Katanga’s men on the docks (few months ago). Kyle ties the gang leader’s actions to George Brazzo through two as yet ‘unidentified’ operatives. The proffered pictures are of Luka and Lena. The hook is baited.

     

    Major Katanga shares some information of his own. Pedro de Costa is a paid police informant! Of course, the gang leader is as crooked as they come, and is betraying everyone. In a flash, the two realize why Pedro was so unconcerned about his headquarters being bugged. It wasn’t carelessness. He knew all about it.

     

    Kyle and Cat have been trying to weave a story of local corruption, tied to international terrorism. One of the weaknesses of their ‘conspiracy theory’ is the lack of outside corroboration. Pedro’s duplicity could very useful to their end goals.

     

    The two propose that they join forces. Bringing down this ‘conspiracy’ would be of great benefit to the city of Rio. It would also greatly benefit both of their corporate employers (ORG for Katanga & Disney for Kyle & Cat), not to mention their own careers. The Major appears to already be convinced of the merits of such an alliance, but just to sweeten the pot Cat implies that other parties are also considering involvement.

     

    “Our greatest fear is that the rich and powerful backing the plot will slip away unpunished unless we can expose their involvement. This will require a powerful combination of corporations, intelligence agencies and media.”

     

    As a further incentive, Kyle and Cat dangle the possibility of returning to Mali as guests of the Major after the current situation is resolved, to help with his campaign to rehabilitate his reputation over the ‘Taoudenni Incident’. Major Katanga is interested and agrees to bring it to his corporation’s attention. The two hope that ORG’s connections to the C.I.A. will also draw the attention of the intelligence organization.

     

    The fate of the remaining four Brazilian orphans dying in the burn unit of the charity hospital in Rio has been weighing heavily on Roca’s mind. That humans would just allow children to slowly die like that is unfathomable to her. She decides to adopt and save them all. Maybe she can’t save the world, but she can save just this little piece of it. The A.I. contacts Roger Kincaid, who is surprised, but agrees to help. He nixes the idea of a press conference at this point. Her adoption and ‘borging out’ of young Carlos has stirred up religious opposition. He feels it is better to handle everything quietly and avoid a protracted legal battle that will only end in the deaths of the children.

     

    Allison continues to hang out at the hacienda while the Petrochem bigwigs have their ‘secret’ meeting. She acts the happy mistress and takes note of all the comings and goings.

     

    Victor drives Doc Freeman to and from work.

     

    In Federal prison, Sam Fisher is brought out of his cell in the ‘protected’ wing and placed in gen pop (general population). He is prepared for an attempt to be made on his life. He doesn’t have to wait long. The guards are distracted as two prisoners approach with shivs in hand. With his skills he fends off their attack easily. Security descends on all three and they are taken off to the hole (Solitary Confinement Unit). After being given some time to stew in his new digs, Sam receives a visitor. A man in a black suit walks into his cell. Without the formality of greeting or introduction, the non-descript visitor informs Sam that the inmate he ‘stabbed’ has died. The ex-C.I.A. operative is flabbergasted. True, he had broken one of his attackers’ arms, but he had been unarmed. It is an obvious set up, probably to add more time to his sentence.

     

    Sam is notified that he is being transferred to another facility. The operative makes a show of ‘accepting his fate’ all the while calculating his chances of escape.

     

    After being shackled, Sam is led away by two grim faced guards. He is put in a van and driven out of the jail. After about an hour’s drive, the van pulls up behind a black sedan parked on the side of a country road. The ex-operative is ordered out of the vehicle. Thinking that the powers that be have finally decided to put him down like a dog, Sam prepares to fight for his life. The guards are, however, very attentive. They also seem to have backup. Another non-descript man in a black suit steps out of the back door of the sedan. After a quick scan of their surroundings and a nod to the guards, he motions someone out of the backseat of the car. A man bearing a passable likeness to Sam, in an identical orange jumpsuit and shackles, exits the vehicle, followed closely by another black-suited figure.

     

    The prisoner shuffles the short distance from the sedan to the van and enters without any urging from the guards or black suited figures.

     

    The two men in suits take possession of Sam and lead him to their car.

     

    “What’s going on?” the ex-Delta Force Colonel demands.

     

    “Be quiet,” he is told. His shackles are NOT removed.

     

    A few hours later they pull into a private airport where a small Fabrini Air jet is waiting. Sam Fisher is put on the plane. When they are airborne a small video screen comes to life. A shadowy figure with an altered voice speaks. Although he can’t make out the man’s features, Sam thinks it is probably his old friend, Nathan Forrest.

     

    “You are being released provisionally to help the agency with a mission. This jet is on its way to Rio de Janeiro. There you will meet your team. You are NOT in charge. Your daughter Catherine is. You owe your release to her. She is a very persuasive young lady. You are to assume your old cover identity of Tyree Jones, who has just been released from prison. Your job will be to act as bodyguard for Catherine and Kyle Vaduva. Your cyberware will be activated. There is a briefing file in the lock box sitting in front of you. It contains cover information and a computer aged photo of what Tyree would look like after all these years. Study it and be him. Screw this up and it will be the last thing you ever do.”

     

    Sam pulls out the file and begins to read.

     

    Kyle and Cat decide on their next move. The ex-C.I.A. agent calls Yorgi Valenchenko and invites him to lunch to discuss the death of his cousin, Kiril. Yorgi seems surprised by the call and apparently has heard of Kyle Vaduva. He hesitates at first, but agrees to come to their penthouse apartment. The FSB agent asks if he can bring a second. Kyle agrees, but asks that he bring someone that he trusts with sensitive information. Yorgi agrees to that.

     

    That night Nathan Forrest places a video call to Cat in Rio. Kyle answers it.

     

    “Hiya, Uncle Nathan,” Kyle greets him.

     

    The C.I.A. honcho’s face hardens a bit. “Is Cat there?”

     

    The expectant young biogen appears on the screen, and Forrest continues. “All right, it’s done. Your father will be arriving tomorrow in Rio under the name Tyree Jones.”

     

    Cat’s face lights up with a smile, “Thank you so much, Uncle Nathan.”

     

    “Thank me by delivering what you promised,” the deputy director reminds her.

     

    “I will,” she assures him. “Oh, by the way, do you know a local laboratory down here that can do some DNA work and maybe run the results through your database for identification? These are people connected to Gustavo Benaziz.”

     

    The older man sighs and tells her yes. He instructs her to send the items to Gene Pro in San Paulo and ask for Damien Little. Cat thanks him.

     

    Kyle adds, “Yes, thanks a lot, Uncle Nathan.”

     

    The deputy director’s face darkens even further. “Kyle. Don’t call me Uncle Nathan.”

     

    Kyle breaks out in a smile and replies, “OK, Uncle Nathan,” and terminates the call.

     

    “You really shouldn’t bait him like that,” a worried Cat tells her lover.

     

    “Why not,” Kyle replies. “We have him by the balls.”

     

    That is not what is really bothering her. She knows Gene Pro. They developed the tests to identify biogens during the ‘Biogenetic Crisis’ (20 years ago) and made a fortune selling home test kits by whipping up anti-biogen hysteria. Cat is not eager to deal with them.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, January 31, 2046:

     

    Cat flies out early to drop the DNA samples off at Gene Pro. This ‘evidence’ consists of hair and skin samples procured from the bedrooms of Luka and Lena (Kyle and Cat’s alternate IDs) during an intrusion at the two’s apartment (which never actually happened). There are radar records of Wyatt flying the ‘intrusion team’ in to do the job. The samples are from the real Goren Kovac and Ivanka Balakov, who have been held in braindance by the Collective. Cat knows full well the C.I.A. has Goren and Ivanka’s genetic profiles. It shouldn’t be a problem for the Agency to figure out Luka and Lena’s ‘true’ identities. The biogen maintains her calm as she meets Damien Little. After a brief conversation she leaves ‘the lion’s den’ and returns to Rio.

     

    Cat returns in time for lunch with Yorgi Valenchenko and his companion, an attractive woman who calls herself Veronique. Kyle takes the lead as it was Lena who met with Yorgi earlier. They are careful to make interactions very different from those with Luka and Lena. It is not lost on either of them that their guests are well-trained investigators. Veronique has the grace and manner of a trained operative, and the FSB officer appears to be deferring to her in the conversation. Yorgi informs their hosts that they (Yorgi & Veronique) will soon be leaving for Russia.

     

    Valenchenko asks where the bathroom is and Kyle takes him there as Cat and Veronique talk. Once out of ear shot Kyle gets to the point. “We know you’re working with George Brazzo. Either you have completely sold out and abandoned any human decency to work with the man that killed your cousin, or you are building a case against Brazzo. On your own time, I would guess.”

     

    Yorgi is taken aback. He admits his presence here is unofficial and he is here to find his cousin’s killers. Unfortunately, the SVR (Russian’s foreign intelligence service) got wind of his rogue operation and Veronique was sent to bring him home. He gained entrance into George’s cabal, but doesn’t have enough evidence to convince his agency that their country’s interest is at risk.

     

    Kyle asks if Veronique can be trusted.

     

    In the other room Veronique passingly mentions, “Those two have been gone awhile.” Although she makes no move to check up on Kyle and Yorgi, it is obvious her suspicions are aroused. Cat laughingly calls out to the two men, “Hey did you two fall in?”

     

    Kyle and Yorgi return immediately. Based on Yorgi’s assurance, the ex-agent lays out George Brazzo’s plan for Veronique. His talk is punctuated by surveillance evidence displayed on the apartment’s large screen. Kyle makes sure to play Lena’s ‘confession’, her plans to kill Yorgi after the new favela is burned to the ground. He weaves the conspiracy to deprive the favela residents of the vote into the local Islamic terrorist network. The two Russians ask a few questions, but it becomes clear that it is Veronique who is in charge.

     

    The female SVR operative finally asks, “Why should we help the C.I.A., or are you trying to set us up?”

     

    “We’re not C.I.A.,” Kyle tells her. “I’m retired.”

     

    Veronique’s polite smile is replaced with an amused grin. “Of course you’re retired.”

     

    She continues, “I know who you are: a ‘retired’ C.I.A. agent and the daughter of one of their most infamous assassins. You bring this to us? Why didn’t you just give this to your ‘former’ agency?”

     

    “We tried,” Kyle informs her, “but it isn’t in their interest to get involved. I won’t lie to you. I am using my agency connections on this, but they won’t get officially involved.”

     

    “So, why is this in Russia’s national interest?” the SVR agent asks, while studying her nails.

     

    Cat cuts off Kyle’s response and blurts out, “Because Kiril Vadjek, a Russian national, supplied weapons, RUSSIAN WEAPONS, to one side of the massacre in Vidigal (the Favela do Vidigal). We also have evidence that Yorgi here (jabbing her finger towards FSB agent) attended George Brazzo’s little meeting, where they talked about destroying another favela. Yorgi has been seen in public, hanging with George’s crew on quite a regular basis. It’s all going to come out. We are not the only people who know this.”

     

    As she listens, Veronique’s pleasant demeanor drains from her face and is replaced by a cold stare.

     

    Now that she has the SVR agent’s undivided attention, Cat continues. “We both know the Russian government wasn’t involved, but no one is going to believe it. Anyway, can you really sit there and let thousands of people die to let a bunch of corporations fill their pockets? How do you want this to play out? One way has Russia being either an active participant in gruesome massacres or unwitting dupes who can’t control their own operatives. The other way has Russian intelligence and police services chasing the flow of illegally obtained Russian weaponry to their destination with a brave and fearless FSB investigator going undercover under the direction of the SVR to expose a monstrous plot against the Brazilian people. This gives you jurisdiction. I am sure this second way will also put SovOil in a favorable light with the locals.”

     

    Veronique’s face softens a bit as she considers this and what it would mean to her career.

     

    Sensing her mood swing, Cat moves to the soft sell. “We have strong corporate backing (partly true), connections with the Brazilian media (well, Disney’s Brazilian media at least) and the ear of the Brazilian Federal police and prosecutors (OK, not yet, but they will be working on it). What we need now is a credible eyewitness to the plot to testify.” The biogen looks to Yorgi.

     

    Veronique sits in contemplation before replying. After an interminable pause she quietly acquiesces. “I will bring this to my agency.”

     

    “We have to know soon,” Kyle reminds her. “Things are picking up speed and it will all be out of our hands soon.”

     

    The SVR operative nods and the four part company.

     

    In SoCal just outside Los Angeles, a C.I.A. team appears at the house of Rianna Prescott. They inform her that her life is in danger and they are taking her to a place of safety. She is nervous, but this is clearly NOT merely an invitation. Rianna is allowed to collect some things and then is brought to a small private airport. Hours later she arrives on the deck of the Windfall. Rianna is relieved to see Sharin and Nicholas Vaduva. She realizes that the end of this day has brought her life, not the death she was expecting. Well, for now anyway.

     

    About this same time, Doc Freeman’s C.I.A. contact calls him. The Doc is informed a man from his past, Tyree Jones, whom he worked with during the Fourth Corporate War, will visit him this afternoon. Tyree will be looking for a job. They are to chat a bit and then the doctor will suggest he go see Kyle and Cat, who are looking for a bodyguard. Doc Freeman is a bit surprised by the call, but agrees to do it.

     

    An hour or so later Tyree Jones (Sam Fisher), a mixed race native of the Virgin Islands, lands in Rio. A car takes him immediately to Doc Freeman’s laboratory. There the two engage in a little small talk. A spinner arrives to pick up Tyree (Sam).

     

    Back at their beach front penthouse, Cat paces nervously as Kyle sits calmly and waits. A spinner lands and a tall, older mixed race man exits the vehicle and is brought into the house by 4.06531 (Nietzschean operative). As Tyree enters the living room, Cat approaches him cautiously and then sniffs his scent. She lets out a short, sharp cry before throwing herself into her father’s embrace. The two’s tears mingle. It is true they are not blood, but they have chosen each other. They are father and daughter in every way that really matters.

     

    Eventually, Kyle comes forward and greets his old friend. Cat introduces her father to 4.06531 and then to her ‘sister’ (biogen) Caitlin Diaz. Diaz surprises Sam/Tyree by embracing him also and calling him Dad. Then she quietly gooses the ex-C.I.A. cleaner’s butt. Unknown to Sam, Caitlin Diaz is in heat and has a lot of conflicting emotions going on right now. B)

     

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 54: Oh What a Tangled Web We Weave!

  21. Jury Rig has always been a problem with our group. We came up with the following house rule:

     

    A Tech’s Jury Rig acts as a bonus to any Tech repair/creation roll (that makes sense) using the following table:

     

    Skill Level...Bonus

    1-3.............0

    4-6...........+1

    7-8...........+2

    9..............+3

    10............+4

     

    As far as tool use goes, its states in the rules that the listed target numbers are to be used if you use the right tools. Not having tools or the wrong tools increases the difficulty or makes doing the action impossible (use comman sense here). Of couse you could take some time and improvise tools if you have Jury Rig. Also, we have rules for master crafted tools that give you a +1 or +2 to the task. They usually cost 4x to 10x the normal tool cost and maybe very hard to acquire, such as Master Crafted Burglry tools at a +2. B)

  22.  

    There is another part of the Cyberpunk culture that we will be exploring, that is not often dealt with in most adventures and this is the sea nomads or Thelas Nation. Land of the Free has a good section on them with a nice map showing the locations, names and approximate population of these ‘floating islands’. Over the years our group has done this adventure and we also included an extended time with these nomads on another home crafted one. Both these forays into the Gulf of Mexico were a lot of fun.

     

    Now it is 2047 (in our timeline) and again I intend to deal with this culture. I have spent part of my life living on a sailboat along the west coast of Florida, when not mucking about in the swamp. My brother and his wife spent years living on their boat cruising the Bahamas and up and down the island chains. So I have a familiarity with the life. Of course Cyberpunk is different, but still the culture would be unique. The connection our players will have is that one is a Charlie Bibbliodoc, weaponsmith and member of the Snake Nation. This character has over his years of playing used his Kith in various adventures. Since this player has chosen to use this character again, I have decided that it is time to pay back all those little favors he has used in the past. As I briefly mentioned in the first post here, Charlie’s (and Beebe’s) labors will be part of a complex exchange of services between the Snake Nation and the Thelas Nation. The details are really unimportant to play. What is important is that Charlie will be refurbishing the heavy weapon’s defenses of a number of these floating colonies while he also works on his government laser project. I have told the player that portions of the United States government are not pleased that he is improving these pirate’s defenses. In one of the aforementioned campaigns in the gulf we ran in the past, the GM placed the battleship USS Alabama as part of one of these colonies. As I remember (and it was a while ago), the Alabama was torn from its museum moorings during a hurricane. Since the Collapse had crippled the Alabama state government, they didn’t try to retrieve it. Well, the Thelas nomads did it and it now sits as part of a floating(?) colony. Due to its age, its condition is questionable, which is the subject of one of the planned incidents for this campaign.

     

    My question is: What would the Thelas Nation nomads be like after 20 to 30 years? A boat culture has existed in the gulf and Caribbean for centuries, so I believe sea nomads would still be there. As I have reminded our players, cyberpunks call them sea nomads, but the term often used by others is – pirates! As we have played it, only the sea borne Raffin Shiv are the cold bloodthirsty killers that most identify with that term. Still, the authorities don’t often make a distinction when a group swarms over a robotic transport vessel and steals some (or all) of its cargo. Any thoughts? B)

     

     

×
×
  • Create New...